POLYTECHNIC CAMPUS Council on Aviation Accreditation. For more information, call 3341844-2431. send e-mail to caa@aubum.edu, or write COUNCIL ON AVIATION ACCREDITATION 3410 SKYWAY DRIVE AUBURN AL 36830 The Bachelor of Science decrees in the De~arunentof Technology Management x c kllyaccredltedhy the National Association of Industrial Technulorv (NAIT). For more information, call 7341677-0720, or write NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY 3300 WASHTENAW AVE SUITE 220 AhN ARBOR MI 48104-4200 The BS deeree in Nutrition with a concentration in dietetics is accredited a5 a didacrlc program in dietetics (DPD) by thc Commiss~unon Accred~tationfor Dateucs Education of the American Dietetic Association. For more information, call 31U899-0040, or write COMMISSION ON ACCREDITATION FOR DIETETICS EDUCATION AMERICAN DIETETIC ASSOCIATION 120 S RIVERSIDE PLAZA SUITE 2000 CHICAGO IL 60606-6995 The BS degree in Agribusiness with a concentration in professional golf management is accredited by the Professional Golfer's Association of America. For more information, write PGA EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 100 AVENUE OF THE CHAMPIONS PO BOX 109601 PALM BEACH GARDENS FL 33410 ADMISSION Nondegree Students. Nondegree students may take courses at the Polytechnic campus according to the special provisions under "Undergraduate Enrollment:' page 65. Deeree-Seekine Students. Deeree-seekine students must meet the university admissions pm\o student and the advisor. Each has a mutual investment in the advising and its outcome. Effective academic advising is the foundation for successful comvletion of a bachelor's deeree. Academic advisors assist students in selecting a major by suggesting complementary choices among the offerings in the General Studies curriculum. Advisors also encourage students to explore and identify majors consistent with the students' interests, values, and goals. Advisors help students understand university academic requirements, as well as policies and procedures. To schedule an appointment with a University College academic advisor at the Polytechnic campus. call 480027-1452. Division of G r a d u a t e S t u d i e s The Division of Graduate Studies (DGS) has a satellite office located on the lower level of the CNTR. To schedule an appointment with the DGS representative, call 4801 965-3521, For more information. access the Web site at www.asu.edu/graduate. International P r o g r a m s Office The International Programs Office (IPO) has a satellite office located on the lower level of CNTR. To schedule an appointment with the IPO representative, call 4801 965-0877. For more information, access the Web iite at ipo.asu.edu. L ,te,acy ana s, f sn in^. r y MA n~amrmatcr cs mmndte< stat n r s q~antta!ve ~ P P I ~ C ~ ~nuO hlman O ~ ~ er ana inc artr se roca an0 aensv60ls O C I B ~ C B SSO natdld Y =lo-mera (ole CO.ICOI SO na1.t. rcoenc-mnf tal n, C ea. t u a a rerr ly n inc ~n leu Stater C p oba n h.sto##cal see 'General S t ~ eol - mgc 93 Polytechnic Campus Student Services The Polytechnic campus is a student-centered campus that offers many of the features of a small residential college in a suburban area while providing access to the resources of a maior research university and the amenities of a large metrooolitan area. The c a m ~ u includes s excellent educational facilities: mediated classrooms and modem laboratories, a 2lst-century electronic library, and state-of-the-art computer equipment. Other amenities include an academic resource center, child care services, student union, bookstore, and copy center. A shuttle service provides transportation between the Polytechnic campus, Mesa Community College, and the Tempe campus. An additional shuttle is available for transportation from the Tempe campus to the West campus. Enrollment S e r v i c e s Enrollment Services orovides services for admission. financial aid, business services, and registration. Conveniently located in the Student Affairs Complex, students find personnel ready to assist them with registration processes, tuition oavment. . financial assistance information, student employment, and parking decals. For more information, call 4801727-3278. . Food Services The Polvtechnic camous has a variety of food service options oncampus to serve student, facilty, staff, and visitor needs. Services include a coffee bar, a sub shop, and a fullservice dining facility in the Student Union. catering services are also available. Food can be purchased on a cash basis; a meal plan can be selected to suit individual preferences. For more information about food service, call 4801 727- 1443. S t u d e n t Health C e n t e r The Polytechnic campus Student Health Center provides confidential, primary health care services for all full- and oart-time Polvtechnic camous students at a nominal fee. The clinic offers primary care services. The center is staffed by a full-time nurse practitioner and a part-time doctor. Services include physical examinations and immunizations; treatment for health problems and injuries; health screenings, education, and ;ounseling; diagnostic and laboratory tests; women's health care; and referrals to campus and community resources. The center is located at 7153 E. Thistle on the Polytechnic campus. For more information. call 4801727-1500, or access the Web site at www.poly.asu.edu/students~eaIth. Student Counseling Confidential professional counseling services are available to help ASU students achieve their academic goals by addressing a variety of problems and issues often faced in college. Professional help is offered in the following areas: psychological issues, personal concerns, relationship issues, careerllife decision making, and crisis intervention. Individual, couples, and group sessions are available at no cost. Students may schedule an appointment by calling 4801 727-1255. or in person at Student Counseling Services in QUAD 4. C a r e e r PreDaration Center Professional career counselors and trained career peer advisors are available to meet with ASU students. They provide individual career advising, group workshops, assistance in researching iob and internshio -. . .oossibilities. d s u m i and cover letter critiques, preparation for employment interviews, and career resources in print and online. Apwint.. ments may be made in p m o n in QUAD 4 For more informal~on.~dll480fl27-I41I . or accc.;~the Web site at www.poly.asu.edulstudents1career. S t u d e n t Union The Student Union is in the center of campus and serves as a common gathering place for students. faculty, staff, and guests. The union has dining facilities, a game rwm, a bookstore, a ballroom. meeting spaces. a lounge, and study areas. Programs and services that complement the academic experience and enhance campus life include a film series, dances. live mrformances. resources for student oreanizations, student government, cultural awareness activities, leadership workshoos, communitv service information. and holiday celebrations. The union iB staffed primarily bystudents, providing them the op~ortunityto develop valuable leadership skills and work Gperienc;. For more information, call 4801727-1098, or access the Web site at www.poly.asu.edu/union. - Recreational Facilities a n d S e r v i c e s ASU and Chandler-Gilbert Community College (CGCC) are partners in providing recreation, intramural, and group fitness oppomnities on the Williams Campus. An optional $30 per semester fitness membership provides access to the Physical Activity Center (PAC) and the Chandler-Gilbert Fitness Center. Facilities include 1. a fitness center with state-of-the-art strength training and cardiovascular equipment; 2. two aerobic studios and equipment for step aerobics, fitness cycling, and kickboxing; 3. a martial arts, mat exercise, and yoga studio featuring a fully padded floor; 4. racquetball courts; 5. a gymnasium for intramural and open recreation; 6. an all-weather quarter mile track with an infield for soccer. Ultimate Frisbee. and Rae football: 7. four tennis courts with lights for evening play; and 8. a seasonal swimming pool (May-September) with lights. - POLYTECHNIC CAMPUS STUDENT SERVICES At the CGCC fitness center, trained exercise and wellness orofessionals are available to nerform assessments. develop programs, and provide expert advice and training assistance. In addition to the facilities.. Camnus Recreation ooerates group fitness programs that are free of charge with the paid fitness membershio. Classes are offered Mondav through Thursday and include fitness cycling, yoga, aerobic fitstep, aerobic kickboxing, water aerobics (in season), strength and conditioning, and pilates. A full schedule of intramural programs and special events are also offered through Campus Recreation. Times for open recreation are scheduled at Campus Recreation and the Chandler-Gilbert Fitness Center. ASU students have developed clubs that work closely with the recreation programs to offer unique recreation experiences, including hiking, West African dance, flamenco dancing, and sunrise yoga. If you are interested in starting a club, send e-mail to Campus Recreation at camousrec@asu.edu. For more information, access the Campus Recreation Web site at www.~olv.asu.edu/campusrec, or call 4801 727-1972, The ~haniler-Gilbert~ i n e s Center s can be reached at 4801988-8400. . Child - ....- Care - -. . Child care programs on campus are offered through Head Start and ~ a rHead i ~ Start andihe Boys & Girls club of the East Valley, Williams Campus Branch. Head Start and Early Head start offer child care-nromams on c a m u s for individuals who meet certain income criteria. The Boys & Girls Club offers after-school oroerams for children ages . - 6 to 18. For more ~nformat~on. csll the W ~ l l ~ a(:ampus ~n\ Child De\elo~menlCenvr a1 480lYXX-3644. the Lluv> & (hrlc Club ac4801279-1406, or Head Start at 4801988-9389. ~~ ~ . - - Williams CamDus Housing a n d Residential Life Living on the Polytechnic campus provides students with an excellent opportunity to make the most of their college experience. No matter which housing option a student chooses, the residential life program offers social, academic, and recreational activities that are designed to support and enrich the student's campus life experience. Residential students benefit from easy access to campus resources such as the library, learning center, fitness center, and student union. Residents can select a meal plan from several options offered by Campus Dining Services. The Polvtechnic camnus's unioue residential environment offers housing options for Williams Campus students throughout their undergraduate and graduate education. These include residence halls, houses, and special residen- tial communities. Residential students can also take advantage - of such amenities as outdoor swimming, - sand vollevhall, tennis, and picnic areas. For more information, call the Williams Campus Housing Office at 4801727-1700, access the Web site at www.poly.asu.edu/hnusing, or send e-mail to williams.reslife@asu.edu. Residence Halls. Undergraduate and graduate students are eligible for residence hais with a la& prlvale room. fe3luring a private bath and a shwed k~tuhenctte.F3ch ronm includes baslc furnlshlnes as well a s cable TV. Iwal ohone service, and high-speed Internet servlce; the kitchenette includes a refrigerator, microwave, and, in some cases, a stove. - - Houses. A laree number of two- to four-bedroom houses are available for students with families or for groups of sinele undereraduate or eraduate students. Eacb house incrudes basrc appliances; cable TV, high-speed Iotemet service; and water, sewer, and trash service. Freshman Year Experience. Freshmen begin their residential experience on campus in one of three dedicated freshman rdsidence halls that are part of the Freshmanyear Experience (FYE) program. The FYE program helps freshmen achieve scholastic and personal success by providing academic support services and enhanced opportunities for leamine. -. camnus involvement. and out of class interaction with faculty. Research has consistently shown that freshmen participating in living-leaming communities, such as FYE, achieve greater academic success. For more information about the FYE program, access the Web site at . www.poly.asu.edu/students/fye. The FYE hall offers two-bedroom suites with a shared bath, to house two to four students. Each room is furnished with local phone service, cable TV, and high speed internet service. The FYE hall features a computer lab, quiet study room, group studyltutoring ronm, and community lounge. Dean and Bell halls offer freshmen a w d stvle livine environment. Each pod houses six residents and consists of four sinele bedrooms. one double occunancv. bedroom. a limited kitLhen, a bathroom, and a living room. Eacb room is furnished and is equipped with local phone service, cable TV, and high speed internet service. For more information, access the Web site at www.oolv.asu.edu/housinr. . . Kcsidenls in the Freshman rcs~dencr.halls are required lo ~ ~ r c h ; 3n e~nealplan thn~ueh - Campus Dinine- Scrv~ccs.For more information, access the Web site at www.poly.asn.edu/ dining. . - . - Morrison School of Agribusiness and Resource Management www.poly.asu.edu/rnsabr PURPOSE Located at the Polytechnic campus, the Morrison School of Agribusiness and Resource Management provides a varetv of academic oromams in Aeribusiness. Aeribusiness is the business of food and fiber production and the technology necessary to change a raw material (a commodity) or an idea into a new product or business for the world's consumers. Producing, financing, marketing, and providing food and fiber for the world amounts to more than one-half of the earth's elobal economy. ~gribusinesscours;s in the Morrison School are designed to prepare students for a wide range of employment opportunities in agribusiness and business. More than 20 percent of all jobs in the United States are agribusinessrelated, and the industry is even more important intemationally, with more than half of all jobs in developing related to food and fiber nroducts. Pooulation increases worldwldc have Id' forec~slrrslo pred~clthat more than nlne b ~ l l ~ oi w n d and fiber consumers uill he van of the also global agribusiness system by the year 2050. estimate that, at that time, more than 20,000 agribusiness jobs will go unfilled due to a lack of skilled professionals. The academic programs in Agribusiness are especially designed to meet the needs of the urban student who has little or no previous agriculture experience. An interest in plants, animals, or f w d can be the starting point for career development in agricultural industries or resource management. The undergraduate programs also provide the necessary training for students preparing to enter graduate degree programs. The Morrison School is strategically positioned to offer some unique programs. The concentration in professional golf management provides a student with the opportunity to qualify for the Professional Golfers' Association certificain addition to majoring in Agribusiness. Simition larly, for individuals more interested in the development and m&agement of golf and other turf facilities, the golf and facilities management concentration is well suited. Food, its marketing and safety, is of paramount importance today and in the future. The Morrison School offers specific concentrations in both of these areas. Food and agribusiness marketing is one of the signature academic concentrations in the school. Food science and safety are emphases stressed in the food, agribusiness and consumer products marketing concentration. The BS degree in Agribusiness with a concentration in pn,fess~<,nslgolf management rs dccreditcd by the Profcrslonal Ciolfer'c Azro~iattonof America. Pur more infonnation, write . - - - a ore casts 206 PGA EDUCATION DEPARTMENT I00 AVENUE OF THE CHAMPIONS PO BOX 109601 PALM BEACH GARDENS FL 33410 NATIONAL FOOD AND AGRICULTURAL POLICY PROJECT The National Food and Agricultural Policy Project (NFAPP) constructs a 10-year baseline forecast for the fruit and vegetable produce industy and specific commodities, responds to congressional inquiries concerning policies affecting the fruit and vegetable industry, and publishes a monthly newsletter highlighting research efforts. Areas of study include domestic and international promotion of fruits and vegetables. trade and the impact of trade agreements. and crop insurance and risk management. For more information, call the director at 4801727.1 124. DEGREE PROGRAMS The Morrison School offers a BS degree in Agribusiness with the following concentrations: agribusiness finance; food. agribusiness and consumer products marketing; f w d science; general agribusiness; golf and facilities management; international agribusiness; management of agribusiness; professional golf and preveterinarv . management; medicine. For students holding an AAS degree, the school offers the Bachelor of Applied Science degree with concentrations in consumer products technology and food retail management. See the "Morrison School of Agribusiness and Resource Management Baccalaureate Degrees and Majors" table, page 207. The school also offers the MS degree in Agribusiness with concentrations in agribusiness management and marketing, and food qualityassurance. students may select either a research-oriented program, which leads to the completion of a supervised thesis,-or a program consisting of course work only (nonthesis option). All MS candidates in Agribusiness must complete a minimum of 36 semester hours. The Morrison School and the W. P. Carey School of Business offer an interdisciplinary PhD in Business Administration with a concentration in agribusiness. See the Crndunte Catalog for requirements. ADMISSION Thu Mornrun School aJrn~t\,tuJenls lo the BS degree programs u ho ineel the underfradualc admrsjtun requirements of Arizona State University; see MORRISON SCHOOL O F AGRIBUSINESS AND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Morrison School of Agribusiness and Resource Management Baccalaureate Degrees and Majors Major Degree Concentration* Agribu,iness BS Applied Science BAS Agribusiness finance: fwd. agrihucinc\\, and 2onrumer Morrison Schwl of Agrihus~ncsr and Resource Management products makering; food science; general dgribusiness; golf and facilities management; international agribusiness; management of agribusiness; preveterinary medicine; or professional golf management Consumer products technology or f d retail Morrison Schwl of Agribusiness management and Resource Management * Administered By If a major offers concenmtians, one must be selected unless noted as oprionol. .- "Undermduate Admission." uaee 66. Admission to the u BAS degree program is reitncled tu studenls holding an AAS dcerw from a rerionallv accred~tedU.S. educatiinal institution. A GPA of 2.00 or hieher is required for all resident applicants and 2.50 for .. nonresident applicants. sector mean that agribusiness needs . graduates equipped to ... dcnl with thew changes. The agribusiness cure, requ~rcdof all the concenoations. is designed to gi\e students these skills. The core consists of courses in-business principlesmanagement, marketing, and finance-as well as in the fundamentals of agribusiness operations management. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS nGtl 100 lnsodu;i~un ,oAgnbu~nt>esr............................ 3 AGB 161 Cumpuler lppl~rdt~ons for Agnbu>lnc\s - - Aaribusiness--6s ' h e iotnplction of s minimum of 120 semester hoursincluding Rrst-Yrar Composition. General Studies (,ee "(;enera1 Studies:' page 93). and the school and concentratton ryuirements-leads to the BS degree. Note that all threc (;encral Studies auarencss areas arc rcqulred. A minimum overdll GPA of 2 1x1 IS required for gradualion and btudents must have ctmpleled a mintmum of 45 scmester huun of upper-dlvlslon credit. Also see spec~algraduation requirements under "Prevetcnnary Medicine:' page 209. Prerequisite Courses. SNdents who select the concentrations in agribusiness finance; food, agribusiness and consumer products marketing: food science; general agribusiness; golf and facilities management; international agribusiness; management of agribusiness; or professional golf management, must complete the following courses, some of which can also be used to meet university General Studies requirements: ACC 230 Uses of Accounting Information I.................................3 ACC 240 Uses of Accounting Information 11............................... 3 BIO 1W The Living World S CHM 101 Introductory Chemi ECN 21 1 Macrwconamic Pri ECN 212 Microeconomic Principles SB ....................................... 3 ' ENG 301 Writing for the Pro MAT 210 Brief Calculus MA Total .............................................................................................. 26 ' This course is not required for the golf and facilities rnanagement concentration. This came is not required for the professional golf management concentration. This course is not required for the golf and facilities management or professional golf management concenwtion. Core Requirements. Agribusiness employers require their employees to possess a wide range of skills and comtechnology and the petencies, Rapid changes in increasingly competitive food production and distribution AGB 310 Agribusines AGB 332 Agribusiness Finance AGB 333 Agribusiness Finance AGB 360 Agribusiness Statistics AGB 364 AgribusinensTechnologi AGB 365 Agribusiness Teehnalogies 11' ...................................... 3 AGB 410 Agribusiness Management I1 ........................................ 3 AGB 414 Agribusiness Analysis Core to ' This come is not required far the professional golf management or golf and facilities management concentrations. 'Ibis course is not required for the golf and facilities manage- ment concentration. Concentrations After completing the required agribusiness core, students select a concentration in their area of interest. A concentration allows a student to select a series of courses that complement the agribusiness core, supplement the student's desire to master another area of interest, and broaden career opportunities. Note: Omnibus hours will not exceed six hours. Agribusiness Finance Concentration. Agribusiness finance concentration graduates are expected to possess a broad knowledge of financial theory &d practice as it pertains to the agribusiness sector. This will involve applying quantitative and computer-based analytical techniques to real-world agribusiness problems. Specific course content includes touics in financial manaeement. financial markers. risk management. and the evaluation of financial assets and business alternatives. L literacy and crilical inquiry I M A mathematics I CS computedstatistiwl quantitative applications I HU humanities and fine art3 I SB social and behavioral sciences1SO natural ocienc-eneral core courses I SO natural rcience-quantitativsI c cultural diversity in the United Stater I G global I n historical I See 'General Studies: page 93. MORRISON SCHOOL O F AGRIBUSINESS AND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Agribusiness Finance AGB 43 1 Intermediate Agribusiness Financial Management ....... 3 AGB 434 Agricultural Risk Management and Insurance ............. 3 AGB 435 Agricultural Commditie Management of Agribusiness Concentration. Agribusiness managers encounter many problems and opportunities on a daily basis that are unique to the agribusiness sector. Students choosing this concentration develop skills in managing people, internal resources, and external relationships in an increasingly dynamic environment. Management of Agribusiness AGB 41 1 Agricultural Cwperative AGB 480 Agribusiness General Agribusiness - Food.,Agribusinessand Consumer Pmducts Marketing AGB 422 Consumer Behavior AGB 429 Marketing Research AGB 435 Agricultural Comm or AGB 420 Food Marketi AGB electives - Total .............................................................................................. 79 Food Science Concentration. The food science concentration focuses on both scientific and technical competency skills with an emphasis on food microbiologv. -. food chemist v , biotechnology, mathematics, and statistics. This unique program prepares maduates for employment opportunities in tKe fodd, beverage, and d a j , indushies; regiiatory agencies such as the FDA and USDA, international organizations such as FA0 and WHO; and consumer orgaiizations. In addition, graduates may choose to pursue advanced degrees. sclence General Agribusiness Concentration. The general agribusiness concentration offers students a chance to build a broad perspective in the field of agribusiness. In an age of specialization, there remains a growing need for generalists. These individuals have mastered finance, marketing. management. and technologies such as computers and statistics and are capable of demonstrating this mastery. Total...............................................................................................79 Fwd,Agribusinrss, and Ct,a%umerYruducb hlarketing and conConcentration. Student, in the food, arrtbuslness sumer products marketing concentration develop critical skills relevant to dealing with firms involved in food, fiber, consumer products, and pharmaceutical manufacturing; distribution; and retailing. Students also learn about the relationship between input suppliers, commodity associations, and primary producers. To this end, food, agribusiness and consumer products marketing students are required to complete a series of courses that analyze the behavior and performance of both commodity and consumer food markets. -EOW Total...............................................................................................79 AGB 340 Fwd Processing ............................................................ 3 AGB 440 Food Safety ................................................................... 3 AGB 442 Food and Industrial Microbiology ................................ 4 AGB upper-division elfftivs ......................................................... 7 International Agribusiness Concentration. A student studying international agribusiness is typically preparing for a career with government agencies oriented toward intemational issues; programs of agribusiness for or in developing countries; U.S. agribusiness firms affected significantly by trade; or U.S.-based international agribusiness firms. This concentration requires a mastery of subjects in international oade, agricultural de\elupmsnt. ~ntem;ttonal policy. and global markstin:: pr;~ut~ces and institutiuns. International Agribusiness AGB 450 International Agricultural Development G ....................3 AGB 452 International Agricultural Policy ...................................3 AGB 454 International Trade AGB electives Professional Golf Management Concentration. The Professional Golf Management (PGM) concentration, acctedited by the ~rofessionalGolfer's ~ssociation(PGA) of America, is specifically designed for students who aspire to become Class A PGA Professionals and work in management careers in the golf indushy. Any student admitted to this program should be aware that membership in the PGA of America is restricted to U.S. citizens and resident aliens. PGM students comnlete the amibusiness core. which helns them develop the critical skills needed to manage complex oreanizations. In addition. the PGM concentration reauires a minimum of 23 semester hours of golf-related curriculum, of which nine hours consist of hands-on internship. exrreri. ence at golf facilities. The remaining 14 semester hours include courses selected from the following areas: golf course operations, turf grass management,club fitting and repair. pro shop merchandising, movement analysis, sports psichoiogy and equipment, mechanics and shop mainienance and repair. Students must complete all PGA membership requirements, including the PGA Playing Ability Test. All golf-related courses and internships are selected with the assistance of the PGM program djrectar. Nore: Omnibus hours will not exceed nine houn. Special class fees are in place to cover the cost of PGA books, seminars, and testing. The PGM program feeensures - - MORRISON SCHOOL OF AGRIBUSINESS AND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Upper-division AGB ........................................................................ 9 Total......................................................................................... 5741 all stdcnts have access to the ASIJIPGM Practice Factltty. the PING Suing Analysts Lab, and a club repair rwm. . - . PGM Admission. To be admitted to the PGM oromam. students must meet a playing ability test. Call the PGM direc. tor at 480/727-1912 for more information. Professional Golf Management Amibusiness core ..................................................................... 30 Agriburlne,, prcruqulslle caune\ ............................................... I9 Profe,>n,nnl golf management councr .............................. 14 Professional golf mdn.lgcment inlern,h~p ...... . ..Y Total .............................................................................................. 72 Golf and Facilities Management Concentration. The nt concentration is Golf and Facilities ~ a n a ~ e m e(GFM) designed to prepare students for careers as golf course supe;intendenti. Through the agribusiness core, students develop the critical skills needed to manage complex organizations. In addition. the GFM concentration reauires a minimum of 25 semeiter hours of golf and faci~iGesmanaeement-related curriculum. of which six hours consist of hands-on internship experience at golf courses. The remaining 19 semester hours include courses selected from the following areas: golf course operations; plants and landscaping; soils, inigation, and water management; fertilizers; pest control; turf grass management; mechanics; and shop maiotenance and repair. For more information, call the GFM prngram coordinator at 4801727-1256. - Golf and Facilitin hlanagement gnbus~nesscure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Agribusiness prerequisite course Prerequisite Courses for Preveterinary Medicine. Students who select the preveterinary medicine concentration must take the following courses, some of which can also be used to meet the General Studies requirement. ACC 230 Uses of Accounting Information 1................................. 3 BCH 361 Principles of Bioehemisuy............................................ 3 BIO 187 General Biology I BIO 188 General Biology I BIO 340 General Genetic CHM 113 General Chemis CHM 115 General Chemis or CHM 116 General Chemistry I1 SQ (4) Choube belwcun t I r :our for a career in the food and consumer uroducts industries. Students learn to develop food, drug, cogmetic, and other consumer products and to ' ensure product safety and marketability by obtaining a thorough mastery of courses in product and package design. manufacturing, prxessing. and safety. A grad~atestJoent in the Ennronmenta! Resources program leaves as part of a researcn project oestgned lo help determine how urban development affects the ecosystem in the desert Southwest. cnnum u m n u l e S~JCI(S Consumer Roduets Technology AGB 340 Food Processing AGB 440 F w d Safety APPLIED SCIENCE-BAS The Bachelor of Applied Science degree is a capstone degree for the Associate of Applied Science degree. The BAS degree exposes students to advanced concepts and diverse critical thinking skills to prepare them for future cueer opportunities and professional advancement. Admission Admission to the BAS degree program is restricted to students holding an AAS degree from a regionally accredited U.S. postsecondary educational institution. A GPA of 2.00 or higher is required for all resident applicants and 2.50 for nonresident applicants. B A S Degree Graduation Requirements The BAS degree program consists o f 60 semester hours of upper-division courses, with 30 semester hours in residence. An overall GPA of 2.00 or higher is required. I9 Total............................................................................................... Food Retail Management Concentration. A student studying food retailmanagement prepares for a career in the food marketing and distribution industries. Potential employers arefood manufacturing and processing companies, distribution centers, wholesalers, and all types of food retailers, e.g.. supermarkets. mass merchandisers. fast food outlets, restaurants. and direct marketers o f food. Food Retail Management AGB 332 Agribusiness Fin AGB 340 Food Processi AGB 420 Food Marketin AGB 440 Food Saf AGB 445 Food Ret I AGB 484 Internship ...................................................................... AGB elective ................................................................................... 3 Taa 19 MORRISON SCHOOL. OF AGRIBUSINESS AND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Morrison School of Agribusiness and Resource Management www.poly.asu.edu/msabr 48Oi727-1585 WANER 101 E AGE 321 Agribusiness Marketing .11. (3) .. fa11and spring Examines the food marketing system with emphasis on the marketing institutions, arrangements, and methods for basic cammodities. Prereauisites:ACC 230.240: AGE 360: ECN 212. E AGE 332 Agribusiness Finance 1. (3) fall and sorino " Introduces concepts in agribusinessfinancial management:time value of money, risk and return, capital budgeting, and mst ot capital. Prerequisites: ECN 21 1 and 212 (or their equialents); introductory accounting. E AGE 333 Agribusiness Flnance 11. (3) ~ ~ ~.~ ~ cnrion -r 3 Professors: Daneke, Edwards, Kagan. Marquardt, Richards, Seperich, Shultz, Thor Associate Professors: Manfredo, Palterson, Raccach, Schmih Assistant Professor: Hughner Senior Lecturers: Hudek. Lindley AGRIBUSINESS (AGB) E AGE 100 lntroductlon to Agribusiness. (3) fall Overview of agribusiness industries and career opportunities. E AGE 161 Computer Appllcatlons for Agribusiness Industries. (3) spr3ng s,.es and nlegrates word process ng, spreadsheets. an0 oataoases as lmls for manag ng an agrabus8ness irm Integrates lect~reflao General Studer CS E AGE 171 Animal Science. (3) spdrlg Comparativegrowth, development, and propagationof domestic animab. E AGE 191 Flpst-Year Seminar. ( 1 3 ) selectedsemesters E AGE 194 SpecialTopics. ( 1 4 ) selmcd semesren E AGE 258 International Agribusiness. (3) fall Identifies and analyzes methods, problems, and future of international agribusiness operations. Emphasizes special problems associated with international agribusiness systems. General Sludls: G E AGE 271 Veterinary MedlcineToday (3) spring Inlrod~cesthe role of the veterinarian as related to the fields of food supply and veterinary medicine. E AGE 294 SpecialToplcs. (1-4) selectedsemesters E AGE 310 Agribusiness Management 1. (3) fall Principles of management, including planning, organizing, integrating. measuring, and developing people in agribusiness organizations. E AGE 311 Establishing an Agribusiness. (3) fall OppoTtunities and problems associated with new firm development in agribusiness. Business plan is wrinen and presented orally E AGE 320 Agribvsiness Marketing 1. (3) fall and spring Examines marketing strategy, focusing an the marketing mix (product, price, promotion, and place) in a dynamic socioeconomic environment. Prerequisites: ACC 230.240; AGB 360: ECN 212. nuoduces financial marrels an0 inst lutmon~lnterost rate delermtnallon. money and bancng. eaully markers larm cred t syslem vendor ilnanc ng Prereqd stes ECN 21 1 and 212 (or melr &uivalenls): introductory accounting. E AGE 340 Food Processing. (3) .".. Inlrod.ees h,, processedfood qdallfy assdance. slat sllca sampilng and nspecl~onpraceoures Prereq~oslteAGE 3 M E AGE 341 Food Anslysls. (3) selecltlo semosrors Processtog cansol and scoenl18c nstrdmentaton ~ s e dn food qLa try asswance aooralones Preroou s les AGB 364 CHM 101 E AGB 355 Sustainable Agriculture Systems. (3) fall and spring Innovative developments in precisian farming, irrigation, soik, tillage in crop production. methods, machinew, and biotechnology .~ E AGE 360 Agribusiness Ststlstics. (3) fall and spring Statistical methods with applications in agribusiness and resource management Prereqd~smlecol ege a gebra Gcncrar Sludses CS E AGE 364 AgrlbusinessTechnologl(~~ 1 (3) 8-2, Examines methods of managing diverse crop and livestock enterprises wilh emphasis an growth, development, marketing, and loss prevention. Prerequisite:810 100. E AGE 365 AgrlbuslnessTechnologl~11. (3) fall Biotechnologyand other methods used in the pmduclion, pmcessing. and distribution of food. Prerequisite: E l 0 100. E AGE 370 Wildlife and Domestic Animal Nutrition. 13) .. spring Survey of nutritional needs of domestic and wild animals. Prerequisite: a General Studies SO wurse. E AGE 371 Anlmal Genetics. (3) k,, .-.. Prtncples of an ma genet cs. ~ncl.orng her table trals. chromosomal aberrar onr pop~lalon gsnetlcs mo ec~largenet w and gene rea.laton Prerea~lsles610 187, 188 E AGE 394 Speclsl Topics. ( 1 4 ) selectedsemesters E AGE 410 Agrlbuslness Management 11. (3) spring Principles of human resource management in agribusinessfirms. Prerequisite:AGE 310. E AGE 4 i l Agricultural Cooperatives. (3) spmg Organization, operation, and management of agriculhlral mperatives. L , toracy an0 e,lt ca l n q r~f MA matnomat c r ICS computer stat ncr o ~ ala!l ue aoorl~al80ns HU h.man les an0 f.nc arts SB roc.al and behavioral sciences ISO natural scienc-eneral care courser ISO natural science-quantilsliveIC cultural diversity in the United States IG global I historical isee 'General Studies: page 93. ~ " ~ .. MORRISON SCHOOL OF AGRIBUSINESS AND RESCIURCE MANAGEMENT E AGB 414 Agribusiness Analysis. (3) fall and spring Analysis of agribusinessfirm decisions in the emlogical, economic. social, and political environments. Special emphasis on ethical issues surroundingf w d production and mnsumptian. General :seid% ,. L E AGB 420 Food Marketing. (3) spring F w d processing, packaging, distribution, market research, new food research and development, and social implications.Prerequisite:AGE 320. E AGB 422 Consumer Behavior. (3) E AGB 445 Food Retailing. (3) h,, Fooa rela I managemenl Dlrcusses trends. prob ems, and functtons 01 tom reta I managers nltn n vanous retall lnstltutlons Lecture. case SILO es E AGB 450 International Agricultural Development (3) fall Transition of developing countries fmm subsistence to modem agriculture. Emphasis placed on implications for U.S. agribusiness working abroad. General Studies: G E AGE 451 Management Science. (3) h,, b-N Applies behavioral concepts in analyzing consumer f w d purchases and their implications for marketing strategies. Fee. Prerequisite: completion of Agribusiness mre (or its equivalent). E AGE 424 Sales and Merchandising in Agribusiness. (3) summer Principles and techniques of selling and merchandisingin the agriculturai and f w d industries. E AGB 425 Agricultural Marketing Channels. (3) k,, a-,, Operational stages of agricultural mmmodrties in normal distribution systems and implementationof mar%etingstrategies. Prerequisite: AGE 320. E AGB 429 Marketing Research. (3) fall Examinesthe marketino research orocess and its role in facilitatinu agnoLsrness decsons"~mpnasresproolem oenl fcal on, s~rve; desgn, an0 data analys 5 Fee Prereq.slte complellon of Agrfb~snnesscore (or its eqltva ent) E AGB 431 Intermediate Agribusiness Financial Management. (3) F o c ~ on s the ConslrLdlon soldton an0 Interpretahonof quantlellve models ~ s e tor d management decls on mak ng ,n agnous.ness t rms Prereqllstes AGE 320.360 ECN212 MAT 117 General Studies: CS E AGE 452 International Agricultural Policr (3) *prong Comprenensl4e treatmonl of lopcs n f nancal management of agr bdsness cap la1 slrJctJre o~voendpoicy, assel ValLatlon mergers an0 acq.$slnons r sk managemenl Prereqb sles AGE 332 333 E AGB 433 Intermediate Agribusiness Financial Markets. (3) spring Role and iundian of agribusiness in U.S. financial system.Topin include rural banking, farm credit system, monetary policy, and fadarai reserve. Prerequisite: mmpletion of Agribusiness core (or its equivalent). E AGE 434 Agricultural Risk Management and Insurance. (3) fall Strategies to manage agricultural price and business risk: derivatives. insurance, self-insurance,and puMic policy. Prerequis*e: completion of Agribusinessmre (or its equivalent). E AGB 435 Aaricultural Commodities. 13) .. lall and sptinc Trading on Mures markets. Emphasis on the hedging practices with grains and meats. Fee. Prerequisite: AGE 320. E AGB 436 Entrepreneurship and Financial Management of Efall Uses lectures, Case studies, and business plans to highlight challengesof starting and running a small business. Lecture, seminar, case studies, mmputer labs. E AGB 440 Food Safety. (3) spring Confro1 pravenflon,and p r w ctton of m,crob!ai and chemical tom. Oorne d seases P l e r e q ~ s le AGE 442 or instndor approval E 1\00 441 F w d Chemlstv (3) spring Biochemical and chemical interactions that occur in raw and processed fwds. Prerequisites: CHM 115, 231. E AGE 442 Food and Industrial Microbiology. (4) ~elecfed~ems~te~ Food- and industrial-related microorganisms; deterioration and preservation of Industrial mmmodifies. Lecture, lab. Prerequisite:a course in microbiologywith lecture and lab. .-.. Use of international trade theory to analyze the effeclsof government *,I policies, trade agreements, and exchange rates an agribusiness. Prerequisite:ECN 212. E AGB 454 Internationalmde. (3) spring International practices in trading of agribusiness, technology, and resource products and services. E AGB 455 Resource Management. (3) spring Explores dilfarances bemaen societal and individual valuations of natdra resoLlces and consoers pabic poilcy versJs markel-basw SO at on5 lo en~8ronmenlal concerns Prereq~s la ECN 212 ~ s n e r ssluams ~ SB E AGB 460 Agribusiness Management Systems. (3) spring Development and Use 01 decision support systems for agribusiness manaqement and marketinq. E AGB 465 Organic Farmlng Technologies. (3) lall and spting Organic farming methods, including certification, soil ienility, planting, integrated pest management, inigation, cover cmps, rotations, and marketing farm praduds. E AGE 470 Comparative Nutrition. (3) Sefecfedsemesfen Effeds 01 nutrition on animal systems and metabalic functions. Prerequisite: CHM 231. E AGB 471 Diseases of Domestic Animals. (3) spring Discusses animal welfare, mechanisms of disease development, causes and classification of diseases, disease resistance, and common zoonoses. Prerequisite:810 188. E AGB 479Vaterlnarv Praclices. 13) (alland spring Observation of and participation in veterinary medicine and surgery supervised by local veterinarians. Prerequisite: advanced Oreveterinarv student. E AGE 480 Agribusiness Policy and Government Regulations. (3) sprhg Development and implementationof government fwd, drug, pesticide, and farm policies and regulations that affect the management of agribusiness. E AGB 481 Applled Mlcmefonomics. (3) fall and spring Emphasizes application oi the theory of the firm, theory of exchange. and consumer theory E AGB 484 lnternship.(l-12) fall and spring E AGE 492 Honors Dlrected Study. (1-6) selecfedSemesteffi Topics may include the following: Recent Advances in Food Science. (1) E AGE 493 HonorsThesls. ( 1 4 ) selected~emesleffi ,~. MORRISON SCHOOL OF AGRIBUSINESS AND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT E AGB 494 SpecialTopics. ( 1 4 ) selecfsdsemeslers E AGB 498 PeSeminar. (1-7) selectedsemesters Topics may include the ioliawing: Elfective Consumer Response Fee. SellingToday Fee. E AGB 499 Individualized Instruction. (1-3) ~electedsemeslers Omnibus Couraes. For an explanation of courses alfered but not specifically listed in this catalog, see "Omnibus Courses: page 63. Graduate-Level Courses. For nlarmauon a h d t courses n~mbered from 500 lo 799. see the Graouare Calalcg, or access w a s ~ . e d u calaloo on me Web n some sltLaltons bnaerorad~atestudents mav be el~d;bleto take these courses. for more inf~mat!on.see ~ r a d u a i e ~evel-burses: page 62 - PROFESSIONAL GOLF MANAGEMENT (PGM) E PGM 1 W PGAPGM Introduction. (2) fall lntmducesthe goH professionaltraining pmgram. Career enhancement, rules of gaH, tournament operations, and playing professionaldevelopment programs. Fee. Prerequisite: admission to PGM program. E PGM 110 Player Development I.(1) fall andspring intmductory instruction an golf game improvement to assist PGM forn Plavera Abilitv Test. Evaluation. Fee. students ~n~ r e ~ a r a t i o prerequisite: admission to PGM program ~. E PGM 111 Player Development 11. (1) fall and spring instruction to assist PGM students in preparationfor Players Ability Test with emphasis on full swing mechanics and practice plan development. Evaluation. Fee. Prerequisite:admission to PGM pmgram. E PGM 112 Piayer Development Ill.(1) fall and spring Emphasizes classroom and 'hands-an'appiications of lull swing analysis and short game strategies. Special focus on golf course management. Evaluation. Fee. Prerequisite:admission to PGM pmgsm. E PGM 113 Plavw tmveio~mentiV. (11 .. fall and spring EmphasLZes classroom and 'hands-an" applications of lull swing analysis and short game strategies.Special focus on got courae manauement. Evaluation. Fee. Prererluisite:admission to PGM program E PGM 114 Player DevelopmentV.(t) summer lnhoductory instruction on golf game improvement to assin PGM nudents in preparationfor Piayer Ability Test. Evaluation. Prerequisite: admission to PGM program. E PGM 120 Golf for Business and Lite.(l) fall and spring Introduces nongailng students to the game of golf Far beginners Intearated IectureAab. E PGM 130 PGPJPGM Level 1.(2) fall Focuses on golf professionaltraining program and the completion of Ihe PGA Levei One experience kit. Fee. Prerequisite: PGM 100. - - - E PGM 1MTeschina Golf 1.r2I .. fall andspring lntmduces golf instruction. Focus an fundamentals of golf swing and teaching techniques. Fee. P~erequisite:admission to PGM pmgram. E PGM 166Turl Equipment Management. (3) spring lntrod~cesturf equipment used on golf courses. instruction in maintenance, adjustment, and safety issues. lntegrated iecturellab. E PGM 194 SpeclalTopics. (1-4) seleCIBdsemesfers E PGM 200 PGA/PGM Level 2. (2) fall Focuses on golf professionaitraining program and the completion of the PGA Levei Two experience kit. Fee. Prerequisite: admission to PGM pmgram. E PGM 2 b ~ e a c h l n g Golf 11. (1) fall and spring Communicatingwith student golfera, swing evaluation, key factan club fitting, developing a successful teaching practice. Prerequisite: admission to PGM program. E PGM 300 PGPJPGM Level 3. (1) Business planning and operations, business communicationsrelated to business oi golf. Completion of the PGA Level Three experience kin. Fee. Prerequisite: admission to PGM program. E PGM 35OTeaching Goit III.(l) fall and spring Teaching swing concepts. Developinga teaching philosophy, analyzing flawed swing mechanics through video and swing analysis solware. Prerequisite:admission to PGM program. E PGM 363 Landscape andTurl Irrigation. (4) - is11 oes gn. management an0 maintenance of andmpe an0 tdrf lrr gatton systems Lect~re.lab Cross Is t w as ABS 363 Cred I s a lowed tor only ABS 363 or PGM 363 Fee Prereq~lslleABS 260 lor its equivalent).. E PGM 367 Landscaoe Plants and Deslan. 131 spnng Idenbllcatlon oeslgn and dse of pants in dman andscapes Lendre. lab Cross #sledas ABS 362 Crednt s al oHed tor only ABS 362 or PGM 367 Fee Prereq~sne ABS 260 (or Is cqu valent) E PGM 4M)GPTP IV. (1) fall Food and beverage control, supervision and delegation of golf iacilides. Completion of the PGA Level Three experience kit. Prerequisite:admission to PGM program. E PGM 463 Golf and SportsTurl Management. (3) tall Se ect on, estab rsnmsnl, and ma ntenanee of turl grasses b r w spec fcal y lor golf an0 swrls fac it es IntegratedIen~leAabCross,*led as ABS 463 Crea t is a1 ow- for onlv ABS 463 or PGM 463 E PGM 466 integrated Pest Contml. (2) far and spring Management of pests alfecting golf turf and landscape plants. Structural Pest Control Board sprayer cetiiicalion preparation offered du"ng the semester. E PGM 484 Internship. (1-12) selecledsemesters E PGM 494 SpecialTopics. ( 1 4 ) ~ele~fed~eme~lsr~ Topics may include the fallowing: Food and Beverage Fee. Omnlbus Couraes. For an explanation of courses offered but not specifically lined in this calalag, see "Omnibus Courses: page 63. - .. ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~~ literacy and critical inquiry IMA mathematics ICS urmputsrlslalioticd (~u~ntitative a~olication~ IHU humanities and 6ne arts ISB social and .. behavioral sciences 1 SO natural scienc-eneral core courses ISa natural science-quantitative IC cultual diversify in the United States IG global I H historial ISee 'General Studies: page 93. L East College www.poly.asu.edu/ecoIlege Glenn W. Irvin, PhD, D e a n Applied Biological Sciences, Department of.. .219 Applied Psychology, Faculty of B u s i n e s s Administration, Faculty of Education, Faculty o f . nership, students take first-year composition courses and courses that meet lower-division ASU General Studies requirements. They are listed in "General Studies:' page 93. These courses, combined with introductory courses within the major, are available in an innovative and integrated firstyear curriculum designed to foster academic success. Students can also take major prerequisite courses, introductory language courses, and other lower-division courses of eeneraiinterest through the partnership. These courses automatically transfer to ASU each semester. ............ .224 ........ .225 .................... Exercise a n d Wellness, Department of. Human Health Studies, Faculty of .227 ...... .233 - ...........237 Multimedia Writing andTechnlcal Communication, Faculty of .............. .238 Nutrition, Department of DEGREE PROGRAMS ...................240 See the "East College Baccalaureate Degrees and Majors" table, page 215. For graduate degrees, see the "East College Graduate Degrees and Majors" table, page 216. East College also offers certificate programs in Multimedia Writing and Technical Communication and in Spa Management; minors in Applied Biological Sciences, Applied Psychology, Food and Nutrition Management, Human Nutrition, Small Business, and Wellness Foundations; and concentrations for the BAS. See the Graduate Catalog for more information about graduate programs. PURPOSE East College offers a variety of liberal studies and professional programs. Baccalaureate programs are offered in applied biological sciences, applied psychology, business administration, education, exercise and wellness, human health studies, interdisciplinary studies, multimedia writing and technical communication, and nutrition. Minors, certificates, and graduate programs are available in some areas. East College provides advising for students who wish to begin their college careers at the Polytechnic campus but who are uncertain about a major. Exploratory/undeclared majors can complete portions of the General Studies requirement while taking advantage of the small. polytechnic-focused, residential campus environment. East College offers a selection of ASU General Studies and general interest courses. The Humanities and Arts unit offers a selection of courses in art, communication, dance, English, history, music, philosophy, religious studies, and Spanish. The Social and Behavioral Sciences unit offers courses in anthropology, family and human development. political science, sociology, and women's studies. Mathematics and science courses are available through the Department of Applied Biological Sciences. Students should refer to the Schedule of Classes for specific courses offered each semester. ~~~t college offers coune5 (APM) to requirements for a range of majurs and suppon courscs for The soolicd the Bachelor of Aoolted Sctence (BAS) . ~.deeree c~ r r ~ silence core (ASC) courses arc upper divisjon and designed to hutld unon the mathematic>snd science base acautred in ' the ~ s s o i a t of e Applied Science (AAS) degree. .. ~ ~ Partnership in Baccalaureate Education. The Partnershtp in Baccalaureate Education. an agreement between Chandler-Gtlbcn Co!~irnunityCo1Icge and R,I)uchnlc campu,. I, c Nutrition MS p l e g - Physical Activity. Nutrition, and Wellness PhD - Physical Education MPE Plant ~ i o l o g y ' PhD - - ~ numinee on Envimnmental Desigo and Planning - uepanment oi oncruse and Wellness Depamnent of Nutrition Department o f Exercise and Wellness and Department o f Nutrition .. Faculty o f Education Schwl o f Life Sciences (Tempe campus) a I f a major offen concenoations, one must be selected unless noted as oprionol. Dactoral counes for this interdisciplinary pmadministeredby the Tempe campus are offered at me Polytechnic campus higher. W e l v e or more o f the semester hours must be in upper-division courses. SNdents should check for new information about concentrations on the Web at www.poly.asu.edu/ecollegeor contact an East College advisor at 4801727-3333. ANTHROPOLOGY (ANT) E ANT 194 SpeclalToplca. (14) sele~tedsemesleffi E ANT 294 SpclalToplcs. (14) selected ~emesfeffi E ANT 394 SpeclalTopics. (14) setectedsemesteffi E ANT 484 Internship. (1-12) sefected~emesters E ANT 494 SpeclalToplm. (1-4) se/e~tedsemestem E ANT498 pro-~eml'nar.(l-7) selected semesters Omnlbus Courses. For an ~aplanation of murses offered but n n specifically listed in this catalog. see *OmnibusCaunes:page 63. APPLIED MATHEMATlCS (APM) E APM 301 ~nhoduetorvstansnca. C(I .. . SBtec~edsemestem Pmoabllly. 0 Sln0~bOnS.61absllcaIhypothesis testing. t-tms, bask cone allon and regression Prereqvnsnte MAT 117 or lnsrmctor approval. General Swdles: CS E APM 401 lntennedlateSatlEth. (3) selected sernesteffi Analysis of variance, multiple mmparisons, muniple regression. Prerequisite:APM 301 (or its equivalent) or instrucfor appmval. Omnlbus Courses. For an explanation of murses offeredbut not specifically listed in this catalog, see "Omnibus Courses: page 63. ART (ARD) E ARD 194 SpclalTo~lca.(14) se~Bcledsemes~effi E ARD 294 SpeclalToplca. (14) selectedsemes~effi E ARD 394 SpeclalToplcs. (14) selected semisreffi E ARD 484 lnternshlp. (1-12) selecfedsemesters E ARD 494 SpecialToplcs. (1-4) ~elecfed Semesters E ARD 498 Pm-Semlnar. (1-7) sefeded semegters E ARD 499 IndIvldualW Indruction.(1-3) selected semesteffi Omnibus Courses. For an explanationof muonered bot not switically listed in *is catalog, see Omnibus Courses," page 63 APPLIED SCIENCE CORE (ASC) E ASC 301 Contanual Uas%d Algebra InTefhnologl. (1) fa11a d spring Uses algebra to solve real-world technolcgical pmblems using currently available mmputer software. Prerequisite:BAS major. E ASC 302 Contermal Ud Geomehy InTechnology. (1) falland spring Uses geometricalmncaptsto solve real-world technological problems using currently available mmputer software. Prerequisite: BAS major. E ASC 303 ComexNal Usas ofTrigonometry InTechnologY. (1) ian and spring Uses trigonometry to solve real-world technologicalproblems using currently availaWe mmputer solware. Prerequisite: BAS major. E ASC 315 Numeracy lnTechnol~y,t3) fall and spring Contenual uses of malhematicsin applied sciences. Emphasizes using mathematical methodologies to solve technology-related pmblems. Prerequisite: BAS major. General Studies: MA EAST COLLEGE E MSC 498 Prr-Seminar. (1-7) selected semesters E MSC 449 Individualizedlnstructlon. (1-3) selectedsemesters Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of courses onered but not specAicaily listed in this catalog, see "Omnibus Courses: page 63. PHILOSOPHY (PHL) E PHL 194 SpeciaiToplcs. (1-4) selected semesters E PHL 294 SpecialTopics. (1-4) ~elenedsemestsrs E PHL 394 SpecialTopics. (14) selectedsemesters E PHL484 Internship. (1-12) selectedsemesters E PHL 494 SpeclalToplcs. (1-4) selectedsemesters E PHL 498 PmSeminar.(l-7) seleaedsemesters E PHL 499 lndlvlduallzed Instruction. (1-3) selectedsemesters Omnibus Courses. Far an explanation of courses offeredbut not specrlically lsled in this catalog, see "Omnibus Counes," page 63. POLITICAL SCIENCE (PLS) E PLS 194 SpecidTopica.(i4) selectedsemesters E PLS 294 SpecialToplcs. (1-4) selectedsemesters E PLS 394 SpeciaiT~pi~s. (1-4) selected semesters E PLS 484 Internship. (1-12) selected semesters E PLS 494 SpecialTopics. (1-4) selected semesters E PLS 498 Pro-Seminar. (1-7) selectedsemesters E PLS 499 Individualizedinstruction. (1-3) selectedsemestem Omnibus Courses. For an explanation at m u m s onered but not specifically listed in this catalog, 5ee'Omnbus Courses: page 63. SOCtOLOGY (SCL) E SCL 194 SpecialTopics. (1-4) selectedsemesters E SCL 294 SpeciaiTopics. (1-4) selected semesters E SCL394 SpecieJTopics. (14) selectedsemesters E SCL 484 internship. (1-12) selectedsemesters E SCL 494 SpecialTopicse(1-4) selectedsemesters E SCL 498 PmSeminar. (1-7) selected semesters E SCL 499 Individualized Instruction. (1-3) selectedsemesters Omnibus COU~SBS. For an explanation at Courses offered but not specifically listed in tins catalog, see "Omnibus Courses: page 63. SPANISH (SPN) E SPN 194 SpeclaiTopks.(l4) selected semesters E SPN 294 SpeciaiToplcs. (1-41 selectedsem~slen E SPN 394 SpecialToplcs. (1-4) selectedsemesten E SPN 484 Internship. (1-12) selectedsemesters E SPN 494 SpeclalToplce. (1-4) selectedsemesters E SPN 498 Pm-Ssrnlnar.(l-7) selected semesters E SPN 499 lndividuaiked Bstruction.(l-3) ~slectedsemesters Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of murses offered but not specifiy listed in this cataiog, see "Omnibus Cwrses: page 63. THEATRE (THR) ETHR 194 SpeclalToplce. (1-4) selected Ssmesters ETHR 294 SpeclalToplos. (1-4) selected semesters ETHR 394 specialToplcs. (14) selected semesters ETHR 484 lnternshlp.(1-12) selectedsemesten -~ ETHR 494 SpeclaiToplcs. (1-4) selected Semesters ETHR 498 Pm-Seminar. (1-7) selectedsemesters ETHR 499 lndlvidualizedinatructlon. (1-3) selectedsemesters Omnibus Courses. For an explanation at m u m s onered but not specifmiiy listed in this catalog, see 'Omnibus Courses: page 63. ~~ ~ ~ WOMENS STUDIES (WNS) EWNS 194 SpecialTopiCs. (1-4) sslecledsemesters E WNS 294 SpecialToplcs. (1-4) selectedsemesten E WNS 394 SpeclalToplcs. (1-4) selectedsemesters E WNS 484 internship. (1-12) selectedsemesters E WWS 494 SpeclalTopics. (14) selectedSemesters E WNS 498 Pm-Semlnar.(1-7) selected semesters EWNS 499 individualized instruction. (13) selected semesters Omnibu6 Courses. Far an explanation of courses offeredbut not specifically listed in this catalog, see "Omnibus Courses:page 63 DEPARTMENT O F APPLIED BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES Department of Applied Biological Sciences www.poly.asu.edu/ecoUegeJappliedhioIogicaIsciences 48Ofl27-1444 WANER Third Floor Ward W. Brady, Chair Professors: Brady, Brock, Mushkatel, Sommerfeld, Stutz Associate Professors: Green, Martin, Miller, Steele, Whysong Assistant Professors: Hu, Marcurn Lecturer: Huffman APPLIED BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES--BS The Department of Applied Biological Sciences offers rigorous and practical programs in applications of the bioloeical sciences. Consistent with a ~olvtechnic vision. Drou - . grams involve extensive student interaction with faculty through experience-based learning activities, including laboratories. field trips, internships, and faculty-guided research and service-learning projects. Mastery of fundamental biological principles is emphasized through quality leamine in the classmom and hands-on activities in laboratories aid in the living laboratories of the Sonoran desert and surrounding ecosystems. Graduates can pursue entry-level careers in wildlife and restoration ecology, urban horticulture, and secondary education. The general program in Applied Biological Sciences also prepares graduates to succeed in graduate and professional schools in disciplines such as animal health, environmental biotechnology, medicine, dentistry, physical therapy, ecology, horticulture, and wildlife biology. Mission The mission of the department is to provide excellence by way of I. academic programs that are rigorous and experience-based and involve extensive student-faculty interaction; 2. research, scholarship, and practice that advance knowledge, - address practical problems. and explore emerging opportunities; and 3. service and outreach to the local and global communities. Goal The goal of the department's academic programs is to prepare practitioners, managers, and research scholars in fields related to the applied biological sciences who 1. are problem solvers, comfortable with interdisciplinary work and aware that many breakthroughs occw where fields overlap and multiple disciplines work together; 2. are technically proficient whether they work in the field or at the laboratory bench, understand why and how equipment and procedures work, and are capable of designing new protocols and techniques to meet new challenges; 3. constantlv. stav. abreast of scientific advances, actively reading broadly and deeply, understanding not only the critical nature of the primary literature in theiichosen field, but also the ~mpoltanceof keeping step with emerging data and technology and incorporating new ideas and technologies into their discipline; 4. understand ethical and ~ o l i c vimdications of their work and are capable oidedating science in a context beyond the technical details of their discipline; 5. are articulate in oral and written communication, forming cogent arguments and communicating them clearly; and 6. understand that groundbreaking science requires knowledge and creativity and that creativity is central to discovery. For the latest information about program requirements and courses, access the Web site at www.asu.edu/ecollege/ appliedbiologicalsciences, or call 4801727-1444. Graduation R e a u i r e m e n t s A total of 120 skmester hours, with a minimum of 45 semester hours of upper-division credit, is required for graduation. As part of the undergraduate degree program, students complete the ASU General Studies requirement. For courses that meet ASU General Studies requirement, see "General Studies:'page 93. It is suongly recommendedthat students work with an East College academic advisor when selecting courses to meet the General Studies requirement since otherwise required courses can often be used to meet the General Studies requirement. Applied Biological Sciences Core. All Applied Biological Sciences students are required to complete the following courses: Applied Biological Sciences Core ABS 300 Envimnmental Biology ................................................ 3 ABS 302 Ethical and Policy Issues in Biology ............................. 2 ABS 350 Applied Statistics BIO 187 General Biology I BIO 188 General Biology BIO 340 General Geneti BIO 360 Animal Phy ' CHM 113 General Ch MAT 210 Brief Calcul Total......................................................................................... 3W31 L literacy and critical inquiry I MA malhernatics I CS computerlstatisticd a~antitativea .~.o l i ~ ~ t i oInnu s humanilier and tine arts I SB social and ~enavloraJC once- I SO naural sc ence--~eneta core ca.,seo. SO naldral sc onc-mnttattue I c ct. f ~ r adtrsrnfy in ins Unfed Stater I G glooal I H nsfor caI See .General SILOor' page 93 EAST COLLEGE Students majoring in Applied Biological Sciences must select one of the concenmtions listed below. Applied Biological S c i e n c e s C o n c e n t r a t i o n .. Thi, c,,ncentrdtion offen student.; the opportunity to acquire a rigorous education ill the biological and related science5 u h ~ l cpro\ ding flcxibil~tyto meet specific student interests. Sturlents who plan to pursue research careers and pustgraduatc studit., in biolua, environmental biutechnology, and ecolog) may find this concentration appropriate. In addition. the concenlr3tion is designed for students planning lnulud~ngan~malhealth. to enter the health profcssl~~n\, medicine. medical technolorv, coidemiolorv, dentisuy, physical therapy, public heal&, A d physic~n'sassistint programs. Students planning to enter professional programs need to include two semester sequences in physics and organic chemistry in their programs of study. BCH 361 Principles of Biochemistry is also suggested. Applied Biological Seienees Concentration ABS 355 Vertebrate k l o ABS 370 Ecolog Secondary Education Concentration General Studies Requirement. For students chmsing the secondary education concentration, the following courses must be used as General Studies courses in order to graduate in 120 hours: ABS BIO BIO MAT 350 ApplleJ Sldisltcr or cqt8ndlcnl C . 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 187 General Biulug) I SG .......................... 4 188 General Biology 11 SQ................................................... 4 210 Brief Calculus MA ......................................................... 3 Applied Biological Seienees/Secondary Education Concentration MIC 205 Mierobi MIC 206 Mierobioio PHY 101 lntroductio Upper-division electiv * Baa MIC 205 and 206 must be taken to secure SG credit. Secondary Education Curricula BID 480 Methcds of Teachine Bioloev -........................................ 3 BIO 482 Advanscd Melhd, dl Teaching B~nlogy. ................ 3 EDC 350 &tur.alionsl'rcchndlugy I: Applicabonr .................. I combinations belo CHM 235 Elemenlary Organic Chemistry Lab SQ' ( I ) -or - CHM 233 General Organic Chemishy I(3) CHM 234 General Organic Chemishy U (3) CHM 237 General Organic Chemishy Labralory I (I) CHM 238 General Organic Chemishy Laboratory I1 (I) Choose between the physics course combinations below ........4 or 8 PHY 101 Introduction to Physics SQ (4) -or - PHY I I I General Physics S@ (3) PHY i 12 General Physics S@ (3) PHY 113 General Physics Laboratory S@(I) PHY 114 General Physics Laboratory S@(I) Approved electives in Applied Biological Seienees ..................... 12 EDC 351 F*lucstiunslTechnolugy 11. ln,malnn and Evaluation ............................................................... I EDC 352 Educational Technology 111: Design ............................. I EDC 494 ST. Professional Knowledge .........................................2 EDP 303 Human Development USB ......................................... 3 EDP 310 Educational Psvcholoev SB .......................................... 3 RDG 301 Literacy and lnsmcti; in the Content Areas...............3 SED 403 Middle and Secondarv School Princioles. Curricula, and Methods................................................. 3 SED 478 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools ............... 1W12 SED 496 Field Experience ........................................................... 0 SPE 394 ST: Inclusion Practices at the Secondary Level ............ 3 Total....................................................................................... 3 M 8 Stmngly Recommended I Both CHM 231 and 235 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Both PHY I I I and 113 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Both PHY I I2 and 114 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Appiied Biological S c i e n c e s J S e c o n d a r y E d u c a t l o n Concentration The applied biological sciencedsecondaq education concentration qualifies students for the State of Arizona Cenificatton in ~ e c o n d a rBiology ~ FAucatiun. Students interested in pursuing this conccntratlon need to co~npletethe science content couhes related to biology and the courses specific to the secondaq cducauon cumculum. The program concludes with full-time student teachine in a secondan, ,sience clas\n>om.Student, intcrcctcd in pursuing the cuncentmtion need to be admitted into the Teacher Education unit before taklng the cccondaq methods courses (approxlmately during the junior y r u ) . Scc .'Applied Biological Scl. enceb-BS Secandan Education Concentration." oaee 229. for application requirements. - ~~~~ ~~ ~~~ MCE 446 Understanding the Culturally Diverse Child C ............. 3 SPE 31 1 Orientation to Education of Exceptional Children SB. C............................................................... 3 U r b a n Horticulture C o n c e n t r a t i o n Urban horticulture emphasizes the relationship of plants and people in city environments. Set in a unique southweste m desen location. Polvtechnic camous's oromam strives to teach urban horticulture students how to practice principles and develoo skills that helo create aestheticallv. oleasine . urban enviionmentz. This approach 1s coupled with anappreciation oienvironmenwl cunsewutlon and stewardship. To achieve this podl. the program specializes in teach~ n students p about the unique . a w.c t s of desert honiculture. &ugh course offerings, students can gain expertise in a diverse array of topics such as landscape plant identification culture and use; creation of public and private gardens in arid climates; management practices of landscape planting and irrigation design; installation and maintenance; xeriscape and water conservation; integrated pest management; installation and management of golf, sports. and recreational turf grass; plant propagation and greenhouse1 . . " DEPARTMENT OF APPLIED BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES nursery management. Graduates are qualified to identify and grow ornamental landscape trees, shrubs, ground cove n , grasses. flowering potted plants, and bedding plants. They also design, insfall, and maintain outdoor and indoor landscape environments that enhance urban aesthetics. Urban Horticulture Concentration 3 1 ABS 260 Fundamentals of Ur G ...................... 4 ABS 362 Landscape Plants and Design ........................................ 4 ABS 363 Landscape and Turf Irrigation....................................... 4 ABS 364 Urban Fores 3 ABS 462 Greenhaus 4 or ABS 463 Golf and Sports Turf Management (3) Choose one of the three courses below 3 ASS 465 Senior Enterprise Pmject (3) ABS 484 Internship (3) ABS 492 Honors Directed Study (3) CHM 231 Elementary Organic Chemistry S@ ............................. 3 PLB 414 Plant Pathology L 3 or PGM 466 Integrated Pest Control (2) ~pprovedupper-division electives.................................................. 6 Total Both ABS 225 and 226 murt be taken to secure SQ credit. Both CHM 231 and 235 murt be taken to secure SQ credit. I Wildlife and Restoration Ecology Applied ecology is the focus of the wildlife and restoration ecology concentration. Introductory course work emphasizes a core understanding of biological science, prin-, ciples of plant and animal ecology, and the techniques and principles of ecosystem management. Students can choose io f o c k their course work on wildlife ecology or restoration ecology. The discipline of ecological restoration provides a scientific basis for the reconstruction of degraded ecosystems and focuses on practices desiened to improve the ecological structure and function. and on meeting societal needs for sustainable and functional ecosystems. The restoration process includes identifying the causes of degradation, devising methods and -goals for the restoration effort, developingmanagement strategies for the rc\tnrcd sites, monitoring changes on the r ~ t and e assessing rcstordtion success. Restoration prsct~cesmay includc ~mpn,vingu ildlifc hah~tat, reintroduc~ngmissing plants ur animals. removal of intasive species, rebuilding of soils, and returning natural processes such as fire and flooding to ecosystems that historically excerienced these disturbance reeimes. Successful restoration projects require community involvement and demand consideration of the economic and social context in which restoration is carried out The wildlife ecology course work is distinguished by its strong emphalr on hib~tatmmagement hie ,tudents are expected to ma%terthe mdtcri~lfound in trad~tlonalwllrlllfe biology cunicula, students are also expected to develop a strong expertise in habitat management. This background in habitat management requires proficiency in the botanical sciences, including plant ecology and provides a synergistic link with the ecological restoration concentration. The applied nature of the concentration is emphasized by the requirement for mastery of the analytic technologies (rang- - ~ ~ ~ ~ - ing from quantitative ecology and ecological modeling to the use of eeomanhic information systems) as well as a comprehensive understanding of thd economic and policy contexts in which wildlife habitat management occurs. Wildlife a n d Restoration Ecology Concentration General Studies Requirements. For students choosing the wildlife and restoration ecology concentration, the following courses must be used as General Studies courses in order to graduate in 120 hours: ABS ABS BIO B10 MAT 350 Applied Statistics or equivalent CS ............................... 3 480 Ecosystem Management and Planning L ......................3 187 General Biology I 188 General Biology I1 210 Brief Calculus MA Wildlife and R ABS 374 InU ........................... ABS 381 Nahlral Resources Policy .............................................. 3 ABS 402 Vegetation and Wildlife Measurements ........................ 3 ABS 440 Ecoloeical Restoration Techniaues ............................... 3 AHS 480 tco\ynem hlm.igcmen8 and Planning L . . . .3 ...........3 ABS 485 GlS in N a u r ~Recourccs l .............. CHM 231 Flcrneurary Organ~cChemislry SQ' ..................3 - Choose one of the followhg course groupings: ABS 225 soils S@ ....................................................................... 3 ABS 226 Soils Laboratory S@ .................................................... I ABS 433 Riparian and Wetland Ecology...................................... 3 ABS 441 Ecalaeical Restoration Practicum ................................. 1 ABS 482 Ecology and Planning for Restoration .......................... 3 ABS 483 Restoration Planning Practicum.................................... 2 Approved supporting comes..................................................... 15 ~ ~ - -. ABS 355 Vertebrate Zoology ........................................................ 4 ABS 376 W~ldlifeEcology ........................................................... 3 ABS 475 Habitat Management for Small Wildlife ....................... 4 ABS 476 Big Game Habitat Management .................................... 3 Approved supporting courses........................................................ 15 Both CHM 231 and 215 rtlu Selected exerc ses to omaden tne oacxgrouna and undemana ng 01 bas c so81 pnnc ples Lab Fee Pre or mreq~lslteABS 225 General Sluores SO (11credn also earnedrn ABSZ25) E ABS 260 Fundamentals of Urban HorIiculIure. (4) fall Principles and practices of horticulture, emphasizingdevelopment. arowth. and oro~aaationof horticultural otanta and environmenlal f;lctors'that inei 6ese processes. 3 hours lecture. 3 hours lab. Fee. Prerequisite: 810 187 or PLB 108. General Studies: SG E ABS 294 SpeclalTopics. (1-4) selecledsemeslen E ABS 300 Envlmnmental Biology. (3) Idennficabon c~ltbre,and ~ s a1 e contancr grow plants for nler or environments Prereqd s le ABS 260 or instnetor approval ,m<< ...= cn& "r. Ecosystem dynamics and the analysis of environmental impan from local to global scales. Introduces e m l o g i d risk assessment and lite cycle analysis. Lecture, mperatrve learning. E ABS 301 Technology and Biology. (2) spring Demonstrations ofa broad range of innovative technologies in molecular biology, cellular and organismal biology, horliculture, and wildlite and rsstoratior emiogy. Fee. E ABS 367 Urban Parks (4) spring Overview of the management and mainlenance of private and public parks, urban greenspaces, and recreational areas. Lecture, lab. Fee. Prerequisite:ABS 260 (or its equivalent). E ABS 368 Plant Pmpgation. (3) spring Theory and application of sexual and asexual propagationtechniques. Considers plant materials used both for urban horticulture and ecological restoration applications. 2 hours lecture. 3 hours lab. Fee. Prerequisite:BIO 188. E ABS 370 Ecolwv. (31 fall Interactionsbetweenorganisms and their environments; strudure and dynamics of populations,communities. ecosystems, and landscapes, Wah emphasis on vegetation. Lechlre. field trips. Prerequisite: BIO ".. ~ . ."" IW. E ABS 372 Ecology: Ecosystems and Landscapes. (3) spring Structure and f u n t i i n d ecosystems, inte~aelionsof panern and process in landscapes. Lecture, lab, field trips. Prerequisite: ABS 370. DEPARTMENT OF APPLIED BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES E ABS 374 lnlroduction t o Wildltle Managemem. (4) E ABS 4MI Organic Gardening. (2) h,, spring Managtng *Io ole in the So~thwest,ncludnng ife nnstanes ofsmall game, h r oearers, ofg game, and se ecteo nangame spec als Fee Lect~reao, foeid tr us Prereaaslte compleban of General St~ores S o and SG requirements. . E ABS 375 Conservation Biolwv. 131 rprnng Pnnc ples of wnservabon blology management at threatenedspec~es an0 ecosystems. b t w versaty pahems wnth emphas~son sums in the Soumwe~t.ectbre field tnOS Fee Plerea~lslteABS 374 E ABS 376 Wildiite Ecology. (3) somo .-~ ~xamynesecological principles underlying wildlife population , habitat dynamics with emphasis on physiology, genetics, n u t ~ o nand factors. Lecture. lab. Prerequisite: ABS 370. E ABS 378 Wildiite Nubition. 131 fall Pnnclples of nfflnen metaba ism in wldlde s p e w s , mth emphasls on dnderStanOtng me nteramon of mldlrte mth thslr environment Prereau sltes 810 188 CHM 101 E ABS 380 Restoration and Wildltle Plants. (3) -. . . ~~ .. App les pr ncmp es and prances of organ c garden ng n the low oesen nciddlng env ronmental mpacts of modern f w d pmd~ctnon1 no", lect~re3 hodrs lab Fee Prerea~ssnteABS 260 E ABS 462 G ~ n h o u ~ u r e eManagement. ry (4) - m. r n o Greenno~sestrdctdres env ronment, and ndrsery operaloons lnCldde9 mgat on. nutnbon, an0 other pnnclples relatlve to product on 01 n ~ l s e r y crops 1 h o ~ lecture. r 3 hadm la0 Fee Prerequ s te ABS 260 E ABS 463 Gon and S p o r t s N r i Management (3) 611 Selection establ~shmentand ma ntenance of t ~ lgrasses f bred specdm ly lor gob and sports lac itles Integrated lectbreilab Cross. lhsled as PGM 463 Cred t is a i w e d far oniy ABS 463 or PGM 463 E ABS 465 Senior Enterprise Project. (3) fall andspring Selection and completion of an urban hanicultureproject wilh faculty advisor appromi related to the field of study Prerequisite: senior standing. E ABS 470 Mammalogy. (3) 611 611 Imparkant wildland plants, including inmsive and endangeredspecies. wildlik twd species, and species used for emsystem restoration. Lecture, lab. Prerequisite: ABS 207 or 260. E ABS 381 NaIural Resources Policy. (3) fall Poilcles and reguiat ans attecbng management of natural resoufces wnh emphases on wllo ite and ecologcal restorabon Pre or corwu.ste - ABS -~ 3W -~ ~ ~ ~ ~ E ABS 402Vegetatlon and W i l d l i Mearuremem (3) Classification and biology of mammals, emphasizes North America. P r e Or Wreauisite: ABS 355. E ABS 471 Ornithology. (3) spring Ciassikation and biology of birds, emphasizing North America. Lecture. lab, field trips. Fee. Prerequisite: ABS 355. E ABS 475 H a b M Management for Small Wildltle. (4) ~~ ~ - ~"""0 -r Vegetaban nventav samplmg mnnonng, an0 evsluabon M e w of esbmatlng ul dlde pop" atlons. amw, and home ranges Lecture. lab 1 weekend heid tnp Prereq~tsnesABS 207,350, 370 E ABS 425 Soil ~lassiR&on and Management (3) r s m e d semesters Principles of soil genesis, m o r p h o w , and dadcation. Presents management and wservatian p r a c l i i . Prerequisite:ABS 225 (00 'ts equivalent). (3) E ABS 430Watershed Managemwh . .. seimed semesfets Hydrologic, physical, biological, and e w l o g i d principles applied to watershed management. Impact of ecosystem manipulationsonwater Vield and auaiiN . . Lecture. 1 weekend field hip. Prerauisite: ABS 225. E ABS 433 Riparian and Wetland Ecology. (3) selectedsemstets Functions and wmponents of riparian and wetland -stems and the management of mesa systems. Lecture, field hips. Prerequisite: ABS 370. E ABS 434 Soil Ecology. (3) SO ISY we0 n an ecosystemwntexl s o l - ant ~ relabOnsh#ps,nutrient adgets, an0 &lot c factors that nnfiuencesoil pmcesses. Lecture. lab, held tnos. Preradsltes: ABS 225, 226. 370. E ABS 435 Ecological Modeling. (3) fall Simulation modeilng as a t w l to study ecological processes and human impact on ecosystems and organisms. Lecture, lab. Prerequisites: ABS 350,370. E ABS 440 Ecological RestorationTechniqws. (3) .".. b,, Techniques far ecological restoration, riparian and wetland restorauon, and monitoring restoration success. Prerequisites: ABS 370,380. E ABS 441 Ecological Restoration Pradicum. (1) fall Field experience in the mluatian and monitoring of implemented ecological restoration projects. Lab. tield trips. Fee. P r e or wmquisite: ABS 440. ,",, ,a,, Habntat management wnslderat ons and practtces far small game ana nongame w.lo11fes w e s n Norln Amerha Lecture. lab fie d tops Fee Prereqdlslles ABS 370 376.380 E ABS 476 Big Game n a b i i Management. (3) Habtat management considerations and practices for big game wildlife species in North America. 2 hours lecture. 3 hours lab. Prerequisitss:ABS 370.376. P r e or wrauisite: ABS 402. E ABS 480 Ecosystem Managemnt and Planning. (3) selmed semestets Principles of ecosystem management, with emphasis on economic and policy constraints an the planning process. Risk assessment and management. Lecture. 1 weekend field trip. Prerequisites: bath ABS 300 and senior standing or only insmrnor approval. GeneralStudies: L E ABS 481 Riparian and Wetland Restoratlon. (3) fall Principles and problems in the restoration of degraded riparian and wetland ecosystems. Construction of wetlands. Prerequisites: ABS 433,440. E ABS 482 E c o l w v and Planninrr for Restoration. 131 -. .. spring Ecological principles and resource planning processes applied to the restoration of degraded landscapes. Prerequisites: ABS 225. 372, 440. E ABS 463 Restoration Plannlng Practicum. (2) spring Field experience in ecological restoration techniques, selection of mitigation techniques, and implementationplanning. Lab, extended tield trip over spring break. Fee. Pre- or mrequisite: ABS 482. E ABS 484 internship. (1-12) selecfedsemesters E ABS 485 GIs i n Natural Resources. (3) fail Principles of Geographic information Systems (GIs) utilized in natural resource management. Use of computersfor spatial analysis of - L lteracy ano cnltca. ,nq. r y MA malnsmal cs CS come.!sr stat etcr q.am tat *e appacalfonr HU ndmanll er ano Ine arts 5 8 rocla! and bena* oral scencer SG nawa se enc-snela core coLlssr SO nafdra scienc-uantltative iC cultural dlversityin the United States IG global I n histaricai Isee '~eneraistudies: page 93. EAST COLLEGE natural resources. Lecture, lab. Prerequisite: ASS 350 (or its equivdent). E ABS 486 lnmductlon to Remote Sensing. (4) nic campus programs such as manufacturing engineering technology. aeronautical management technology, industrial technology, and business administration. Remote ssnslng lechnolog~erin natural resource management LS ng cornpuler zed dala lrom aenal photographv ano sate late omagery Not lor Orad.ale crededl Lecture laD Prereau kle ABS 485 E ABS 489 Undergraduate Res3nrch. (1-3) fall and spring Undergraduate research under the supervision of an applied biological wiences faculty member. Prerequisite:iunior or senior standing. E ABS490 Aoolied Blolwlcal Sciences Seminar. (1) .. &If and spring ' Current literature and significant developmentsrelated to applications of the biological sciences. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: iunior or senior standino. E ABS 492 Honors D I M & Studr (1-6) setscted~emesten E ABS 493 HononThesls. (1-6) selected semesten E ABS 494 Speclal Topics. (1-4) selected semesten E ABS 498 Pm-Seminar. (1-7) selectedsemesters E ABS 499 lndlvlduallzed Instruction. (1-3) selectedsemesten Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of muses ofiered but not specNically listed in this catalog, see "OmnibusCourses: page 63. Graduate-LevelCourses. For information about murses numbered from 500 to 799. see Ihe Graduate CaraIcg, or access w . a s u . e d u l catalog on the Web. In some situations, undergraduate students may be eligible to take these wurses: tor more information,see 'GraduateLevel Courses: page 62. Graduation Requirements The completion of 120 semester hours-including FirstYear ~omp&ition,General Studies (see "General ~fudies:' page 93). and major requirementsleads to the BS degree. The major allows for at least 21 semester hours of electives. The major requirements for the BS degree in Applied Psychology consist of a 28-semester-hour core of psychology courses, 12 semester hours in applied psychology, and 18 semester hours of related course work. - - .- ~ ~ ~~ - Core Courses. Core courses provide a general background in the basic scientific areas of psychology and provide a culminating experience to integrate the varied studies. PGS 101 lnvaduction to Psychology SB ...................................... 3 PSY 290 Research M PSY 323 Sensation an PSY 325 Physiological PSY 330 Statistical M PSY 477 Applied Psyc or HON 493 Honors Thesis L (3) Total............................................................................................... * - 28 This PSY course is offeredonly by the Polytechnic campus. AU other PSY courses listed above are offered by the Polytghoie and Tempe campuses. Faculty of Applied Psychology wmv.poly.asu.edu~ecoUege/applidpsych 4801727-1177 SUTON Third Floor Roger W. Schvaneveldt, Faculty Head Professors: Cooke, Schvaneveldt Assistant Professors: Becker, Gray APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY-BS This major offers a traditional psychology core leading to graduate school preparation and/or to applications in human factors with emohasis on human-comouter interaction, aviation, or manufacturing. Although most careers in psycholtraining, there are some employment ogy -. resuire . graduate upp'rmnltter for BS students in appl~edsettings For ecxjmpie, there I\ 3 need tor ~ndtvtdudswho can help deal w~rh broblems of usability of products and systems.-The li lied Psychology program offers courses and experiences to prepare students for these positions. The rigor of the major also provides strong preparation for further graduate study in psychology. The pmgram serves students in other Polytech- Applied Psychology Courses. Students work with an advisor to select courses in Applied Psychology emphasizing human-computer interaction, aviation, training, manufachlrinn, or methods. Course work must include a minimum of f& of the following courses: PGS PGS PSY PSY PSY PSY PSY PSY PSY PSY PSY PSY * 304 Effective Thinking 471 Psychological Testi 320 Leaming and Motiv 364 Cognitive Science 390 Experimental Psyc 437 Human Factan L 438 Human-Compute 439 Training and Skill Acquisition*.................................... 4 4 0 IndustriaVOrganizationalPsychology*......................... 448 Human Facta 449 Human Facto 494 Special Topics 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 This PSY course is offered only by the Polytechnic campus. All other PSY coums listed above are offered by the Polytechnic and Tempe campuses. Related Course Work BIO course with a la MAT 210 Brief Cal Computer skills course Writing skills coun FACULTY OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Minor in Applied Psychology The minor i n applied psychology consists o f 22 semester hours with at least 12 being upper-division courses. The following are required courses that must be completed with a grade of "C"(2.00) or higher: PGS 101 Introduction to Psychology St3...................................... 3 PSY 230 Introduction to Statistics CS.......................................... 3 or equivalent statistics course PSY 290 Research Methods USC ............................................... 4 PSY 437 Human Factors L ........................................................... 3 or PSY 438 Human-Cornouter Interaction* (3) or PSY U O I n J u ~ r n ~ l r O r p ~ n ~ ~P>ychulugy* ~ ~ t ~ n n a l (3) Addtltonal hours of uppr-dl\t\lon PSY xndlor WiS ;our,e\ ........ '> * This PSY course is offered only by the Polytechnic campus. All other PSY courses listed above are offered by the Polytechnic and Tempe campuses. A maximum o f three semester hours from the following courses can be used to satisfy minor requirements: PGS 399 Supcnl\cd Rc\csr;la .................................. 3 PGS 499 lndndurlwed ln~uuctlt,n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 dr PSY 499 I~~~IJLsIIIcJ In\lmilion 131 PSY 492 Hdnur\ Dlrccled Sludy .......................... 3 Noa: A mininlum o i thrce cclsses (two u i whish arc in the upper d ~ v ~ s t omust n l be ?&ken in residence at ASIJ. For more tnformation about program requiremcnls and couries, csll an h i 1 Cnllcge arlvlwr at 4801727-1333, or access the Web site at w ~ ~ . ~ o l ~ . a s u . e d u / e c o ~ l e ~ e / appliedpsych. For PGS courses and additional PSY courses, see "Department o f Psychology:' page 635. E PSY 449 Human Factors In Sport. (3) selected semeslem Examnnes how psycho og ca pnneplescanbe appised lo ennancethe oerformanceof atnleres and coacnes Acare. dlscbsslan Pre- or ~oreauisites: PSY 320,323. E PSY 477 Applied Psychology Capstone Experience. (3) fall and sorino Applied ~syc~aiagy fmm a systems perspective. Requires a report based on researchandlor applied work as a culminating experience. Lecture, discussion, projects. Prerequisite: senior standing. Omnibus Cou-. For an explanation of courses onered but not specifically listed in lhis catalog, see 'Omnibus Courses," page 63. GraduateLeveICourses. For information about courses numbered from MO to 799, see the Graduate Catalog, or access wwwasu.edu1 aaQcalalags on the Web n some sltuat8ons undergraduate students may bc el g Me to ta*e these muses, for more nlormal on. see .Grad~ate-LeveCa~rses:page 62 Faculty of Business Administration muw.po?y.~u.edu/ecoIleg&~~inessadmin 480/727-1287 SUTON Third Floor Roger W. Hun, Faculty Head Professors: Daneke. Edwards. Kagan, Marquardt, Richards, Shultz, Thor Associate Professors: Butler, Hun, Manfredo, Patterson Assistant Professor: Skilton Lecturer: Watson PSYCHOLOGY (SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS) (PSY) For more PSY counes see lnc 'Course Prel8xes"tabIe or access rnasu eau/aa~calalcgYcoursss Too campus aes8gnation-4 (Do*nrown Pnoanx, E (Polvfechna.M (Tempe, or W( W o s l v a y affect how courses may be used to fulfil requirements E PSY 360 Cognitive Science. (3) sel~~tedsemesters Examones rognltton from the var a0 pcrspecl ves of pnl osophy ng~~strcs, psycho ogy computer science (an fra me lhgencel and neLrosc ence -ectLre a s c ~ s son Prcrea.elle PSY 324 E PSY 438 Human-Computer Interaction. (3) 0"- "ear -,-- B Theories, methods, and findings concerningthe usability of computer systems and the des~gnof effective user interfaces. Lecture. discussion. projects. Prerequisite:PSY 437. E PSY 439Trainlna and SWil Acauisition. 13) .. once a year Tneorres, metnods. ano I nd ngs concemng the acq~lsioonof sbiled performance an0 tne desgn of ellccl ve trarnlng systems Lecl~re. 0 YUSS on. or0 ecls Prerea~lsnePSY 437. E PSY 440 IndustriaVOqanizationalPsychology. (3) once a year Examines oemnnel selection. ~erformance assessment. iob and workplacedesign,job satistactibn, organizational behavior, management syslems, and industrial safely. Lecture, discussion. projeas. Prerequisite: PSY 230 (or an equivalent statistics course). E PSY 448 Human Factors in Transportation. (3) selecled semeslen Exam nes ndman performance and hdman.macn ne oeslgn ssLes n av4al on ana oround transoortatlon lnteoraled lecl~renabPre- or - ... BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION-BS The BS degree i n Bustness Admtn~ctrattonoffer, a survc) uisun~empuraryhu\tne\a di\cipltnes and sdd~t~onal depth in at least three discinlines. T h ~ c u n i c u l u menables students to gain essential business competencies, knowledge of business disciplines and methods, and appreciation for contemporary business environments and cultures. SNdents preDare for careers in business. industry, . or eovenunent, as well a< for c m e r advancement and entrepreneurtal envrprisei Thi, pruaram uperales under the umbrella o f the AACSB 1ntemati;nal-accred~ted ~ e m p campus e W. P. Carey School o f Rusiness, hut rt rs offered through Fasl College. A total of 120 semester hours isrequired for 5aduation with a minimum of 51 semester hours of upper-division credit. As part o f the undergraduate degree program, students complete the General Studies requirement (see "General Studies:' oaee 93). Requirements for the Business Admrnistratlon major cunsist of 3 0 semester huurs of lower-dtv~s~on core m d skill courses, 22 semester hours o f upper-division core courses, - .- L teracf ano c8 l cs inq. ry MA malnemsl cr CS comp.lsr nal ner q-an! la! ,e appl~catlonr HU h.man l er ano i n s ants SB iocrl and behav ora ssaoorsr SO nat-ra rc ence-gene88 core ro-rres SO n a w a S C B ~ C - L ~ ~ tat ~ r e C L J t.ral a rers.ty n ina unsxeo States G p ooal n htrfor.ca.. See 'General S l ~ er' o pogo 93 EAST COLLEGE one three-semester-hour capstone course, and 18 semester hours of- aonroved electives. A l l of the uoner-division busi-crness courses (with the exception of nine semester hours) must be taken at Polytechnic campus. .. BusinessAdministration Core BUA 300 Career Managem 1 FIN 300 Fundameotals of 3 IBS 300 Principles o f Internation 3 LES 305 Legal, Ethical. and Regulatory Issues in Business........ 3 MGT 300 Organizational M MKT 300 Principles of Marketing SCM 300 Global Supply Operati TWC 447 Business Reports L Total ..............................................................................................22 Capstone Counc tThnw Scmstcr Hours) MGT 140 Smdll Iio,~ne,\ and En~cpreneurrh~p ...................... 3 or BUA 441 Stratcgi; Management 131 Approved Electives (18 Semester Hours) Electives.................................................................................... 18 Students select 18 semester hours o f electives toward a goal of building upon and integrating prior and current course work. Thisset o f courses, which must be approved by the Business Administration program head, allows students to study a subset o f business problems or issues as well as focus on their career interests. Annroved electives include courses i n Polytechnic campus industry-specific business programs (Aeronautical Management Technolom, .. -. Agribusiness, and Technology Management). For the latest information about application, admissions, program requirements, and courses.call East College at 480/727-1333, or access the Web site at www.paly.asu.edu/ ecollegeihusinessadmin .. - - R E A L ESTATE-BS The Real Estate faculty offer a unique, integrated, oneyear program designed for the student's last year of college. This innovative and award-winning program emphasizes student involvement with real estate executives on projects i n the Phoenix metronolitan area. Students work in teams to develop their analytical, communication, technology, and team skills. The program is organized around five aspects of real estate: brokeragelmanagement. development. financing, investments, and market analysis. With broad interdisciplinary perspective, emphasis on team work, and involvement in projects, students may pursue careen i n land develop ment, investment analysis, appraisal, property management, brnkerage. and moneaee finance ~ u c c ~ s s fcompl&& ul o f the program satisfies the requirements of the major based on the following courses: LES REA REA REA REA REA 41 1 300 33 1 401 441 456 Real Estate Real Estate Real Estate Real Estate Real Estate Real Estate Minor in Small Business The minor i n small business is available to nonbusiness majors and consists of 18 semester hours, with five required courses and one approved elective. B U A 380 Small Business Leadership i s prerequisite or corequisite for other courses. Requirements BUA 380 Small Business leaden hi^ ........................................... 3 RUA 381 Small Business Accountine and Finance ...................... 3 -~ BllA 382 Small Bu,ines\ Ssler and Market Derclopmenl. . 3 BUA 3h3 Small Bu.lnes5 Wurklng Kei3tionships.. ........... 3 BUA 3n4 Small Bu,mers Opcrsrians 311d Planning. .............3 Approved elective ........................................................................... 3 ~~ - ~ Total............................................................................................... 18 BIS Concentration in Small Business The reauirements for the small business concentration, for RIS students only. are identical to those for the mlnor in Small Ru,iness listed above. kor BIS degree rcqulremenLs. see "School of Interdisciplinary ~mdies.' page i39. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (BUA) E BUA 300 Career Management. (1) fall, spring, summer Provides professional program business administration students with informationan ASU business-relatedmunes, business careen. interviewing, job hunting, and r6sume skills. E BUA 330 Organizational Leadenrhlp. (3) fall andspring Strategies, skills, and techniques that promote successful leadenhip wilhin organizations. Practice leadership skills and sen-dismvery in preparationfor leadership positions. E BUA 380 Small Business Leadership. (3) tail, spring, summer Dwelo~sleaders hi^ skills needed to form, lead, and operate a small busineis. ~mphasiiescreating a vision, research, and problem solving. Lecture, team leaching, collaborative learning. E BUA 381 Small Business Accwming and Finance. (3) fall andspring Acmunling and finance skills needed by small businessownen to acquire, allocate, and track monetary resources and evaluate performam. Lecture, team teaching, mllaborafive learning. E Bun 382 Small Business Sales and Market Development. (3) fail and spring Building and maintaining customen, developing a market identity and a niche, and the importance of sales. Ledure, team teaching. collaborative learning. E BUA 383 Small Buslness Working Relationships. (3) falland spring Addresses mrnmunicatian and the people in a busine-lients, employees. supplies, mmpetitors, governments, family, and self development. Lscture, team teaching, milaboralive learning. E BUA 384 Small Business Operations and Planning. (3) fall and spring Planning and executing plans--the what, when, where, how, and who from produdservicelprojea idea to pay back or completion. Lecture. team teaching, collaboratiw learning. E BUA 394 SwialToDlce. ( 1 4 ) selected sem&ters Topncs may ncl~detne to1 orr ng BLSn e s Proless.onalDevelopment (11 ProtesslanalDove oornent I.1I . E BUA 440 Sbateglc Management. (3) fall, spn'ng, summer strategic formulation and administratlanot the total organization. inoluding integrative analysis and strategic plan: interrelationship at businesshmclimai areas.Prerequisites: professional program business stud~nt;senior standing. F A C U L N O F EDUCATION E BUA 441 Entrepreneurshipand Feasibility. (3) $11, sp"ns, summer ~ssekmintof the OpponLn tles, rsrs, an0 cha.lenges assaclaled ~8thb~sinesstan-upand contln~wopera1on. Prereqd stes mmo ellon of 100 houn,oroless anal Drwram b~slnessslddent. Preor &requisite: completio" of all ~usinessidministratian mre requirements. Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of muses offered but not specifically listed in this catalog, see "Omnibus Courses: page 63. Faculty of Education www.poly.asu.edu~ecnllegeJeducation 480,727-1103 SUTON 24OE REAL ESTATE (REA) Far more REA m u m see the "CoursePrefm'table. Bette S. Bergeron, Faculty Head oraccess wwwssu eduIaa~cataIqYmumesThe campus a e s n p n a l m A (Do~ntownPnoenlxl E l P o l y ? ~ n nM ~ l(Tempel. or W West)--may anm how muses may be used to lulfrll regvlrements Professors: Bergeron, Darst Assistant Professors: Kulinna, Marble. Smith E REA Note 1. n adall on to no v odal mJne prerequ.snes, nonb~snessstudentsmust have at least a 2 50 ASL cumlawe GPA a 2 50 ASU asness GPA. and 56 earnw semester noLn to reolsler for any upper-division businessmurse unless otherwise noted Clinical Assistant Professors: Gomez. Molina-Walters, White-Taylor E REA 3W Real Estate Analysis. (3) once a year Lecturers: Foley, Oliver, Orlowicz, Prest. Rinkol. Rome ADDiieS economic theory and analvlical techniaues to real estate n;a'rkets. Topics include jaw, finance, appraisal.marb1analysis, iwestmenls, development. See REA Nate 1. Prerequisite: professional program business student. E REA 331 Real Estate Finance.(3) - ,--. -ega . market and n a -. ILI onal facton relatea la ftnanc ng PrOPOSM an0 ex stmg propen.es Emphas zes cdrrent flnanclnglechntques an0 qt.antta1 ve metnods See REA Note 1 Prereq~ 5 les Flh 300. professional program business student. E REA 401 Real Estate A~~raisal. (3) .. .. once a year Factors aflecting the value of real estate.Theary and practice of appraising and preparation of the appraisal report. Appraisal technioues. See REA Nate 1. Prereouisites: REA 3W:~rafessional prograk business student. E REA 441 Real Estate Land Development. (3) onm a war ~eiQhb;lrhocdand cilv growth. Municipal planning and zoning. ~ev~lapment 01 re3 oeni a mmmerc a1 tnoustr at. and spec al pbrpose propen es See REA NOIC 1 Prereq,sltes REA 3MI. orofss#anal orwram studonl --~" b ~ s m e s E REA 456 Real Estate Investments.(3) once a year Analyzes investment decisions for various property types. Cash flow and rafe a1 return analysis. See REA Nate 1. Prerequisites: FIN 3W; professional program business student. Omnlbvs Courses. Far an explanation of murses offered but not Specifically listed in this catalog, see "Omnibus Courses: page 63. 7 ~ - ~ ~~ ~ ~ Senior Lecturers: Stever. Wenhart ELEMENTARY EDUCATION-BAE - Proaram Overview The Elementary Education program at the Polytechnic camous is unique i n its focus on intensive field exoeriences. practical application o f current theory, and emphasis on technoloey. The curriculum is also focused on and directly aligned with Arizona's standards for teachers. Courses a& arranged sequentially and taken with peer coholts in four semester-long block;. Each semester ~lementaryEducation students are immersed i n field experiences that directly link with course discussions and assignments. Course instr&tors have taught in a variety o f K-8 settings and can therefore auement class exveriences with oractical aodications. Current educational technologies are incorporated into course deliverv and assienments. Additionallv.. students have the opportunity to choose between the daytime Elementary Education program at the Polytechnic campus or one o f the campus's district-based evening cohom. - .. - . Graduation Requirements A total o f 120 semester hours is required for graduation with a minimum of 45 semester h o u n o f upper-division , credit. As Dart o f the undermaduate degree ~ r o m a mstudentf will ;ompletr ASU General slud;es (;ee7'Iieneral Sludtes:' page 93) requlremcnLF i n addttton. Elementary Education students are required to complete 18 semester hours i n an academic specialization, which is tailored to an individual student's academic strengths (e.g.. math, science, social studies, English). The remaining program hours, which swcificallv focus on the teachine orofession. are outlined beiow. students must first be admitied to the ~ o l ~ t e c h nic Elementan Education Droeram before enrolline i n the Professional $reparation Program courses (~locksi-IV). L literacy and critical inquiry !MA mathematics ICS computerlstalisllcsl (luantitative applications I HU humanities and tine arts I SB oocial and behavioral sciences 1 SO natural rcience-pneral core courses ISO natural science-quantitaavs!C cultural diversity in the United States IG global I H hlbt~ll~sI! See 'General St~dies: page 93. EAST COLLEGE Foundations (15 Semester Hours)* EDP 310 Educational Psychology SB .......................................... 3 EDP 313 Childhwd and Adolescence ......................................... 3 MCE 446 Understanding the Culturally Diverse Child C ............. 3 MTE 180 Theory of Elementary MaUlematics.............................. 3 SPE 3 11 Orientation to Education of Exceptional Children SB. C .......................................................... 3 * For foundation courses, see '.College of Education:' page 349. Profewlonal Preparation Pmgram* Rlork ....... 1 EDC 320 Integrated Lemtng Experience 1. Leming Cllmate CDC 3311 I~tera;) I: Emerging Litzraiy and Phoncmac 2 Awareness .....................................................................3 EDC 354 Educational Media in the Classroom ............................ 3 EDC 355 Accommodating Instruction for Diverse Leamers ........ 3 EDC 474 Field Experience ....................................................... &I ........ EDC 325 Integrated Learning Experience n: lnsmctional Design and Implementation ......................................... 2 EDC 335 Literacy 11: Intermediate Literacy and Phonetic 3 Principles....................................................................... EDC 345 Math Methods for the Elementary Classmom .............. 3 EDC 474 Field Experience ...................................................... &I ELL 415 Structured English Immersion (SEI) Methods.............. 3 Blaek m EDC 1 2 0 Integrated Learning Experience Ill: A,u.,smcnl .2 EDC 1 3 0 Llterac) Ill: Intenention, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1;I)C UO Sctencz .Method. fur thr Elcrnenar) Clawronm. . . 3 EDC 450 Social Studies Methods for the Elementary Classroom ..................................................................... 3 EDC 474 Field Experience ..................................................... &I Bloek IV EDC 425 Inteerated Leamine Exwrience IV: Professional -Knowledge .................................................................... 2 EDC 484 Student Teaching in the Elementary School ......... I s 1 2 ~ - - . * Block courses can only be taken upon admission to the Elementary Education program. Postbaccalaureate Pmmam. Individuals who hold a hachelor's degree from an accredited institution are encouraged to oarticioate in the Elementam Education . nroeram as nondegree graduate students. Postbaccalaureate students complete the same professional preparation program courses as outlined above, which are augmented by the students' unique life and work experiences. In addition to participation in any of the four-semester undergraduate Elementary Education programs, posthaccalaureate students also have the option of an accelerated program with a master's degree option ('TEACH ME"). For more information, call 4801727-1 103. 0 - Application. Applications for the Polytechnic Elementary Education oroerams are due October 15 for snrine admission, and Aprii15 for fall admission. students elighle for admission must meet the following criteria: 1. admission to the Polytechnic campus; 2. a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.50; 3. completion of at least 56 semester hours at the time of admission (undergraduate degree-seeking students); or, completion of a bachelor's degree from an accredited institution (postbaccalaureate students); and 4. evidence of competence in written English. Applications must include two letters of recommendation and a r6sum6 outlinine work with school-aee children and/ or their families. Students seeking admission to the posthaccalaureate 'TEACH ME" program must also be admitted to the Division of Graduate Studies. Students should call the Polvtechnic c a m ~ u Teacher s Education Office at 4801 727.1 103 for complete admission packet information and eligibility requirements. - - State Certification. Students who successfully complete the undergraduate or ~ostbaccalaureateroutes to Elementary ducat ion teacher preparation at the Polytechnic campus are recommended for K-8 certification in the State of Arizona pending the completion of all other requirements mandated by the state. These additional requirements include, hut are not limited to, successful completion of all appropriate areas of the Arizona Education Proficiency Assessment and course work in the United States and Arizona constitutions. Because of the possibility that requirements for state certification may change. students are urged to maintain close contact with their education advisor. ~ ~ SECONDARY EDUCATION-BAE Physical Education. The faculty of education offer the BAE in Secondary Education with a concentration (academic specialization) in physical education. Students interested in obtaining certification to teach physical education will major in Secondary Education with a concentration in physical education. Once all state certification requirements are met, graduates are eligible to teach physical education in grades K-12. Graduation R e q u i r e m e n t s A total of 120 semester hours is required for graduation, with a minimum of 45 hours of upper-division credit. As o m of the undermaduate demee oromam. students meet the General studies requirement (see "Geeting the General SNdies Reauirement' Daze . - 93). Courses soecific to the physlcal cducatlon concenuatlon tnclude courses in the rontent core (tnclud~nc - courser offered bv Exerc15c and Wellness). education foundattons, and in the methods of lcaching physical education. The program concluder w~thstudent ieaching experiences inboth an elementary and junior high/ high school setting. - . Application. Students interested in pursuing physical education1Secondary Education need to be admitted into the Education unit before takine the methods courses iusuallv during the junior year). The following are requirements for admission to the physical education program: - I. comnletion of 56 semester hours. includine core content course work in physical education/exercise and wellness (the candidate should meet directlv with the advisor to determine appropriate content course work that is to be completed before formal admittance); 2. an overall 2.50 GPA within the area of concentration; FACULTY OF EDUCATION 3. proficiency in written English, met in one of the following ways: (a) GPA of 3.00 in ENG 101 and 102 (or equivalent) or (b)successful completion of a writing tutorial assigned by the Education unit; and 4. formal application to the Polytechnic Education program, including two lenen of recommendation and current rksume the rksumd and lenen should outline the candidate's experiences with children andlor their families and show proficiency in the content (i.e., physical education). Advising Information. Students ~nterectcdin the physical education program are advi,ed through the Educatiun unit. Students interested in the program should contact the Polytechnic Educatiun Office to make rn appuintment with an advisor. Advising ia required at the time a student seeks fumal admission into the mrthods course sequence (approximately the junior year) Ilowever, students are encouraged to seek advising from Educat~onas soon as they decide to pursue the physical education certification program. admissions. For the latest information about anolication. . program requirements, and courses, access the Web site at' www.mlv.asu.edu/ecolleededucation. o r call the Polvtechnic c&&s Teacher ducati ion Office at 4801727-1 163 or the prospective student advisor at 480fl27-1745. & Physical Education. Candidates for the BAE degree are required to complete course work in foundations, exercise, and wellness (content specialization), and in teacher preparation. Students must receive a grade of " C (2.00) or higher and maintain a cumulative GPA of at least 2.50. Specific course work includes the following: Foundations (I7 Semester Hours)* BIO 201 Human Anatomy and Physiology I SG ......................... 4 BIO 202 Human Anatomy and Physiology U .............................. 4 ....... 3 EDP 310 Educational Psychology SB .......................... . . . EDP 313 Childhood and Adolescence........................................ 3 SPE 311 Orientation to Education of Exceptional Children SB. C .............................................................. 3 * All foundation courses must be in progress or successfully completed with a grade of " C (2.W) or higher at the time of application to the preparation program. Exercise and Wellnerc (IS Semester Hours). EXW 300 Poundsl~onsof Exerctse and Wcllncsc U S E . . ....... 3 F.XU 31U Cornpuler Sk~ll\and Twhnology for Exercise and Wellness CS .................................................................. 3 EXW 315 Physiological Foundations of Movement...................... 3 EXW 330 Kinesiolagical Foundations of Movement .................... 3 EXW 450 Cultural and Social Issues in Exercise and Wellness SB, C .............................................................. 3 * At least three EXW courses must be in progress or completed at the time of application to teacher preparation. Teacher hepsration (42-46 Semester Hours) Block 1 PPE 210 Teaching Fitness Activities forK-12 Students*........... 2 PPE 350 Physical Educatian for the Elementary School............. 3 PPE 474 Field Experience in Physical Education ................... &I Block I1 PPE 215 TeachineTeam Swns* ................................................ 2 PPE 355 ~h>at.artduurt~;nin lhc Secandar) Schml . . 3 &I PPE 474 field Ekpzricnce ~nPhy5ical Education ....... RDG 301 Llleracy anJ lnslructian in the Content Areas. ... 3 B I W ~m 294 ST: Teaching Lifetime Activities for K-12 SNdents* ..2 3b0 Adapted and Inclusive Physical Education ................... 3 480 Professional Seminar for Physical Education ............... 3 484 Internship: Soldent ~eachingin Physical Education (Eleme PPE 494 ST: Motor Dev Physical education elective PPE PPE PPE PPE Block N EDC 405 Classroom Management K-I2 ....................................3 ELL 415 Svuctured English immersion (SEI) Methods ..............3 PPE 294 ST: Teaching Adventure Activities for K-I2 Students PPE 484 Internship: (Secondary A rnnnnmurn of \nx *elnester houn IS requ~redtor tea.h~ng actw tt) counts. the\= can he wbctttured with EXW :I? APPLIED BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES-BS SECONDARY EDUCATION CONCENTRATION Program Overview Applied Biological Sciences majors can complete requirements for state certification in Secondary Biology throueh a concentration in aonlied bioloeical sciencedsecond& education. See ' ' ~ ~ ~ i ~i ieodl o ~ i rSciencedSecal o n d a n Education Concentration.". oaee . 220. Students complete course work in the applied biological sciences core. science content courses related to secondary bioloev. -. and courses specitic to the secondary education cumculum and instrction. 'fie program concludes with full-time student teaching in secondary science classrooms. - Graduation Requirements A total of 120 semester hours is required for graduation with a minimum of 45 hours of upper-division credit. As Dart of the undereraduate deeree oroeram. students meet the General Studies requirement (see "General Studies:' .oaee- 93).. Courses s~ecificto the aoolied .. bioloeical sciencedsecondary education concentration are outlined below: Applied Biological Sciences Core ABS 300 Environmental Biology .................... . . ......................3 ABS 301 Technology and Biology ...............................................2 ABS 302 Ethical and Policy Issues in Biology .............................2 ABS 350 Applied Statistics or equivalent CS ............................... 3 BiO 187 General Biology I BIO 188 General Biology I1 BIO 340 General Genetic MAT 210 Brief Calculus Choose one course ABS 311 App - .- - -or - L literacy and criticst inquiry I MA mathematics I CS computerlotatirticsl quantitative applications I HU humanities and fine sns 1 SB social and behavioral wiencer I S G natural science--general core courses I SO natural wlence-quanfitafivs I C cultural diversity In the Unitsd Stater I G global I n nislorical I see 'Genera Stu6ies:pege 93. EAST COLLEGE ABS 312 Structure andFunction (4) Choose one course ................................................................... 3 or4 BIO 360 Animal Physiology (3) scienceslsecondary education concenttation mirror those of acceptance into other education programs at the Polytechnic campus. Requirements for enuy include -0,- PLB 308 Plant Physiology (4) Total ........................................................................................ 31-33 For students choosing the secondary education concenuation. the followine courses must be used as General Studies courses in order graduate in 120 hours: ABS BIO BIO MAT 350 Applied Statistics CIS'............................................... 187 General Biology I SG.................................................... 188 General Biology ll SQ .................................................. 210 Brief Calculus MA .................................................... 3 4 4 3 Applied Biologjcal Seiencer/Seeondary Education Cwcentmtion ABS 207 Applied Plant Taxonomy ......................... . . ............... 3 or ABS 355 Vertebrate Zoology (4) ABS ... 370 -~.~.-, Eeoionv .................. ...................................................................... 3 ABS 490 Applied Biological Sciences Seminar.......................... 1 CHM 1 I3 General Chemis CHM 116 General Che MIC 205 Microbiology MIC 206 Microbiology 4 PHY 101 lntmdunion 2 Upper-division electives Total ........................................................................................ 25-26 Secondary Education Course Work BIO 480 Methods of Teaching Biology ....................................... 3 BIO 482 Advanced Methods of Teaching Biology ...................... 3 EDC 354 Educational Media in the Classrwm ............................ 3 EDC 494 ST Rofessional Knowledge......................................... 2 EDP 310 ~dueatianalpsychology SB .......................................... 3 EDP 313 Childhood andAdalescence.......................................... 3 RDG 301 Literacv and Instructian in the Content Areas .............. 3 ................ & I SDE 474 Ftrld Experience .................... SDE 484 Sludenl Tcd;hine tn ShunJay School? . . . . . . 10-12 SED 103 >loddir.and SeibnJ;ay Sihool Principles. Cumiculd. and Methods.................................................................. 3 3 SPE 394 ST: Inclusion Practices at the Secondary Level ............ ~"tal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3639 Cunccnmrion told . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1 4 5 ' An equivalent course may betaken in place ofABS 350. Both MIC 205 and 206 must be taken to secure SG credit Strongly Recommended MCE 446 Understanding the Culturally Diverse Child C ............. 3 SPE 3 1 1 Orientation to Education of Exceptional Children SB, C .............................................................. 3 The Arizona Department of Education requires the following courses for certification; these courses must be complctcdbefore the Wuclrlion unit can cuhmit an lnstiruuonal Recommendduon for ccn!ti:ation. EDC 405 Classroom Management K-12 ...................................... 3 ELL 415 Structured English Immersion (SEI) Methods .............. 3 Application Students interested in pursuing the applied biological scienceslsecondary education concentration need to be admitted into the Education unit before taking the secondary methods courses (usually during the junior year). The following requirements for admission to the applied biological 1. completion of 56 semester hours; 2. a 2.50 cumulative GPA: 3. a 2.50 GPA within the major (Applied Biological Sciences); 4. proficiency in written English, met in one of the following ways: (a) GPA of 3.00 in ENG 101 and 102 (or equivalent) or (b)successful completion of a written proficiency exam; and 5. fonnal application to the Polytechnic campus Education program, including two letters of recommendation and current r6sumC the r6sum6 and letters should outline the candidate's experiences with adolescents andlor their families and show proficiency in the content (i.e.. applied biological sciences). Advising Information Students interested in the applied biological scienceslsecondary education concentration must p d c i p a t e in dual advising-in applied biological sciences and in education. Education advising is required at b e time a student seeks admission to the Education unit. However, students are encouraged to seek advising from Education as soon as they decide to pursue the secondary education concentration. For more information about application, admission, program requirements, and courses, visit the Polytechnic campus Education Office, SUTON 240E. call 480fl27-1103, or access the Web site at www.poly.asu.edu/ecoIlegeleducation. EARLY CHILDHOOD EAST (EAC) E EAC 494 SpeclalToplcs. (4-4) selecfed semesters Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of courses offared but not SP~CMCBIIY listed in this catalog, see "OmnibusCourses: page 63. GraduatkLevei Counss. For informationabout courses numbered fmm 500 to 799 see the Graduate Catalog. or access wash eas aadcata ogs the Web some SlNaton~undengraouate students mav be el a as to lare h s e mLmes, for more iniormalcn. see '~riduats~evel Courses: page 62. EDUCATION EAST (EDC) E EDC 320 Integrated Learning Experience I: Learning Cilmate. 121 GIand spring Explores factors contributing to a poslfive and pmductive classroom learning environment. Interactive forum. E EDC 325 Integrated Learnlng Experience II: Instructional Design and implementation. (2) fail and spring Design and implementation of developmentally appmpnate instruction, and the alignment of instruction with district and staiw academic standards. interactive forum. Prerequisna: EDC 320. E EDC 330 Literacy I: Emerglng Literacy and Phonemic Awareness. 131 an&ing of language from birth to age 8, and appmpnate Development sfrategies for pmmoting growth in spaking, listening, reading, and wdng. Applied inquiry Corequisits: EDC 474. FACULTY OF EDUCATION E EDC 335 Literacy Ik Intermediate Literacy and Phonetic Princlplee. (3) fall and s ~ r i n a strategi& fo;teaching literacy in intermediate elementary c assrooms. the applcal on of pnonetc pr nc p es to n s l r ~ con. l an0 ntegrattng Ileracy acmss d sclpl nes Appllcd n q ry~ Prereq.tate 5 te EDC 325 EDC 330 Coreq~s le EDC 474 Prc- or c o r e q ~ E EDC 340 Wming and the Pmfeoslonsl Educator. (3) fall andspnng Proles~onanot no foc~scaon ta~naat6onaissues in e d ~ c aon. l including the culture of schooling, current sacial contexts, and educational law. General Studies: L E EDC 345 Msth MeUlods for the Elementary Classmom. (3) falland spring Developments ly appropr8ate practlces lor tcachlng and assess ng mathemallcs m orades K - 3 Aoo .ed lno~trvFcc Prereo~sneMTE 180. ~ a r e q u i s iEDC t ~ 474. pie- or cor&u$ite: EDC 325. E EDC 350 Educational Technology I:Applications. (1) fan and spring Mcdule focused on basic technalaqical skills needed for manasins . . classrwm ~nstnct~on Lab E EDC 351 EducatlonslTechnology ~klnstrucuon and Evaluation. I,, I., fall and spring Module focused on technalogyasan instructional medium, evaluation. and effective classroom use. Lab. EDC 350. -~ -~ Prereouisite: , E EDC 352 EducationalTechnology Ilk Design. (1) fall and spring McduIe focused on instructional design utilizinga variety of technolwies, includino multimedia. Lab. Prerequisite: EDC 351 E EDC 354 Educational Media in the Classmom. (3) fall and sorino ~esigninbaA implementingeducational media info the K-12 curriculum. Includes instructional design, evaluation of sources, and introduction to multimedia applications. Prerequisite:acceptance into teacher preparation program. E EDC 355 Accommodating Instruction for Diverse Learnen. (3) hllanrl . -. en<;"" .. laentty ng and accommoaa! ng earners w lh spccla needs. (ncbang ~ l a s s r w madaptattons in narJctmonand assessment F o r ~ m . pracl4c.m Prereq~lslleSPE 31 1 Coreqaslle EDC 474 Pie. or corequisite: EDC 325. E EDC 405 Classroom Management K-12. (3) fall, spring, summer Slrateg es lor enon8vo classrwm management n 6-12 m o o s Incl~deSm w e s. app catmn and evauatton of a varlety at manaoement svstemr Prereou s to aam nance to a teacher educaiion prog& or instructbr approval. E EDC 420 Integrated Learning Experience Ill:Assessment. (2) fall and spring Principles related to classroom assessment, including lhe alignment of as&ssment to curriculum, test interpretation, and varie$ of assessment techniques. Interactiveforum. Prerequisite: EDC 325. E EDC 425 Integrated Learning - Experience IV: Pmfessional Knowledge. (2)fall and spring Explores issues related to professional knowledge, including interdisciplinary instruction and +he impact of Ule community on studentS. learning. lnteractive forum. Prerequisite: EDC 420. Corequisite: EDC 484. E EDC 430 Lneracy Ilk Interventions. (3) fa# and spring Strategiesfor ammmodating students struggling wilh learning, with a focus on the areas of literacy acquisition and assessment. Forum. practicum. Prerequisites: EDC 335,355. Corequisite: EDC 474. Preor corequisite: EDC 420. . E EDC 440 Science Methods for the Elementarv C l a ~ m o m131 tan andspring Developmentally appropriate practices far teaching and assessing sciences in grades K-8. Applied inquiry. Fee. Prerequisites: EDC 325. 345. Corequisite: EDC 474. Pre- or corequisite: EDC 420. ~~ ~~~ ~ ~~~~ ~~ ~~~ - -- a ~ .. E EDC 450 Soclal Studles Methodsfor tha Elementary Class. room. (3) fall and sprinq Developmenially appropriate practices for teaching and assessing soc al stbales n grades (-3 Applaed nqdlry Prereq~tsllesEDC 325. 335 Coreq~(s1eEDC 474 Pre- or coreqL,mlo EDC 420 E EDC 455 Dlvene Learnen in the K-8 Classmom (3) fall spnng summer loenlfmes and mpements lnslrbnona practocesfor sudents *ltn diverse needs in the elementaw classrwm -avrs re ated to s~ec.a populations. Interactiveforum. prerequisite: approval of the ~ a s t Education DBce. E E M : 460 Prlnclples of Cunlculum and InsVuction I n the K-8 Classmom. (3) fall, rpnnp summer C~rrentresearch an0 pranlces related to me K-8 n m c u l ~ m . 1ncIdd8noa ~ ~ I ~ c a lof$ mohvahon on and lsamrno meones. lesson develofient, and assessment. Interactiveloforum. Prerequisite: apprwal of lhe East Education Oftice. E E M : 465 Literacy lnslrumlon I n the K-8 Classmm. (3) fall, spring, summer ~nnc.pleiof a aevelopmenta ly appropriate elementary Ileracy CbmCLbm and related lnstrucllona practices Encompasses reading. lana~aaeartS *nnna ana o a l exoress~onlnleracuve fonm ~re&;isile: ippro&iof the East ducati ion mice. Corequisile: EDC 474. E EDC 474 Fleld Exwrience. (0-11 fall and surina Applies &u&e content in a K-3 schwl. Emphasizes observation. classrwm management, planning and delivery of instruction, and assessment. Practicum. Fee. Corequisile: all methods m u s e s in the prooram must be taken with Field Emerience. teacher preparation . . . E EDC 475 Social Studles Instruction in the K-8 Classmom. (3) fall. sorino. summer ~rin&le&f a development all^ appropriate social studies cunicula an. related nstrdctanel practies Empnaslzer CLIIJ~~ atvers<~y an. Imp cations of a g obal soclety nleracl ve fordm P fall, spring, summer Discussescurrent research on teacher education across fields. with an empnasts on physm l eodcaldon peoagogy lnlegralsd ectdrdao Cledll a a1 owe0 for only PPE 370 or 570 Prereqb sles ENG 101. 102 EXW 100 .edl ...lor ~ . . 1s eou ~7~ a~~-~~~~ E PPE 375 Coaching Methods for You* Sports. (3) fall, spring, summer Scope and values of coaching K-12. Methods, materiab, and pranice in machino ~hiiosa~hv. Best ~raclicesand activities for arades K-12. lntesrated~&turd~b.~~redit is allowed for only PPE 3 7 i o r 575. ~re~equisite: instructor approval. E PPE474 Field Experience i n Physical Education. (&I) fall and spring Analyzes wurse content in an elementary/secondaryxhool setting. Emphaszes ooserval on pdp managemen!, plan" ng ana aei ver i g lnslrLctlon an0 assessment Pracloc~mFee Careq~lsllePPE 350 or 355 or nSlrlnor approva ~ ~ DEPARTMENT OF EXERCISE AND WELLNESS E PPE 480 Pmfesslonal Semlnar for Physical Education. (3) fall a n d s ~ r h o Melhoos of in;tncIlon organ zalon an0 presentallon of appropr ate content in elementar, an0 semnoary pnysmcal eadcal.on lnlegratoo len~renaoPrereq~stes PPE 350 355 Coroqb slle PPE 484 E PPE 484 Internship. (1-12) fad and spring Practice of teaching. Relationshipof practice and theory in teaching ~hvsicaleducation. Internshio. Fee. Prereauisites: PPE 350. 355. ~dreauisite:PPE 480 E PPE 494 SpeclalToplcs. (1-4) selectedsemesfers Topics may include the following: Motor Development E PPE 4% Research onTeaching In Physical Education. (3) fzll, spring, summer Contempora~yresearch and theory on teaching across fields with an emphasis on physical education pedagogy; provides a practical research experience. Integrated lectureflab. Prerequisite:EXW 300 (or its equivalent). Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of courses offered but not smificallv listed in this catalw. see "Omnibus Courses: w a e 63. Grad~atbLeveICourses. For lnformataon a b ~Wt L ~ numbered S lrom M O to 799, see tne Graduate Catalog, ar access wu* as" w J calalw on the Web In some slldal ons dnderarad~aleSILoents mav be e i ~ ~ b l etakethese to courses: for more infd;mauon, see "Graduaie~evel?ourses: page 62. E SPC 494 SpeclalToplcs. (1-4) seiecfedsemesters Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of courses offered but not soecificallv listed in this cataloa. see "Omnibus Causes: oaoe 63. Graduatelevel Causer. For nformat on aooLl coLrses numbered from 500 la 799 see the Graouate Catatog or access rm asb aod cata,oa on me Web n some sntLatons ~naeraradbaleslJoenls mav be eligible to take these courses: far more info;mation, see " ~ r a d u a i e ~eveiMurses: page 62 SCIENCE EDUCATION (SCI) E SCI 294 SpecialToplcs. (1-4) selectedsemesters E SCl484 lnternshlp. (1-12) ~~Iectedsemesters E SCI 494 SpeclalToplcs.(l-4) selecfedsemesters Ornnlbus Courses. For an explanation of courses olfered but not specifically listed in this catalog, see "Omnibus Courses: page 63. Graduate-Level Courses. For ~nformatcon a b d l courses numbered from 500 to 799 see tne Graduate Cefalog. or access WwwasJ eda cataloo on tne *eb. in some s t.al.ans. .noeroraoJale StLaenls mav be&d;bie to take these courses: for more info;mation, see "Graduaie~evel?ourses,"page 62 Assistant Professor: Adams SECONDARY EDUCATION EAST (SDE) E SDE 194 SpeclalToplcs. (1-4) seleectedsemesters E SDE 294 SpeclalTopics.(1-4) selecfedsemesters E SDE 394 SpeclalToplcs. (1-4) selecfedsemesters E SDE 484 lnternshlp. (1-12) selecled semesters Topics may include the following: StudenlTeaching in Secondary Schwis (1&12) E SDE 494 SpeclalToplcs. (1-4) selecfedsemesters Omnibus Coursas. For an explanation of murses offered but not specifically listed in this catalog, see 'Omnibus Courses: page 63. Graduatelevel Courses. For information about munumbered lmm 5W to 799, see the Graduate Catalog, or access w.asu.edul catalog on the Web. in same situations, undergraduatestudents may be eliqible to take these courses: for mare information, see 'GraduateLevelCourses: page 62. SPECIAL EDUCATION EAST (SPC) E SPC 294 Special Topice. (1-4) selectedsemesters E SPC 484 Internship. (1-12) selectedsemesters Department of Exercise and Wellness ww.poly.asu.edu~ecoIlegp/weUness 48On27-1945 EAW 109 Wllllam J. Stone, Chair Professor: Stone Associate Professors: Swan. Tudor-Locke Senior Lecturer: Woodruff Lecturer: Sebren EXERCISE AND WELLNESS-BS The B S degree in Exercise and Wellness offers t w o concentrations: ( I ) exercise and wellness and (2) health promotion. Exercise and Wellness students study physical activity and healthy lifestyles as they relate and contribute t o optimal health and wellness. The exercise and wellness concentration is desiened to nreoare orofessionals and scholars in exercise and physical activity leadership as we ll as in wellness education. Areas o f studv include the kinesiological and physiological foundations o f physical activity, exercise testing and orescriotion. as well as nutrition, stress management, ~ o c i a l / c u l t u r ~issues, l and facton involved in health behavior change. The health promotion concentration is designed to prepare professional; and scholars in health and wellness promotion and disease prevention and management. Areas o f study include epidemiology, health behavior change, prevention of chronic disease. program development and evaluation, as well as nutrition, stress management, sociaVcultural issues, and substance abuse. Students in both concentrations are exoosed t o the latest rc,each and prdcticr des~gnedto enhance fitnccs. uellnrss, url heslthv Itvane, tnclud~nchorh ldboraturv and field e x w riences. ~;ni~u;as~ect of both degree options in the EX& cise and Wellness . program is an outstanding internship prngram that provides preprofessional experience i n all mas --- --E EXW Note 2. Phystcal acttvtty lnslrucnon w ~ m (EXW s 105 205 305) may not be taken lor am I Excess~veabsences and/or rard ness are wnsldered dlsnptlve benav or E EXW 1W lnboductlan to Health and Wellneas. 0 .. tan and spring Current concepts in health, exercise, and welines. Emphasis placed on personal health, theories, anitudes, beliefs, and behaviors.Crosslisted as HES lWlKlN 100. Credit is allowed onlvfar EXW 100 or HES 1W or KIN 1W. General Studies: SB E EXW 105 Phvsical Actlvitv Instrucllon: Bwlnnlng. (1) Beg nn ng lnstrun on m a vanery 01 pnyslcal act v Ues sbcn as aemb cs,aqua1 cs racquet spans pnys cal wndlt on ng. an0 god -Y oraoe onlv MBYoe remaled for crsdlt 2 h o ~ r ~s e wee* r A m h Fee E EXW 205 Physical Activily Instruction: Intermedlste.(1) fall, SDfina, summer 1ntermedite.leve lnsiruct~ann a vanery at physca actlvltles COnhnuallOn ol W W 105 'Y"gra0e on y May oe repealed lor credll 2 h o ~ r per s week Act vrly Fee See EXW Nates 1.2 E EXW 212 Instructional Competency Laboratory. (2) fall, spring, summer Methods at instructing and leading fitness activities,including aerobic, resistance, and flexibility activities. May be repeated for credit. Integrated leclure lab. See EXW Note 1. Prerequisite: Exercise and L leuac! an0 cr l ca onq. r y MA mamematcr CS comp6ler sfat Dl CE a~~l~atlons HU numan l e r ano hne arts . SB roc s an0 behavioral sciencesI SO natural science--general core courses i SO natural scienoe-quanfilativeI C cultural divsr~ityin the United States / G global I n historical 1 see "~enere.1 Studies; page 93. 0 ~ a . llalve EAST COLLEGE E EXW 215 Physical Activity and Healthy Lifeatyiea. (1) fall, spring, summer Applies principles of physical a c t i to personal fdness testing and program planning for people of ail ages.Telecampus course. Not open to Exercise and Weiiness majan or to students who have credit for EXW 325. E EXW 3W Foundations of Exercise and Wellness. (3) .. fall, spring, summer Analyzes research in various disciplines that wntribute to health promotion and wellness. General Sludies: USB E EXW 301 Concepts of F i i s s and Wellnes. (1) fall, spring, summer Guidelines for achieving heanh bench of physicai activity and other heailhy lilestyies.Teiecampus mu=. Not open to Exercise and Wellness majors or to students who have credia for EXW 325. E EXW 302 Fundamentals of Wellness. 13) .. far and sprfng Overview of fundamental health, exercise and weliness concepts. Emphasizes personal weliness assessment and application. Prereouisites: ENG 101.. 105 lor 107). E EXW 305 Physical Activity Instruction: Advanced. (1) b. l l a. nds~rino Aamncw ieve lnstrLcllon in a var ety of pnysocai acl v toes C~nt~nualon 01 EXW 105 May oe repeated for credot Y'graoe only 2 hod15 PBI H e m Acttv~tyFee See EX%' Notes 1.2 E EXW 310 Computer Skills andTechnoiogy tor Exercise and Weliness. (3) fall spnng summer Apples wmpJler technology lo pnnc8plos of saclai markelng. talored wmmdnlcatlon eheath wnsumensm an0 slabstlca analvs s Integrated iedure/lab. PrerequisRe: MAT 142. General Sludies: CS E EXW 311 S m l a i P O ~ ~ l a l l o in n sExerclse and Weiiness. (3) .. la11 nlmadces me cha lenged pop" allon an0 surveys tne agencles that work (* th spec<=pap.iat ons E EXW 315 Physioiogicai . . Foundations of Movsmsnt.(3) fall and spring Studies human movement with emphasis on physioiogicalfunnion of the bodv in resoonse to ohvsicai activitv and fitness trainina. Lecture. - - 7 - . E EXW 380 Body image and Welines. (3) fall and spring Explores body image in American culture fmm physical. psychological, historical, and societal penpectives. Prerequisites: NTR241: PGS 101. E EXW 400 Stress Management for Weiiness. (3) fall, spring, summer Examines the stress response and management from a behavioral penpective as it pertains to individuals or groups. Prerequisite: PGS 101. E EXW 420 ExerciseTesting. (3) fall and spring Theoretical basis and practical application of pre-exercise screening. exercke testing, estimates of energy expendimre, and interpretation of results. Lecture, lab. Fee. Prerequisles: EXW 315; cunent CPR certifieafion. E EXW 425 Exercise Prescrfotion. 131 fall and spring Theorellcai oases lor and appllcatlon of general pnnmp.es 01 exercnse prescr ptlon la vanous ages. Illness eveis and hea th slates Prereau s les EXW 320 330 Pre or mreaLlslle EXW 420 E EXW 442 Physical Activity i n Health and Disease. (3) spring Examinesthe mle of physicai activity and fitness in the development of morbidity and mortality throughout the human life span. Prerequisne: EXW 315. General Studies: L E EXW 444 Epidemiology. (3) hll introduces epidemiologicalwncepts and research literamre, including physicalac6vlty. nutrition, tobacco, alwhol, injury prevention, and safe sex. Prerequisites:EXW 300, 310. 320. Pre- or corequisles: EXW 325.350. E EXW 450 Cvitural and Social issues i n Exercise and Welineas. (3) fall and spring Examines contemporary sociocuitural issues and sociai determinants of health and physical adivity. Focuses on health disparities, obesily. and social stressom. Prereuuisites: EXW 300: PGS 101. General Sfudiss: SB, C E EXW 460 ResistanceTraining Application andlleory. (3) hII E EXW 320 Pmgram Development and Leadership. (3) fall and spring Principles of planning, organizing. pmmoting, and leading l i i e s s and welines pmgrams. Prerequisites: COM 225: Exercise and Wellness major. E EXW 325 Fitness for Life. (3) /a,( spnng, summer Pnyslcal fllness and benetnts at exen: se wrm empnasls on se 1eva uabon ana oenona ,zed orwram o annlna for a itel me h o l o ~ e n to students whd have credit fbr ~ X 215 W or $1. E EXW 330 Kinesioiogicai Foundations of Movement. (3) fall andspring Studies and considers human movement with emphasis on unes ology pnnclpies an0 lnev app lcatnon to movement and tllness Leel~re,a0 Prereq~$s!tes810 201.202 E EXW 342 Health Behavnor Change (3) la!!, spnng summer Examines malor theones of healt behauloral change Develops nlewentlon strateales and lechn oues emoiovw to lac Itale neaim behavioral changs~rerequisne:PGS 101: ' E EXW 346 Heanh Promotion and Pmgram Evaiuatlon. (3) spring introduces and applies theory-based wncepts and methods of health promotion and program evaluation. Lecture, online study. Prerequisite: EXW 342. Pre- or corequisites: EXW 300.310. E EXW 354 Substance Abuseand Addictive Behavior. 13) .. spring Studies addidive substances, their pharmawlagy and elleas. Psychosocialrisk factors lor, and wnsequences of, substance abuse. Lecture, discussion, individual and gmup study. Fosters cnuca lntnrlng as ~tapplres lo res stance tranlng theory Preor wrequsno EXW 315 E EXW 484 Elercise and Welinsu InternshlD. . 16) .. fall, spring, summer Supewised pradicum experience in approved exercise and weiinessl he& promotion agencies. Field work. Prerequisites: EXW 315. 320. 420. Pre- or wrequisite: EXW 425. E EXW 498 Pro-Seminar. (1-7) selecfedsemesters Topics may include the fallowing: Spa Management 1. (2) .bll . ...;mrlnrinn ...-. ...= Provides an overview of the spa industry, programs and services typically found in diflerent types of spas, operational systems and procadures, spa equipment and facility issues, financial issues. ndman resoLrce Issues marreIng for spas, wmpLler saltware for spa operations, an0 other Key admlnlslrahve competenues spec8fle lo the s0a q n d ~ s t ~ Omnibua Courses. For an exp anatcon of munes onerea b l not speahcaiiy lsted in this catalog, see 'Om" Dus Counes: page 63. GraduMe-Level Courses. Far informauanabout wunes n~mbered Imm SO0 lo 799. see the Graduale Caralog, or access www as~edLl catalog on me Web. in some sltual ons undergraadate students may be eiia'ole to take these wdrses tor more information. see 'Graauate. ~evel?ounes: page 62. FACULTY Faculty of Human Health Studies www.poly.asu.edu/ecoUegelhwnanhealth 4801727-1333 WANER Third Floor CHM 233 General Organic Chemistry CHM 234 General Organic Chemistry CHM 237 General Organic Che CHM 238 General Organic Che PHY 11I General Physics SQ* PHY 112 General Physics SQ* PHY 113 General Physics Laboratory SQ* .................................. I PHY 114 General Physics Laboratory SQ* .................................. 1 * William L. Mermis, Faculty Head H U M A N H E A L T H STUDIES--BA AND BS The baccalaureate degrees i n human health studies examine the multiple dimensions of human health, including psychological, social, biological, spiritual, economic, and emotional dimensions. Different cersoectives on health and health care are examined a, u e l l ,L\ ha,w thme prr,psuvo ~nHucnccrhdnrc3 In b c l l r f \ u ~ ~ l u r and c r bchav~orStudents engage in a critical examination of the alternative a~rrroaches to health care and health promotion. .. The degrees in human health studi;, provide ,ludents wllh the ~enerdl knou ledyc dnJ iniellcaudl competencies to pursue many different c&rs and graduate studies i n human services or health professions. Students planning to seek admission to medical school or other postbaccalaureate practitioner training that requires an extensive background i n mathematics and science benefit from the BS program. . . Graduation Requirements To graduate with either a B A or a BS i n Human Health Studies, students must complete a minimum o f 120 semester hours (45 upper-division hours), including the university General Studies requirements. Both the B A and BS degree programs require 45 semester hours of major requirements consisting of a 15-semester-hour core o f Human Health Studies courses, a 12-semester-hour concentration, and I 8 semester hours o f related course work. The difference between the B A and BS programs lies i n the mathematics and science requirements. Both B A and BS students must take one semester o f general biology with a lab and two semesters o f human anatomy and physiology with labs. The BS program requires additional mathematics courses (through brief calculus) and the following science courses: CHM 113 General Chemislry I SQ ................................................4 CHM 116 General Chemistry ll SQ ......................................... 4 OF HUMAN HEALTH STUDIES Both PHY 111 and 113 or II2 and 114 must be taken to secure SQ credit. HUMAN HEALTH STUDIES (HHS) E HHS 100 intmductionto Holistic Heaiih. (3) selectedsemesters Studies holistic health in a bio-psychesaeiocuhralconten far heanh pmmotion and wellness. E HHS 1sSpeclalToplcs. ( 1 4 ) selectedsemesfen E HHS 294 SpeciaITopi~).( 1 4 ) selectedsemesters E HHS 300 Overview of Complementary Heaiih Systems. (3) Selectedsemesters Identities and describes major approaches to complementary health models in the context ot holistic health. Prerequisite: HHS 1W. E HHS 302 Evidence-Based Complementary Health ModalHies. 13) Gtectedsemesters IweStigates complementary practices in the contexf of scholarly knowledge and standards for health care. Prerequisite: HHS 100. E HHS 394 SpecialToplce. ( 1 4 ) ~electedsemesters E HHS 400 Community-Based Complementary Health Services. ~~ ~ 13) karntnes recent developmenls in cornrndnlty.basedhealth and hLman servlces lrom a no1sttc pempeci~~g Lecl~re.ServlCe learn ng Prerea~ste HHS 100 E HHS 402 Work, Health, and the Family. (3) selectedsemesters Examines issues and programs in the contemporary workplace and sociehl. Future directions for the family and its health. E HHS 403 Communily Mental Health and Human Services. (3) selectedsemesters Examines concepts, issues, and programs in community mental health and the delivery of human services. E HHS 405 Seminar in HollsUc Health. (3) ~slectedsemesters integrates concepls and issues in holistic hedm wiIhin philosophical. historical, paliticai, economic, and cunural frameworks. Prerequisne: HHS tW. E HHS 494 Spe~lalTopbs.( 1 4 ) selectedsemesters Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of courses offered but not Specificaily listed in mis catalog, see "Omnibus Courses: page 63. EAST COLLEGE Major Electives. Fifteen semester hours are considered electives in the major (TWC). At least six of which need to he in genre courses, such as TWC 443 Proposal Writing or TWC 447 Business Repons. An Internship (TWC 484) or supervised work experience is strongly recommended. For information about program requirements and courses, access the Web at www.poly.asu.edu/eco~lege.or call an East College advisor at 4801727.1333. Faculty of Multimedia Writing and Technical Communication www.poly.ssu.edu/ecoUegdmultimedia 4801727-1287 SUTON Third Floor Related Area. Students select a related area consisting of 12 semester hours of study in one other discipline. At least nine of these 12 semester hours must be in the uuoer division. Suggested disciplines might be, but are noiiimited to, applied psychology, business administration, or computer graphics. Students, with the help of an advisor, may also develop a coherent interdisciplinary related area. Barry M. Maid, Faculty Head Professor: Maid Associate Professor: Stone Lecturer: D'Angelo MULTIMEDIA WRITING ANDTECHNICAL COMMUNICATION-BS In the Multimedia Writing and Technical Communication program, students learn how to produce, design, and manage information using traditional and leading edge technologies. Students I. learn to communicate, orally and in writing, across audiences and cultures; 2. become aware of issues of ethics in technical communications; 3. "eain an awareness of the -global nature of technical communicauon+ultur;~lly andeconomically-and Jcvelor, the ab~lil,to cvaluale print, 0131, and clcctronic sources, 4. gain an understanding of appropriate technical genres and learn to demonstrate technical editing skills in all work; and 5. become able to incorporate appropriate visual elements and design in written documents and oral presentations and to work in appropriate media. BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE--BAS A Bachelor of Applied Science is also offered with a concentration in multimedia writing and technical communication. The BAS degree is a "capstone" degrez for the Associate of Applied Science degree. The BAS degree exposes students to advanced concepts and diverse critical thinking skills that prepare them for future career opportunities and professional advancement.. Admission. Admission to the BAS degree program is restricted to students holding an AAS degree or equivalent from a regionally accredited U.S. postsecondary educational institution. A GPA of 2.00 or higher is required for all resident applicants and a 2.50 for nonresident applicants. Degree Requirements. In addition to the AAS degree, the BAS in Avolied Science through East Colleee consists of 60 semester hours of upper-division (300-leverand above) courses, with 30 semester hours in residence. MWTC concen Total............................................................................................... 60 The urorram . - serves students who wish to pursue careers as technical writers, technical editors, Web page and intranet pare multimedia designers, desktop . publish. . - designers, ers, publications managers, and information designers, General Studies Curriculum. The BAS curriculum builds on the general education content of the AAS degree. Additional General Studies (L, CS, and awareness areas) are met with courses in the core or concentration. General Studies courses focus on contextual learning. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS L ...................................................................................................... 3 To graduate with a BS degree in Multimedia Writing and Technical Communication, students must complete a minmum of 120 semester hours, including university graduation requirements and the requirements of the major. Multimedia Writing and Technical Communication Core TWC 301 General Principles of Multimedia Writing L ................ TWC 401 Principles of Technical Communication L .................... TWC 41 1 Principles of Visual Communication L ......................... TWC 421 Principles of Writing with ~echnologyL ...................... TWC 431 Principles of Technical Editing L .................................. TWC 490 Capstone Tota - Tot 3 3 3 3 3 3 8 Credit' Assignable credit Offers lhe flexibility within the curriculum to lake the Prerequisite courses needed for success. The courses (six semester hours) are determined by the student and an advisor. 19 FACULTY OF M U 1.TIMEDIA WRITING ANDTECHNICAL COMMUNICATION BAS Core. The area core (15 semestkr hours) is focused o n management and organization, professional communication, qualitative analysis, and computer competency. M u l t i m e d i a W r i t i n g and Technical Communication Concentration. I n consultation with an advlbor. students select 20 semester hours o f u p p e r - d i v ~ s ~ T o nW C counes. ~ . CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS An undergraduate Multimedia Writing and Technical Communication Cenificate is available and requires 18 semester hours. For .;tudents who have already completed a baccalaureate decree. a P u ~ t b a ~ ~ a l a u r eCen~ficatc are i n Multimedia W n t i n g a n d Technical Communication is available that also requires 18 semester hours. Postbaccalaureate Certificate in M u l t i m e d i a W r i t i n g a n d Technical Communication. The postbaccdaurear ;ert~ticnte in M u l u m c d ~ aW n l ~ n g and Techn~calCommunlcation requires the following courses: TWC 501 Principles afTechnical Communication ....................... 3 Two of the following courses ......................................................... 6 TWC 5 11 Principles of Visual Communication (3) TWC 521 Principles o f Writing with Technology (3) TWC 531 Principles of Technical Editing (3) Three 500-IevelTWC courses at least two of which must be genre courses,such as TWC 543 ProposalWriting 9 or TWC 547 Business Repons ................................................... - Total ................................................................................... ETWC 351 Technical Writing and Editing. - (3) fall and spring Effective style, format, and organization of technical material; editing principles and practices; copyediting versus substantive editing; and document management. Prerequisite: ENG 102. ETWC 4WTffihnical Communications. (3) fall.. sorlno. -. summer Planning and preparing technical publications and oral presentations based on directed library research related to current technical topics. Prerequisites:completion of fin-year English requirements: a General Studies L course; senior standing with a major in College of Technalaav and A ~ ~ l i Sciences. ed 18 F o r more information, about both certificate programs, c a l l an East College advisor at 480l727-1333, o r access the Web site at www.poly.asu.edu/ecoIlege/multimedia. BIS CONCENTRATION A concentration i n multimedia writing and technical communication is available under the Bachelor of Interdisciplinrvy Studies (BIS) degree, a program intended f o r the student who has academic interests that might not be satisfied w i t h existing majors. Building on t w o academic concentrations (or one double concentration) and an interdisciplinary core, students in the B I S program take active roles in creating their educational plans and defining their career goals. For more information, see "School o f Interdisciplinary Studies," page 139. MULTIMEDIA WRITING ANDTECHNICAL COMMUNICATION P C ) E l W C 194 SpeclalTopics. ( 1 4 ) selectedsemesters E l W C 2W Impact of CommunlcatlonsTechnoI~ on Society. (3) fall and spring Organizational issues and development of technical communication. Activities include research, waluations, and presentation of oral arguments in support of positions. Prerequisites: both ENG 101 and 102 or only ENG 105. General Studies: L ETWC 301 General Principles of Munlmedia Writing. (3) blt .-. ...and aorlm .r lntmduces w h n g in a variety of media, understandingthe consequences of integrating media, and enective editing techniques. Prerequisite: First-Year Composition. ~ e n e Studies: d L ETWC 401 Principles ofTechnical Communlcatlon. (3) fall and spring Basic information design principles to produce effective wrinen, oral, and electronic technical communication.Understandingof rhetorical and audience analysis. Pre- or corequisite:TWC 301. General Studies L ETWC 403 W r i n g for Prnfessional Publication. (3) selectedsemesters Analyzes the market and examines the publication process, including the roles of me au+hor, editor, and reviewer. Pre- or corequisite:NVC 401. ETWC 411 PrlnciDles of Vlsual Communication. 131 fall and spring Basic pnncnpies at vls~alcammun cat on n pnnt an0 electranoc mea a Undcrstandng grapnc and OocLment desgn, nclddlng typography and color Prc. or mreaJlslle TWC 401 Genera! Studies: L ETWC 421 Principles of Writing withTechnologr (3) fall and spring Understandinghistorical and social impact of technology on writing, with emphasis on multimedia design, computer-mediated communication, and hypertext. Pre- or corequis1te:TWC 401. General Studies: L ETWC 431 Principles ofTechnica1 Editing. (3) fall andspring Basic principles of technical editing (for print and electronic media), including copyediting, reviews, standards, style, and project management. Pre- or corequisite:TWC 401. ~ e n e &Studies: l L ETWC 443 Prnwsal Writing. . .(3) . once a year Develops persuasive strategies and themes far researching and writing professionalproposals. Pre- or corequisite:TWC 401. ETWC 444 Manual and InstrucWonalWring. (3) - -- - ,-- Destgn and oeveiopmenlof a user man~al,wr Ung nstructons tmprov ng graphs- and page destgn and s a b l ify testlng Pre or coreqL st18 TWC 401 ETWC 445 Computer Doeumentatlon. (3) once a year lntmduces writing documentationfor me computer industry. Pre- or c0requisite:TWC 401. ETWC 446Tffihnical and XlentiRc Reports. (3) once a year Introduces strategies, formats, and techniques of presenting information to technical and rientfic audiences. Pre- or corequisite: lwc401. General Sludies: L ETWC447 Business Repom. (3) once a year Introduces strategies, formats, and techniques of presenting intormation to business and other workplace audiences. Pre- or corequis%e:NVC401. General Studies: L L literacy and critical inquiry I MA mathematics ICS compulerlstatirticsl quantitative applications I HU humanities and fine ans ISB social and behavioral sciences I SG natural scienc-eneral core course5 I SQ natural scienc-uantitative IC cultural diversity In the United Stater IG global / n historical I See 'General Studies," page 93. EAST COLLEGE ETWC 451 Copyright and Intellectual Proprty In the Eleelronlc Age. (3) fall Explores issues related to wpyright and intellectual property laws. with emphasis on electronic environment. CredR is allowed for only TWC 451 or 551. Prerequisite:TWC 301 or instructor approval. ETWC 452 Information in the Digital Age. (3) ~pr.ng Exp ores the creal on, organ zat.on, dlssem~natlanand dse of ~nforrnat~on' the ompan ot lechnologmes and s~rround.ngeconom c. leaa and soetal ssms PrereqLlsne TWC 301 or lnstr~clorapproval. ETWC 453 Information and CommunicatlonsTshnolDgy In American Hlaoy. (3) selectedsemesle!s Explores the historical dwelopment of informationand related technologies in the United States from wlonial times to the present. Credit is allowed for only l W C 453 or 553. Lecture. Internet. ETWC 454 InformationTechnology and Culture. (3) la,!,spong selected summers Explores the n stoncal nmpact and ntersect on of commLn,cauons tecnnolow ano c.lt~re m Amer ca Crearl is al.awea for only TWC 454 or 554. ~Gture,Internet. General Studies: C ETWC 484 lnternshi~. . 13) .. fall and spring Applies classroom work in a supervised workplace environment. Preor Corequisite:TWC 411 or 421 or 431. ETWC 490 Capstone. (3) far and spring Dwelopment of a professional portfoho, creabon at a "culminating document." and svnthesis of underaraduate exoerience. Prerequisite: instructor appravil. ETWC 494 Special Topis. ( 1 4 ) selectedsemesters ETWC 501 Prlnelples otTechnlcal Communlcatlon. (3) bllandsotino .~* Basic informationdesign principles to pmduce effective wriiien, oral. and electronic technical communication. Understanding of hetorical and audience analysis. Pre- or wrequisite: graduate standing. ETWC 503 Wrltlng for Pmfsssional Publication. (3) selectedsemesters Analyzes the market and examines the publicationprocess, including the roles of the author, editor, and reviewer Pre- or corequisite: TWC 501. ETWC 511 Principles of Visual Communication. (3) $11 and spring Basic principles of visual communication in print and electronic media Understanding graphic and document design, including hlpagraphy and color Pre- or wrequisite: TWC 501. ETWC 521 Prlncbles ot Wrnlna withTechnolo(lY. -. (3) .. fall and spring Understanding historical and d a l impact of technology an writing. with emphasis an multimedia design, wmputer-mediated communication. and hvoertexi. P r e or wreauisite: TWC 501. ETWC 531 Principles ofTechnlca1 Editing. (3) bll . and - - sorino Basic priicip~esof technical editing for print and electronic media. including wpyediting, reviews, standards, style, and project management. Pre- or wrequisite:TWC 501. ETWC 543 Proposal Writing. (3) once a year evel lops pers~asivestrategies and themes for researching and writing professional propoeak. P r e or wrequisi1e:TWC 501. ETWC 544 Manual and Instructional Writlng.(3) .. once a year Design and development of a user manual, writing instructions. improving graphics and page design, and usability testing. P r e or coreauisite:lWC 501. ETWC 545 Computer Documntatlon. (3) once a year I n l r o d ~ ~writing es documenfauan for the computer industry. Pre- or corequisite:TWC 501. . -7 ETWC 546Technlcal and Scientific Reports. (3) once a year Introduces strategies, formats, and techniques of presenting informationto technical and scientific audiences. Pre- or wrequisite: TWC 501 ETWC 547 Buslness Reports. (3) once a year Introd~cesstrategies, formats, and techniques of presenting information to business and other work~laceaudiences. Pre- or corequisite: TWC 501 ETWC 551 Copyright and Intellectual P m p w i n the Electronic t!e. (3) ,-,, Explores issues related to copyright and intellectual property laws, with emphasis on electronic environment. Credit is allowed for only TWC 551 or451. ETWC 552 lnformation In the Digital Age. (3) sorina +l&s the creation, organization, dissemination, and use of ~nformation;the impact of technologies; and surrounding economic. legal, and social issues. Credit is allowed for only TWC 552 or 452. ETWC 553 Informailon and CommunlcationsTechnologyIn Amerlcan History. (3) selected semesters Explores the historical development of information and related technologies in the United States from wlonial times tothe present. Credit is allowed for only TWC 553 or 453. Lecture. Internet. ETWC 554 InformatlonTechnolDgy and Culture. (3) fall, spring, selenedsummers Explores the historical impact and intersectionof wmmunications technology and culture in America. Credit is allowed for only TWC 554 Or 454. Lecture, Internet. ETWC 584 lnternshlp.(31 fall and spnng Applies classroom work in a supervised warnlace envimnment. Preor wreauisite5:TWC 511.521.531. ETWC 598 SpeclalToplcs. ( 1 4 ) selectedsemesfers Omnlbus Courses. For an explanation of courses olfered but not specifically listed in this catalog, see "Omnibus Courses." page 63 Department of Nutrition www.poly.asu.eduleeoUegdnutrition 4801727-1728 HSC 1386 - ~ ~ ~ .. Linda A. Vaughan, Chair Pmfessors: Johnston. Vaughan Associate Professor: Hampl Assistant Professors: Hutchins, Winham, Woolf Lecturers: Dixon, Hall. Shepard NUTRITION-BS T h e BS degree in N u u i t i o n offers four concentrations: dietetics, food and nutrition management, human nutrition, and nutrition communication. The dietetics eoncentration provides students w i t h a comprehensive range o f nutrition, foods, and science courses DEPARTMENT OF NUTRITION that meet the academic (didactic) requirements necessary to become a registered dietitian. This concentration has been granted full accreditation as a Didactic Program in Dietetics (DPD) by the Commission on Accreditation for Dietetics Education of the American Dietetic Association. Graduates of a DPD may apply for Dietetic Internships to establish elieibilitv,to write the Dietetic Reeistration examination. u The food and nutrition management concentration provides a number of nutrition, foods, and business courses and is offered to students with an interest in food production, nutrition program management, and food/nutrition marketing. The human nutrition concentration provides a sound foundation in the basic sciences and nutrition, but no food service courses are required. This program is often used by students who, while not seeking the credential of Registered Dietitian, are working toward a career in nutrition research or completing a premedicallpredental program of study. The nutrition communication concentration provides a strone core of nutrition and communication courses in conjunction with selected science and f w d related courses This oroeram is ideal for students with an interest in freelance writing or public relations. - . u Accreditation. The BS degree in Nutrition with a concentration in dietetics has been granted full accreditation as a D~daclicProgram In Dleteucs (DPDI by the Cummission on Accreditation for Dielelicc Education of the Amencan Dietetic Association. For more information, call 3 121899-0040, or write - COMMISSION ON ACCREDITATION FOR DIETETICS EDUCATION AMERICAN DIETETIC ASSOCIATION 120 S RIVERSIDE PLAZA SUITE 2000 CHICAGO IL 60606-6995 Dietetics Concentration. The following NTR courses are required of all students in the dietetics concentration: NTR 241 Human Nutritio NTR 340 Applications in NTR 343 F d Service Purchasin NTR 344 Nutrition Services Man BIO 202 Human Anatomy and Physiology I1..............................4 CHM 113 General Chemistry 1SQ ................................................4 CHM 116 General Chemisuy II SQ............................................. 4 CHM 231 Elementary Organic Chemistry SQ' .............................3 CHM 235 Elementary Organic Chemistry Laboratory SQ' ......... I MIC 205 Microbiology Statistics course Technical writine coua Total.............................................................................................34 . I Both CHM 231 and 235 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Both MIC 205 and 206 must be taken to secure SG credit. Additional supporting courses in the social sciences are required for completion of the DPD and must be selected in consultation with the Nutrition academic advisor. Food and Nutrition Management Concentration. The following NTR courses are required of all students in the food and nutrition management concentration: 3 NTR IUIJ Intn,ductor) Numtlon or i\ I K 241 Human Nulnllnn 13) NTR 142 Applied Fwd Principles................................................ 3 NTR 300 Computer Applications in Nutrition CS ........................ 3 NTR 343 Food Service Pnrcharing.............................................. 3 NTR 344 Nutrition Services Management L ................................3 NTR 345 Develo~mentof Healthy Cuisines................................. 3 NTR 351 Nuhition and Health Communications ......................... 3 NTR 401 Professional Practice in Food Service Management .....3 NTR 445 Management of Food Service Systems......................... -3 Total...............................................................................................27 Three more semester hours from the Department of Nutrition are required to complete this concentration. A maximum of three semester hours of Indeoendent Studv may be used to satisfy this requirement. Students select these courses in consultation with the Nutrition academic advisor. In addition to the required NTR courses, the following related courses are req;ired to complete the academic requirements of this concentration: CHM 101 lnmoductory Chemistry S MIC 205 Microbiology SG' MIC 206 Microbiology Laborat Business or technical writing c o w Management (AGB 310: MGT 3W or 394: WPC 380 NTR 440 Advanced Human Nutrition 1........................................ 3 NTR 441 Advanced Human Nutrition 11...................................... 3 NTR 444 Medical Nutrition Therap Other agribusiness or business courses Total............................................................................................... 23 NTR 446 Human Nutrition Assessment LecNrdLaboratory ....... 3 NTR 448 Community Nutrition I related courses 3re requ~redto complete the acadcmiu requirements of the Didactic Program in dietetics: BCH 361 Pnnciplcr of Btwhemiilry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 8CH 367 tlemenur) Bicxhcmistg Labordrug ........................ I BIO 201 Humsn.4natum) and Phyrtology I SG. ........... . 4 Both MIC 205 and 206 must be laken to secure SG credit. Courses taken to fulfill the final sixsredit business requirement should be taken from the followine mefixer: ACC. AGB. BUS. CIS. ~. CSE.. ECN.. FIN.. IBS.. MGT.MKT. OBA. SCM. TWC. and WPC SludenLr celerl thcrc course, I" consulwiun with the Numtlon academic advisor. literacy and critical inquiry I MA mathematico I CS compulerlstatioticol quanlitative appllcatlon~I HU humanities and Rne arts I SB social and behavioral sslences I SO natural science-generalcore courser I SO natural science-quantitative1 C cultural divecrily in the United States I G global I n historical 1 See 'General Studies: page 93. L EAST COLLEGE H u m a n Nnhition Concentration. The following NTR courses are required of all students in the human nutrition concentration: 142 Applied Food Principles ............................................... 3 241 Human Nutrition ........................................................... 3 340 Applications in Human Nutrition .................................. 3 341 Introduction to Plannine - Theraoeutic Diets .................. 3 440 Advanced Human Nutrition 1........................................ 3 Advanced Human 3 .NTR .-..441 . ... . . - - - ~Nutrition ~ ~ ~ II - ...................................... ~ NTR 444 Medical Nutrition Therapy........................................... 3 NTR 446 Human Nutrition Assessment LechxelLabomory .......3 Total .............................................................................................. 24 NTR NTR NTR NTR NTR ~ ~ ~ MCO 110 Introduction to Mass Communication SB ..................... 3 or MCO 120 Media and Saciety SB (3) JMC -~ 201 Journalism Newswritine L ........................................... 3 or JMC 202 Radio-Television Writing L (3) JMC 270 Public Relations Techniques .........................................3 ~ - At least three more courses must he completed from the following list for a total of nine credits: ~ An additional six semester hours from the Department of Numtion are reauired to complete this concentration. A maximum of three semester bows of Independent Study may be used to satisfy this requirement. Students select these courses in consultation with the Nutrition academic advisor. In addition to thc r q o i r d NTK cuur,e>, the following relaierl clrurres arc requlmJ In order m ionipletc ihz academic requirements of this coocentration: BCH 361 Principles of Biochemist JMC 425 Online Me 3 JMC 445 Science W 3 3 MCO 418 History of Mas MCO 430 International Mass Communication G ..........................3 MCO 435 Emerging Media Technologies.................................. 3 3 MCO 440 Applied Media Researc 3 MCO 450 V~sualCommunication H MCO 456 Political Communication SB ......................................... 3 3 MCO 460 Race, Gender, andMedia MCO 494 Special Topics 3 Additional Requirements BIO 201 Human Anatomy and Physiology I SG 4 II ..............................4 BIO 202 Human Anatomy and Phwialoev . . .......... . . 4 CHhl 101 I,ltr.xluct~r)Chcm~.lr! SQ . . . . CNG 301 \Vr~tnogt.rr tnc I'n>fewnw. I . . . . . . . .. 4 . ...... . . . ... :$ S,*,,,,,<> ,,ee a.t,,,or I$ r 3 Itst <,I .<>"r>t,lnsi Prrilt;~I" Food Srnlce Mm~gcmcnt. 3 SIR U S \tm~pemcnttlf F u d Sen !KC S!,rem, .................... 3 . - Statistics course Assignable Credit. Assignable credit offers students the flexibility within the curriculum to take the prerequisite courses needed for success. I t also allows students to take additional technical electives. The courses are determined by the student and the advisor. APPLIED SCIENCE-BAS Food Service Management Concentration.The BAS degree with a concentration in food service management is desiened to comolement and enhance the educational mepa. . ration o f students holding an AAS degree from a regtonally accredited U.S. poslsecondarv educat~onalinstitution. The concentration iGarticularly designed for students holding an AAS demee i n culinary or hospitality science. The degree pepares students for r m i r s in f o d producrion. scrwee. management. and marketing Wirh addirlonal educalion and/or prufersional t r ~ i n ~ n btudenrs g. may dalso besonic credentialed as ccnilied d ~ e t x ymanagers, schuol food wrvice and nutrition specialists, or registered sanitarians - Admission. Admission to the BAS degree program is restricted to students holdine an AAS deeree from a reeionally accredited U S postsecondq educartunal inriiiuiion. A GPA of 2.00 or htcher IS reuutred fur all resident amlicants and a 2.50 is required for nonresident applicants. - - .. - Demee Renuirements. The BAS deeree consists of 60 semester hours o f upper-division (300 level and above) courses. with 30 hours i n residence. A total o f 120 semester hours &e required for graduation. P NUTRITION (NTR) E NTR 100 introductory Nutrition. (3) fall. spring, summer Basic concepts of human nutrition. Recent cantravenies in nutrition and how fwd choices affect personal health. E NTR 142 Applied Food Prlnclples. (3) far and spring Applied rientiflc principles of fwd preparation and production.2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab Fee E NTR 150 introduction to the Pmtessions in Nutritionand Dietetics. (1) tali &d spring Introducesthe professions of nutrition and dietetics; their history, oractice. and future: credentials, ethics. and standards of Dractice E NTR 241 Human Nutrition. (3) ha spring, summer Principles of human nutrition. Emphasizes nutrient metabolism and the relationships between diet and disease. Prerequisite:CHM 101 (or its equivalent). E NTR 300 Comouter Aooiications In Nutmion. 1.31 .. . spring Inlmd~cesnLtrlt on and 1000 solware nc Lo ng 0 elary assessment ano ana y r s tood wentory an0 cantro. and te ecommdnncatlons Inieoratea ecibreflao Prerea~dslleshTR I00 lor 2411 341 slronalv remkmended; basic compuier literacy. General Studies: CS E NTR 340 A~~licationo in Human Nutrition. 13) .. sprlng General Studies Curriculum. The BAS curriculum builds on the general education content of the AAS degree. Additional General Studies (L, CS, and awareness areas) are met with courses i n the core or concentration. General Studies courses focus on contextual leaming .. Appl cat onr of nut, e n mctaooi sm thradgh case stddles an0 prwdct evai~ahonsspec a IOP~CS n human ".Inton Prereqdlsltes 8.0 201 NTR -241 Coreod s le 810 202 E NTR 341 introduction to PlanningTherapeutic Diem. (3) fall and spring Cultural, health, and economic aspects of planning therapeutic diets. Assessments of fwd and diet comwsition. Reviews common Uierapeutic diets. Credit is allowed for only M U 341 or 345. Fee. Prerequisite: NTR 100 or 241 (or their equivalents). E NTR 343 F w d Service Purchasing. (3) &,, .-.. .ntrwuces pdrenastng systems. o o processes, rece u ng and storage proced~resand req~lalaryagenc es nvoived m tne tooa wMce ~ndbstrvPrerea~~s~Ie NTR 142 E NTR 344 Nutrition Sewices Management. (3) fan and spring Organization, administration, and management of fwd and nutrition services in hospitals and other institutions. Possible field trips. Prerequisite: NTR 100 or 241 (or its equivalent). General Studies: L Required Core Courses NTR 300 Comouter Aoolicalions in Nutrition CS ........................ 3 ~~ NTR NTR NTR NTR ~ 343 344 345 348 . .. Fmd Sen I C Pureh.lsinp ~ ................. . ..1 Uulntlon Serv~;e< Mwqcmml L . . . . . . . . . . 3 De%eiopmenl of Health) Cui,inrs .......................... 3 Cultural Aspects of Food SB. C .................................... 3 L literacy and critical inquiry I MA mathematics I CS computeriotatirticsi quantitative appiications IHU humanities and fine arts ISB social and behavioral sciences ISO natural scienc-ened core courses ISO natural scienc-uantitative IC cultural diversity in the United States IG global I H historicalISee 'Genera Sludies,"page 93. EAST COLLEGE E NTR a 5 Development of Heanhy Culaines. (3) fall PC, pros and appllcaaons 01 nnnlnon a m mw-3 ca ndtr t on therapy. developmento1 neahny CL snes m nealtn an0 dlsesse states Credo1 s al.owe0 lor on y hTR 345 or 341 Prereq~ste NTR 100 or 241 or instructor approval. E NTR 346 Sports Nutmion. (3) hN and summer Nutntlanal needs of recreational and elie athletes; energy balance: nutrient metabolism during acfivily; Ruid-etectmlyte regulation; evaluation of ergogenic supplements. Prerequisites: 010 202; NTR 241. E NTR 348 Cunural A s W s of Fwd. (3) .. spring and summer Origins, development, and divenity of food preferencesand dietary habits; fwd patterns and alliludes of global populations and U.S. immigrants. Prerequisite: NTR 100 or 241 (or N equivalent). General Studies: SB, C E NTR 350 Nutrillon C o u n ~ l l n a60 . spri"g Counseling techniques in nut"tion; interpenonal and mmmunication sxtl s in olnlca andcommJnIly snes nnnllon edmllon br lndlvld~als and pawlasons Integrated lectbrenab Prerequsnes hTR 100 (01 2411 and 341 tor 1ne.r a d va entsl -., E NTR 351 Nutrnlon and Heallh Communlcallons. (3) 1.11 AOproacner 01 ndlntoon an0 health communlcat an. oevelopment of nUtm on and nealtn comm~nocatlonmateroals tor sesecled target adofencer P~ereq~sote NTR 1W or 241 E NTR 400 Preproteulonal P n p n t l o n in DleteUcs. (3) fall and spring Apptoes academlc mow edge in foeid PranlcJm aspeefs 01 profesS100aldeveopmentLecl~repractsbm Prereq~lr8tesNTR 341 440 (or MI 01 444) ranoor Stan0 ng m dleleLa or hbman nutnl8on E NTR 401 Pmhnalonal Practice I n F w d Service Management. (31 .. Vfm Applies academic knowledge in fwd service management to field practicum: develops practical skills in planning, puMasing. producfion, management. Lecture, prectrum. Prerequisites: NTR 343; senior a n d i n g in fwd and nutrition manaoement. Pre- or mrequisite: NTR G. E NTR 440 Advanced Human Numtlon 1. (3) &,, ,-,, Metabl'c reactions and intenelationships of vitamins. minerals, and water. Prerequisites: 010 201; NTR 241. Corequisite: 010 202. E NTR Ul Advan& Human Numtion 11. (3) """'"" "v..,.3 Metabalic reactiom and intendat~onshipsol catmbahydrate, lipid, and pmtein. Prerequisites: BCH 361 and 010 202 and NTR 241 (or meir equialents). E NTR 442 Exparlment.1 Fwd.. (3) ~~1~~IBd~eme~lerr Fmd pmJoducf development techniques, fwd evaluatm and testing. and investigationof current research ima fwd campasition. 2 b u n lecfure. 3 b u n lab. Fee. Prerequidtes: CHM 231; NTR 142. E NTR 444 Wlul N u t ~ o n ~ p(3) y . spring and summer Pnnnpes at medoca nufnl on theraw b r prsvent~onand treatment 01 d w a r a an0 pmmohon of health Plereqdlrnsr 6.0 201 ana 202 and hTR 341 101 meor m ~ ~ a e n lCHM s i 231 rtronorv -,remmmsndw E NTR U S Memg-t of Food Servlce Systems. (3) hlland sonno ~tandard~zedkemods of ouanm fwd oreoaratan aoeralnan - of onNtuWnal equapment, ~nG,t~u&al ms& plann ng, quantrty DO^ BIpBnemS Inleglaled ectdlehb Fee Prerequ m s NTR 142 and 344 (or melr equvalents) E NTR 446 Human Nutmion Assessment Leslumdbbontorv. 131 fall and spring C t i n i d and blochemica1evaluation of nutritional satus. 2 houn lecture, 3 houn lab. Fee. Prerequisites: BCH 361.367; NTR 440 (or 441). E NTR 448 Commun8ly Numtion. (3) fall and spring Food-relatedbehanan; organuation and deliiry of nutrition se~ices;program design, implementation,and eMluation strategies; nutMan assessment of populations. Prerequisite: NTR 241 (or ivi equivalent). General Sludiss: L E NTR 454 Nutmion In the Ute Cyds 1. (3) hN Emphasizes nutritional needs and pmblems during pregnancy, Iactatim, infancy, and childhood. Prerequisite:NTR 100 or 241 (or ivi equivalent). General Studies: SB E MR451 Nutrnlon in ttm Life Cycle 11. (3) spring Nutritional needs and pmblems of aduks, patirularly the elderly. Prerequidte: NTR 100 or 241 (or its muivalenll. Omnlbus Coums. For an expanal on of c o b m r onered a t no1 spmt~cally#steain th s cala w), see 'Omn8as Codrtes:page 63 GmdustbLsvel Courus. For lnbrmallon a b ~ml m e s nbmDered from MO to 799 see the Graduate Catalop. or access mas6 edrv catalog on ma Web .n some sltdat ons. dooergraodate students may be alogc4e to lake tnera CoJrses,b. m r e lnbrmatlon sew .Grad~aleLevel Courses: page 62. ~~ ~~~~ . .. Welcome Week activities at the Polytechnic campus run R u m * m o College of Technology and Applied Sciences A l b e r t L. M c H e n r y , technology.poly.asu.edu Aeronautical Management Technology, .... . . . . ... Department o f .... ... . . . .... 2 4 9 Electronics and C o m p u t e r Engineering Technology, Department o f . . ........ . .... 2 5 4 Engineering, Department o f . . ORGANIZATION The College of Technology and Applied Sciences is composed of the following six academic units: Department of Aeronautical Management Technology Department of Electronics and Computer Engineering Technoloev -. Depxtment of Eng~neennp I ) c ~ ~ t t , n c ot n l Mcch~n~cal and M~nufi~iturtnk! . . . . ...... .... 2 5 8 Mechanical a n d Manufacturing Engineering Technoloav. -.. Deoartment of. . . . . . .... . . . . 2 5 9 . . Technology Management, Department o f . . Computing Studies, Division o f . PhD, D e a n . .. 2 6 4 . . . . . ..... . , 2 7 1 DEGREE PROGRAMS PURPOSE The College of Technology and Applied Sciences (CTAS) helps students develop knowledge and skill in technological fields that aualifv. them for career oositions and leadership responsibility in industry, government, and commercial enterprise. Each student is guided to select a major that addresses short-term employment goals through state-ofthe-& technoloeical preparation. Long-term career asoirations are suppor;ed ta xcal l%Y Aviation Imanagemen)t and human factors MST& .. ,..~. ~ .. . , Division of Computing - . ..Studies . ... ..,"~ .. 6epartment of Mechanical and' Manufacturing Engineering I ,, Departr Techi r systems . , , nagemenr n...-:A .UL"l*'UL, UL L"l,,puu,y nic systems engineeringtec~lrlolo~~, ~nshumentationand measurement technolo or microelectronics engineering technolog) ., ir,"",GS ., uent of Electronics and I leering Tedmology ueaaciences Students transferring from other ASU colleges may be admitted to CTAS with professional status if they meet the required GPA. Transfer students from other institutions must meet the minimum admission requirements for college transfer students as described under 'Transfer Credit:' page 71. All international students must have a minimum 500 TOEFL score to be admitted with professional status. For those students who are admitted to the professional Aigbt concentration, in the Department of Aeronautical Management Technology, a secondary application process is required. Transfer Credit Credit for courses faken at a community college or another four-vear institution is awarded accordine to the guidelines under "Transfer Credit," page 71. Students who are transferring from an Arizona community college and have been in continuous residence may continue under the catalog in effect at the time of their entrance into the commnnity college. Students should be aware that some course work that transfers to ASU may not be applicable toward CTAS degree requirements. students should confer with an advisor. The College of Technology and Applied Sciences maintains a coopektive agreementwith most Arizona community colleges and with selected out-of-state colleges and universities t; smcture progrms that are directly transfcrable into the technology programs at Polytechnic campus. For assistance in tmnsfemng frnm Anzona community colleges, trancfer guides we available at www.asu.edulprovusU articulation. Courses taken more than five years before admission to a CTAS degree program are not normally accepted for transfer credit at the option of the department in which the applicant wishes to enroll. Courses completed within the five preceding admission are judged as to their applicability to the student's curriculum. - ADMISSION-BAS DEGREE Admission to the BAS degree program is reshicted to students holding an AAS degree from a regionally accredited U.S. postsecondary educational institution. A GPA of 2.00 or higher is required for all resident applicants and a 2.50 for nonresident applicants. ADVISING New incoming and transfer students should seek initial advising from an academic advisor in the Dean's Office. CTAS students are then assigned faculty advisors who assist them with planning a program of study in the department of their major. The college requires that students consult with advisors before registering each semester. Advisors should be made aware of anv . emolovment oblieations or swcial circumstances that may affect a student's ability to successfully handle a full course load. CTAS students may register for a maximum of 19 semester hours per semester.Any student wishing to take more than the maximum must petition the CTAS Standards Committee and have an approval on file before registering . .for a course overload. ., - GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS ~-~ Students must meet all university graduation requireGraduation Reauirementsi' ments given in "Universitv -~ ~~~~~, ,~~~~~~~~~ ~~. page 89, a? well as degree requirement? of their major in the Colleee of Technoloev u, and Aoolied Scicnces. For detailed infoniation on he dcgrm ofa i n CTAS, refer to hat den3mnent's indlvldunldescnntlon. ~~~~~ ~~~~~~ ~ .. L lit8mcv and critical inquiry I MA mathematics I CS mmpulerlrtatistrd quenti~tiveapplications I HU humanities and fine arts I SB social and behavioral sciences ISO natural science-general science-quantitative I C cultural diversity in the H historical I See %enera1Studies: page 93. core courser I S 0 natural United Slates I G global I COLLEGE OFTECHNOLOGY AND APPLIED SCIENCES COLLEGE STANDARDS PassIFail G r a d e s The College of Technology and Applied Sciences does not offer passlfail grades. Courses graded on a passlfail basis do not count toward degree credit in CTAS. Students may request credit for passlfail courses by petitioning the CTAS Standards Committee. Entry into Upper-Division C o u r s e s (BS Degree) Before enrolling in courses at the 300 level and above, CTAS students must be in professional status within the college. Students who are not in good academic standing must petition the CTAS Standards Committee. Students e ~ o l l e d in another ASU college may not register for any 300- and 400-level CTAS courses unless those courses are required in the degree program and the students have the proper course prerequisites. ACADEMIC STANDARDS Retention. A student is expected to make satisfactory oroeress toward comnletion of demee reauirements to conenrollment in tie College o j ~ e c h n o l and o ~ ~Applied Sciences. Anv one of the followine conditions is considered unsatisfacto& progress and resu~tHin the student's being placed on probationary status: 1. a semester with a GPA less than or equal to 1.50; 2. two successive semesters with GPAs less than 2.00, or 3. an ASU cumulative GPA less than 2.00. A student on probation is subject to disqualification if (I) a semester GPA of 2.25 is not attained and the cumulative GPA is below 2.00 at the end of the probationary semester or (2) the student is placed on probation for two consecutive semesters and is unable to achieve the standard GPA stated in number one. Students on academic probation are not allowed to reeister for more than 13 semester hours. Probationary students may not register for the semester following the semester in which they were declared probationary without a special permit From an advisor in the dean's office. Special permits &e given only after the registrar records grades for the current semester. - Diaualification. Durine a semester on academic nrobation. a student who fails to meet the retention standards is disqualified. Students may request a review of their disqualification status by contacting the CTAS associate dean in the College of Technology Dean's Office. Any disqualified student who is accepted by another college at ASU may not register for courses in CTAS unless the courses are required in the new major. Disqualified students who register for courses in CTAS may be withdrawn from these courses any time during the semester. Reinstatement. The college does not accent an application for rein\lstemcnt unul rhebi~~ualltied ,tudEnt haJremalned out of the colle~c - lor a least a 12-month ~eriod..Merely hn\,inp rcmsinrd In d~squaltticdskitus tor rhiq ~ r i o d o f t i m e docs nol, in irscli, constilulc a hssls ior r~lnskiterncnt.Proof of abiiiry lo do ralisfaclory college uorL in the chosen d i ~ c i - pline is required; for example, completing pertinent courses in the discipline at a community college with higher-thanaverage grades. STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES Course Prerequisites. Students should consult the Schedule of Classes and the catalog for course prerequisites. Students who register for courses without the designated prerequisites may be withdrawn without their consent at anv time before the final examination. The instructor, the chair of the department, or the dean of the college may initiate such withdrawals. In such cases, students do not receive monetary reimbursement. SPECIAL PROGRAMS Academic Recognition. Students completing baccalaureate degree requirements receive the appropriate honors designations on their diplomas consistent with the requirements specified by the university. Students in the college are encouraged to seek information concerning entry into honor societies that enhance their professional stature. Tau Alpha Pi is the engineering tecbnology honor society, and Alpha Eta Rho is available for aeronautical management technology students. B m t t Honon College. The College of Technology and Anolied Sciences narticinates in the oroerams of the Barren ~ Y n o r College, s which provides enhanced educational experiences to academicallv undereraduate stu. superior . dents. Participat~ng\tudr.nts can major in any academic proCram For :ornore inimnatlon, rrc "General Sludics:' . - Scholarships. Information and applications for academic scholarships for continuing students may be obtained by contacting departmental offices. Other scholarships may be available through the university's Student Financial Assistance Office. ROTC Students. Students pursuing a commission through either the Air Force or Army ROTC program must take 12 to 20 semester hours of courses in the Deoartment of Aerospace Studies or Department of Military Science. To preclude excessive overloads, these students should plan on at least one additional semester to complete degree requirements. Because of accreditation requirements, aerospace studies (AES) or military science (MIS) courses arenot accepted for engineering technology majors. ENGINEERINGTECHNOLOGY CORE (ETC) E ETC 1W Languages olTechnoiogr (4) fall andspring Introduces mmputer-aided design, programming, modeling, and technical documentation. Lecture, lab. General Studies CS E ETC 191 First-Year Seminar. ( 1 4 ) selected semesters E ETC 194 Spcial Topics. ( 1 4 ) selectedsemesters E ETC 492 Honors Directed Study. (1-6) DEPARTMENTOFAERONAUTICALMANAGEMENTTECHNOLOGY Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of murses offered but not specificallylisted in this catalog, see 'Omnibus Courses: page 63. SECURITY ENGINEERINGTECHNOLOGY (SET) . . Gradurn%-LevelCourses. For nlormal on awJl mdmes nLmDerea from SO0 to 799. see the Gradoars Calalog or access www askedd aaacalalm on the Web. In some snJalans.~nderoraouatestuoenll may be eliGble to take these murres; for mire infohation, see 'Graduate-Level Courses,"page 62. Department of Aeronautical Management Technology eastair.poly.asu.edu 480~727-1381 SIM 201 William K. McCurry, Chair Professors: Gesell. McCurry Professor of Practice: Karp Clinical Associate Professor: Pearson Assistant Professor: Niemczyk Lecturer: O'Brien PURPOSE Graduates are preoared for entry into the aviation and air transportation i n d u s k in prodnct&e, professional employmentor, alternatively, for graduate study. Curricula empha. cue pnnclple\ underlytng the appltcatt~mof techn~cal knowledge a$ well a\ current teshnology, preparing the graduateto adapt to the rapid and continual changes in aviation and aerospace technology. ADMISSION Admission to the Bachelor of Science professional flight concentration reauires an additional admission process. New and transfe; students who have been admitted to ASU and who meet the reauirements for admission to the College of Technology and Applied Sciences may be admitted wilhout separate apdication to the Department of Aeronautical hland~emenlcihnology unl) In ihe Bachelor of Appllcd Science cuncenualoni. or to the Bachelor of Scicnce alr transponouon managemen! cuncentratlon. Transfer credits are rcv~ewedby department fa~.ultyadvisoh. To be accepted as departmen1 credit. transfer courses muzt he equivalent in both content and lesel of offering. No flight experience or theoretical uainine courccs bevond the Private Pilot Cenlficafe are accepted. For more information, access the department Web page at eastair.poly.asu.edu. - DEGREES The faculty in the Department of Aeronautical Management Technology offer a BS degree in Aeronautical Management Technology with concentrations in professional flight and air transportation management. A BAS degree in Applied Science is also offered with concentrations in aviation maintenance management technology and aviation management technology. A Master of Science in Technology degree is offered for graduate study with a concentration in aviation management and human factors. For more information, see the Graduate Catalog. ACCREDITATION The professional flight and air transportation management concentrations in the Department of Aeronautical Management Technology are fully accredited by the Council on Aviation Accreditation. For more information, call 3441844.2431. send e-mail to caa@aubum.edu,or write COUNCIL ON AVIATION ACCREDITATION 3410 SKYWAY DRIVE AUBURN AL 36830 AERONAUTICAL MANAGEMENTTECHNOLOGYBS The Aeronautical Management Technology curricula are designed to provide a thorough technical background combined with an interdisciplinary general university education. The graduate is prepared to assume responsibilities in a wide area of managerial and technically related areas of aviation. The student gains a background in aircraft structures, reciprocating and turbine engines, aircraft performance and desien. principles, - . manaeement skills. business . . svstems analysis, and a variety of course work specific to aircraft fliaht, and air transportation systems. - airport . omrations, . The degree offers two concentrations: professional flight and air transportation management. The concentrations are described separately on the following pages. All degree requirements are shown on curriculum check sheets for the concentrations that are available bv visitingthe department or h) acces.;ing the depanmenl Web site at enstair oolv aiu.edu. Kcuutremenls include Fiot-Year Comd (see "General Studies:' position, university ~ e n k Studies Daze 93). and the Aeronautical Management Technology bore. ~ o t that e all three General studies awareness ar& are required. Consult an advisor for an approved list of .. courses. Refer to tndtviduul conxntration degree requirement, for additional requtred courses. Students must coment course plete each ~ e r o n a u t i c a i ~ a n a ~ e mTechnology with a grade of "C"(2.00)or higher. - Aeronautical Management Technology Core AMT 101 Inhoduction to Aeronautical Management Technology ................................................................ I AMT 182 Private Pilot Ground Sehwl.......................................... 3 AMT 201 Air TrafficControl......................................................... 3 L Iteracy an. ctntcal n q ry ~ MA rnafnemaner I CS cornp,te#lsfaltslncw q.antlat r e app .cal onr I HU h~rnannlor and 611e arts 1 SB roc a an0 ~ e n a vO C ~sctences I SO nat~rslsc~ence--generalcone eoLrses SO natwa l fy n ine Ln,Ieo Slaleo I O Q obal 1 I C ~ B ~ C - L ~ ~ ! tax r e C c l l ~ r o~"err H h slortca See 'Geuera St.0 es' page 03 COLLEGE OFTECHNOLOGY AND APPLIED SCIENCES AMT 220 Aviation Meteorolog AMT 280 Aerospace Smceres AMT 287 Aircraft Powerplan AMT 308 Air Transportation AMT 350 Aircraft Design an AMT 396 Aviation Professional AMT 410 Aviation Safety and Human Factors ............................. 3 AMT 442 Aviation LawIRegulatian Total .............................................................................................. 31 Professional Flight Concentration tlisht trslnineu IS cenlfied bv the Fcdcral Aviation Adminu istration. An FAA Class I medical examination is required for admission. It is recommended that a medical examination be completed by an aviation medical examiner of the student's choice before application for admission. This program is designed for students who are seriously interested in becoming- professional airline pilots. Because . is of limited space, the program selection academically competitive. Only those applicants who meet the subject matter and quality requirements and who submit their applications by the appropriate deadlimes will be considered for admission. The ASU Professional Right program is the initial phase of the qualification/applicationprocess to become an airline first officer. Individuals seeking admission to the program must oarticioate in a secondarv . aoolication process. The secondary process will assess a candidate's FAA-certified First Class medical aualification.. driving record: work and/ or personal references; and cognitive, psychomotor skill, and psychological test results. It may alsoinclude apersonal interview. The secondary application deadlines vary. Contact the department for current deadlines. H:S. cl1;7cni mu*t provide pmof of'cirirmihip as pan of the cecondsry sdmlslon proc~..isto thc profcss~onalflight concentration. International students must meet all TSA clearance requirements before being admined to the professional flight concentration. For more information, see the department Web site at eastair.poly.asu.edu. International students should check with Undergraduate International Admissions for details concernine admission and visa requirements. A TOEFl. score o i 600'ir required fur a ~ m i s s i i ninto the profczslonal fl~ghrconcentration. International studmts should be a u u e thsr they may encounter ditricult} in convening their student vlsn to n work permit and thcrcfore may nor be able to find employment with a U.S. air carrier following graduation. International students are also advised that all certificates and ratings are under FAA certification and may not be accepted by the aviation authority in their home country. Total program costs, which include aircraft, Right instructor time, Riebt training devices, simulator time, tests, fees. and tutllun, rgqulre care?ul financ~alplann~ngStudents must makc i a t ~ s f a c.t ~pro~re\\ throughout -~ v- both the fl~pht and academic areas to be considered for continued advancement in the program. To proceed at a satisfactory pace through the Right training program, students should expect and plan to fly during the winter intercession and the summer session to complete the program. A program fee of $275 per semester is required for the professional flight conA. - centration. A . promam - fee of $125 cer semester is required for the air transportation management concentration. For more information, requirements, and specific application procedures, access the AMT D e p m e n t Web site at eastair.poly.asu.edu. Rieht instruction costs are not included in universitv tuition and fees. The estimated cost of flight training ig $50.000 in addition to normal university costs. Degree Requirements Professional flight students are required to complete 128 semester hours with a 2.00 cumulative GPA, including a minimum of 50 semester hours of upper-division courses. Students should be aware that a higher cumulative GPA may be required for employment by an airline upon graduation. All degree requirements are shown on the student's cuniculum check sheet. Concentration R e q u i r e m e n t s In addltiun tu the rcqu~redsounes fur Fint-Year Comwsition, university ~ e n e L Studies l (see "General studies:; page 93).and the Aeronautical Management Technology core, the following additional courses are required for the professional Right management concentration: AMT I00 Flight Safety 2 1 AM? 200 Flight Safety AMT 214 Commercialn 3 AMT 300 Flight Safety 1 AMT 322 Cammereial~ 3 AMT 382 Air Navigatio 3 ...................... 3 AMT 385 Flight lnstruc AMT 387 Multiengine Pilot Gmund School ................................. 1 AMT 392 Flight Instruct 3 I AMT 400 Flieht Safetv I AMT 408 National Aviation Policy ............................................... 3 AMT 482 Airline Instrument Procedures ...................................... 3 3 AMT 486 Regional let Aircraft Systems ..................................... AMT 489 Airline Adminismati AMT 490 Regional Jet Operat Technical electives or internshi Total............................................................................................... 55 - Suggested Course Pattern for Freshmen First Semester AM? 100 Flight Safety I................................................................ 2 AMT 101 lnvoduction to Aeronautical Management . Technology .................................................................... I AMT 182 Rivate Pilot Ground School......................................... 3 AMT 220 Avtation Mcleorolog) .......................................3 ENG 101 Rrrt-Year Cornpont~on...............................3 MAT 270 Cdculu~with Analll~sGeometry I MA.. . . 4 Total ............................................................................................... 16 Second Semerter AMT 214 Cammercialnnsmment Ground School 1..................... 3 ENG 102 First-Year Composition .............................................. 3 ECN 21 1 Macraeconomic Principles SB ...................................... 3 or ECN 212 Microeconomic Principles SB (3) PHY I I I General Physics SQ* ..................................................... 3 I PHY 113 General Physics Laboratory SQ* ..................................Toml ............................................................................................... 13 * Both PHY I I I and 1 13 must be taken to secure SQ credit. DEPARTMENTOFAERONAUTICALMANAGEMENTTECHNOLOGY AirTransportation Management Concentration The air transportation management concentration is designed to prepare graduates for managerial and supervisory positions throughout the air transportation industry. An in-depth technical education is included along with broad exposure to business and management courses. This program of study is interdisciplinary in namre and prepares the aeronautical career-oriented student for positions such as air traffic control specialist, air carrier manager, airpon manager, - and -general aviation operations manager. . To facilitate career options, the student selects a focus area in either air carrier management or airpon management. Degree Requirements Air transportation management students are required to complete 128 semester hours with a minimum 2.00 cumulative GPA, including a minimum of 50 semester hours of upper-division courses. All degree requirements are shown on the student's curriculum check sheet. Concentration Reouirements In addition to the required courses for First-Year Composition. university General Studies (see "General Studies," page 93). and the Aeronautical Management Technology ccre. the followine additional courses are required in the air transportation management concentration: ,\CC 230 U,e< of A;i<,unl#ng ini~~rmsuh~~n 1............................. 3 AhlT 4U8 N~l~.,lral i\\lan,n I'cjlir) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4MT 4 U ,\~mtr~.Man.ieemc.nt.snJ Pl;#nn!na 3 . .. 3 AMT 489 Airiine~dmi~suation ...................................3 AMT 491 Aviation Management OMT 343 Occupational Safety and Ergonomics........................... 3 OMT 430 Ethical Issues in Technology .........................................3 OMT 452 Industrial Human Resource Management..................... 3 OMT 456 Introduction to Organized Labor................................... 3 OMT 480 Organizational Eff . 3 TMC 346 Management Dyna 3 Technical electives or internsh 2 Total .............................................................................................. 55 APPLIED SCIENCE-BAS The Bachelor of Applied Science degree is a 'tapstone" derree Science derree. - for the Associate of Applied .. - The BAS degree expores rt~dcnlsru adhanccd concepts and diverse cr~ticalthinkillx- sLills t1~31. prepare . student\ tor future career oppomnities and professional advancement. Admission Admisiiun tu the I3AS degree prugmm i\ restricted tu srudents holding an AAS Jcgrce from a regionally accred~tcd U.S. oo\tsrcundxv cJuc.ttiun;ll institution. A GPA uf 2.00 or higher is required for all resident applicants and a 2.50 for nonresident applicants. Degree Requirements The BAS deeree in the Colleee of Technoloev " -, and Applted Sc~cnceir'on.lzt\ of 00 semester hourr of upperdivisiun (300 level .tnJ dbuve) r.uur\er. a , ~ l h30 hours in rcsidence. Technical conce General Studies Curriculum The BAS curriculum builds on the general education content of the AAS degree. Additional General Studies (L. CS, and awareness areas) are met with courses in the core concentration. General Studies courses focus on contextual learning. Suggested Course Pattern for Freshmen Fint Semerter AMT 101 Introduction to Aeronautical Management Technology................................................................ I AMT 182 Private Pilot Ground School.......................................... 3 Assignable Credit Assignable credit allows space in the curriculum for prerequisite courses needed to succeed in the program. The courses are determined by the student and the advisor. Total .......................................................................................... BAS Core The area core is focused on management and organizaanalvsis. and tion. ~rofessionalcommunication.. ~uantitative . computer competency. 14 Second Semester 3 ENG 102 First-Year Composition ECN 21 1 Macroeconomic Princip 3 or ECN 21 2 Microeconomic Principles SB (3) PGS 101 Introduction to PHY I I I General Physics S PHY 113 General Physics General Studies elective H Total ........................................................................................... 16 * Both PHY I I I and 113 must be taken to secure SQ credit. 3 APM 301 Introductory Statistics CS.......................................... ................3 GIT 335 Computer Systems Technology ................. . TMC 346 Management Dynamics............................................... 3 or OMT 344 Indushial Organization (3) or OMT452 Industrial Human Resource Mmagement (3) TMC 470 Project Management ................................................... 3 L literacy and critical inquiv I MA mathemstlcr I CS compvtehtalirlicsl quantitative applications 1 HU humanities and flne arts 1 SB social and behavioral sciences I SG natural sclene-eneral core courses I SO natural rcienc-uantitaave I c cultural dlverrihl in the United States I G global I H historical I See 'General Studies," page 93. ~~ ~ ~~ ~~ 251 COLLEGE OFTECHNOLOGY AND APPLIED SCIENCES TWC 400 Technical Communications L .................................... -3 Total ....................................................................................... 15 Technical Concentrations Aviation Maintenance Management Technology. This concenuation i s for those students w h o have completed an airframe and powerplant certification as patt of their AAS degree. Students receive an orientation in management practices that prepares them for progressively more responsible positions in the field of aviation maintenance management. - Aviation Management Technoloev. This concentration i s for thote ~ t u d c n l swho have received milining and education i n some sswct uf the sir transpurtat~oninduso, (othcr than aviation maintenance), such aiflight certificates and ratings, as part of their AAS degree. Students receive an orientation in management practices that prepares them for progressively more responsible positions in the field o f aviation management. STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS The depmment hosts the local chapter of Alpha Eta Rho, an international professional aviation fraternity open t o all students w i t h an interest in aviation. The American Association for Airport Executives is open t o a l l students w i t h an interest in airport management. The Student Advisory Council i s a leadership organization that facilitates student communication w i t h faculty, departmental leaders, and university administrative personnel. The Women in Aviation International organization is open t o all students. AERONAUTICAL MANAGEMENTTECHNOLOGY (AMT) E AMT 201 AirTraRlc Control. (3) fall Ground and air operations:weather services communications and routing; flight plans, IFR operations, departures and arrivals; and airport conditions and emergencies. Prerequisite: AMT 182. E AMT214 CommerclaVlnetrument Ground School 1.13) .. tall andspring Gmund schwl leading to FAA Instrument Pilot RatinglCommercial Pilot Certificate (pan 1 of 2). 10 hours gmund trainer included. inteqraled lecturenab Fee. Pre- or corequisites: A M 182.220. E AMT 220 Aviation Meteorology. (3) fall, spring, summer Evaluation, analysis. and interpretation of atmospheric phenomena. LOW-and high-altitude weather from the pilot's viewpoint. Corequisite: ....... 1UL YMI E AMT 280 Aerospace Structures. Materials, and SyMems. (4) 611 Basicaerodynamics,incam~ressibie/compressibleairflow, wind tunnel testing, wing theory; analysis of aircrafl structures; properties and applications of materials, and aircrafi systems. Lecture, lab. Fee. Prerequisites: PHY 111. 113. E AMT 287 Aiffimll Powarplants. (4) s~rina meah and pehrmance analysis of gas turbine and recipnrcating aircrafl engines. Engine accessories, systems, and environmental control. Lecture, lab. Prerequisites: PHY 111, 113. E A M T m light Sat- 111. (I) fall, spring, summer SUpeNiSed instructor fiight training and safety briefings. Requires ContinUO~Senrollment until completion of FAA Flight Instructor Cenifite with lnstrument Lnstwctw Reiing. Integrated lecturenab. Fee. See AMT Note 1. Prerequisite:AMT ZW. Pre- or corequisite: AMT %. E AMT 308 AAirTransportation. (3) fall Studies the historical and international development of air transportation and its social, palitical, and economic impan upon global interrelationships.Prerequisite: junior standing. General Studies: G E AMT322 CommerCiaVlnstrvment Ground S c h w l 11. (31 . fall and spring Ground school leading to FAA Instrument Pilot RatingiCommercial Pilot Certificate (pan 2 of 2). 10 hours ground trainer included. lntearated lecturellab. Fee. Prereouisite:AMT 100 or instrunor approval. Pre- or mrequisite: AMT 214. E AMT 350 Aiffimll Design and Logistics Management. (3) sorina " Fundamenta alrcran aeslgn pr nc p es inc 60 ng performance factors assoclated wrm m ss on proto es and lne oent f l a t an of bas c log Stoca sbpport req~lrementslnlogralea IectLrenab Prereq-sltes AMT 280 287 E AMT 360 Introduction to HelicopterTechnolagy. (3) 581PCt.9dse",ste,S .......... lntrod~cestheworkng lunctans of mwern rotary wng alrcratl rotary w ng tllghl theory. acrwynamlcs controlr lllghl an0 pawer requremenls Prerequ s les PHY t I t 113 E AMT 370 Air Freight Operatlone. (3) selectedsemesfers Alr Ire ght operations in Nallona Adgat on System ramp operal~ons loan n g welghl and balance and adm~n~slrat,on 01 alrstde and oro~ndstdeowra1,ons Prerear,s te ,~ ~ ~ n l standono o r -~ " E AMT 382 Air Navigation. (3) fall andspring Theory and application of modern advanced navigation and fiight instrument systems. Introduces crew resource management in multiplacecocmits. Lecture, lab. Prerequisites: AMT 200.322. E AMT 385 Flight InSINClOr Ground School. (3) hlland spring Gmund school in preparationb r the FAA Flight Instructor Certificate. Integrated lecturellab. Pre- or corequisite: AMT 200. ~~~ . E AMT Note 1. Flight instruction costs are not included in university tuition and fees. ~~ E AMT100 Flight SafeIy 1. (2) fall, spring, summer Supervised private pilot flight training and fiight safely briefings. Requires continuous enrollment until completion of the FAA Private Pilot Cenificate. May be repeated for credit. Integrated lecturellab. Fee. See AMT Note 1. Pre- or corequisites:bath AM 182 and 220 (or their equivalents). E AMT 101 lntmdvction to Aemnautlcal ManagememTechnology. (1) la11andsorino ~aciiitat&e& into Aeronautical Management Technolcgy pmgrams. Emphasizes General Catalogand concentration requirements, registration, careers, and Polytechnic campus facilities. E AMT 182 Private Pilot Gmund School. (3) hll spnng summer Ground w n w l preparatoonfar Pnvale Pnlot Cenat#cateAerwynam~a. nav oat on oeriormance an0 rea~lebonsIntearated ectdrerlab E AMT 194 SpecialTopies. ( 1 4 ) selecfedsemeslers E AMT 200 light Safety 11. (1) en,,"" .fall -.., --. ...-, nnnmer .....-. Supervised commercial instrument flight training and safety briefings. Requires continuous enrollment until completion of FAA Commercial Pilot Certificate with Instrument Rating. Integratedlecturenab. Fee. See AMT Note 1. Prerequisites: AMT 100; Private Pilot Cerliiicate. Pre- orcorequisite: AMT 214 or 322. ~ ~~~ ~ 0 DEPARTMENT OF AERONAUTICAL MANAGEMENTTECHNOLOGY - E AMT 387 Multlenalne Pilot Ground Schwl. (1) .. fall and spring Ground school preparation for the FAA Multiengine Rating. integrated lecturellab. Fee. See AMT Note 1. Prerequisite:AMT 200 or instructor aooroval. E AMT 391 Munlengine Instructor Ground School. (2) -77 4a1erted zamas,arc ----------- Ground schocl preparallon for the FAA Mu llenglne FI gnt lnstnctor Rat ng Integrated lecldre,Iab See AMT hote 1 Prereq~lsotesAMT 3W.387 400 E AMT 392 Flight Instructor Instrument Ground School. (3) ea and spring Ground school preparation for the FAA Instrument Flight Instrunar Rating. Lecture, lab. See AMT Note 1. Prerequisites: AMT 200.385. E AMT 394 Special Topics. (14) sslectedsemesters E AMT 3% Aviation Pmfessional. (1) fall and s~rrina Career fa~,, !ntrod.ces v KOLS and rnv~sccl(low an0 tnelr re stoonsh p lo a rcrah Ih and drag Wandlbnnel asrlgn an0 tesllng integrate0 l e c t ~ l d a o Pferoo.nsntes AET 300. MET 434 4 3 ~2e i t m n s f e r (3) . E ~ ~ ~ Applled fall Heat transfer by conduction, convection, and radiation. Applies heat transfer to engineering design problems. Pre- or wrequisite: MET 434 or instructor approval. E AET 484 lnternshlp. (1-12) selectsd~erne~lers E AET 487 Aircrafl Deslgn 11. (3) spring Basic aerodynamics and airplane performanceanalysis methods applied to practical design project. Prerequisite: AET 303. E AET 492 Honors Directed Study. (1-6) sslecledsemesfers E AET 493 HonorsThesls. (1-6) selectedsemesters E AET494 SpeolalToplcs. ( 1 4 ) selecfedsemesters E AET 498 Pm-Seminar. (1-7) selecfedsemesfers E AET 499 lndlvldualired Instruction. (1-3) selectedsernesfers Omnlbur Courses. Far an explanation of courses otfered but not specifically listed in this catalog, see "Omnibus Courses: page 63. GmdueteLevel Courses. For information about courses numbered from SO0 to 799, see the Graduate Catalog, or access www.asu.edu/ aadlcatalogs on the Web. In some situations, undergraduatestudents may be eligible to take these courses: for mare infohatian, see 'Graduate-Level Courses," page 62. ~ MECHANICAL AND MANUFACTURING ENGINEERINGTECHNOLOGY (MET) E MET 1M lnlmduction l o Engineering Technology. (1) ,-,, 4 ', Introduces mechanical, manufacturing,and aeronautical engineering technolDgy Coven aspects of the industries utilizingthese majors. E MET 160 CADD and Solid Modeling. (11 selectedsemesfers Uses 3-D solid modeling software to model mechanical pans and pmduce valid engineering drawings, including use of geometric dimensioning .and tolerancinq. - Inteqratediecture/lab. E MET 191 First-Year Seminar. (1-3) selectedsemesters E MET 194 SpeclaiToplcs. (1-4) selecfedsemesters E MET 211 Statics. (3) fall and spring Vectors, f o e s and moments, force systems, equilibrium, analysis of basic structures and structural comwnents. friction. centroids. and moments of i n e r h May be repeatid for orcredn. ~rekquisites:MAT 260 (ar270); PHY 111,113. E MET 230 lnhoductlon to Enoineerlna Malerials. 12) spring lnlrcduction to materials and meir properties, emphasizingbasic c o w p t s and structures and how these p r o p e r k relate to manufacturingand design. E MET 231 Menutacturing Pmces-. (3) fall DeSign doeurnentation and material processes on plastics, ferrous and nonferrousmaterials, emphasizingorthographic projection. geometric dimensioning and tolerances. Lecture, lab Prerequisite: MAT 1170r 170. E MET 294 SpeoIalTopics. ( 1 4 ) ~elected~eme~fers E MET 3W Applied Material Sclence. (3) - - - .. -8, ,-,, Principles of materials science emphasizing wncepts relevant to design, manufacturing,and use. Coven metals, poiymers, ceramics. and composites. 2 hours lecture, 1 hour lab. Prerequisite:MET 230 or instructor a~Dmvai. .. E MET 302 Welding Survey. (3) la11 Theory and application of industrial welding pnrcesses; ~ntmductory welding metallurgy and weldment design; SMAW. GTAW. GMAW, oxyacetylene, and brazing experiences. Lecture, lab. Prerequisile: junior or senior standing. E MET 363 NondestruniveTestlng and Quality Assurance. (1) ,",, .-.. Pan an0 rnalenal nspeclron LS ng mslrology an0 nondeslructve lnspecl on tools an0 lechn qdes Theory and applrcatoon *nth &soat pen nenl stanoards Lab Prcrequ s lo MET 231 DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL AND MANUFACTURING ENGINEERINGTECHNOLOGY E MET 313 Applied Mechanics of Materials.(3) E MET 410 Manufacturing Resource Management. (3) E MET314 Applied Mechanics of Materials laboratory. (1) Measdles ire cycle ttmo, t h r o ~ g n p ~capactry. t, *or<- ".process. tnventory, vanabl ly and no* tney or ve operaltng re attonsnaps in a factory Credat is a owed for only MET 410 or 510 Prsreq. snc' MET h,, -- 3 Measdremens of oads an0 oeformal ons rc atlng stress and stra n in ax a snear bend ng tors onal ano cam0 ned oad ng configdrat ons 3 nours lab Pre. or corcq.$s#tc MET 313 E MET 331 Machine Design 1. (3) &,, ,en Applies mechanics to design of machine elements and structures. Stress anaiysis. failure modes, tolerances. cylindrical fits, and shall design. Prerequisite: MET 313. E MET 340 Applied Thermodynamics and HeatTransfer. (3) hlland sprini Thermodynamic systems and processes, tint and second laws of thermodynamics, properties of pure substances, and applications to heat engines and special systems. Fundamentalsof conduction, radiation, and convection. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: MAT261 (or271);PHY 112.114. E MET 341 Manufacturing Analysis. (3) spring Organizationaland functional requirementstor effective production. Analysis of industrial specifications, geometric dimensioning and tolerancing, costs, and group technology. Writing assembly production pians. Prerequisite: MET 231 E MET 344 Castino and Formino Processes. 13) .. spnng Ana yzes gar ods form ng processes to determtne oad reqd remenls necessary tor a part c ~ a metal-form r ng operallon Informalon ~ s e d lo Selen oaJ~omsnland aesran loo, na Metal cast no Drocesses and design of cesiings. introduces‘ powde;metallurgy. ~&;equisite: MET 300. E MET 345 Advanced Manufacturina Processes. 131 sprmg Matertal remova processes cmphas r ng advaocm ldrnlng m 1 I ng. ano macn nab, ry sldd er ~ s m g c m n g 1001s CNC programm ng for macn n no + an0 lLrn no centers Leclure lab Prcrea~lsneMET 231 E MET 351 Introduction to Automation. (3) spring Introduces automation.Topics include assembly techniques, fixed and flexible automation systems. robots, material-handlingsystems, senson, and controls. Integratedlectureflab. Prerequisite: EET 208 or instructor approval. E MET 394 SpclalToplcs. (1-4) selecledsemesterr E MET 396 Manufscturina Professional Orientation. H , I la11 Career focus for ManufacturingEngineeringTechnology students. Familiarizationwith the manvtacturing industry Prerequisite: junior standing. E MET400 Materials and Joining Processes. (3) fall Effects of joining processes on metals and camposites.Therma1 cycle effects on solid-state and liquid-solid material transformations. Prerequisite: MET 300. E MET 401 Quality Assurance. (3) spnng introduces statistical quality control methods design of experiments. samp ng gaJge rcq.orements speclf catons q ~ a l t yassLrance tools cmpnas zrng CNC CMM programmrng lntegratea l e c t ~ l d a o Prerea~st18 lun~orstano na E MET 402 Advanced Material Joining. (3) spring in-depth analysis of common materials-joining processes and their process parameters,Includes automation, soldering, and adhesive banding. Lecture, lab. Prerequisite:MET 302 (or its equivalent). E MET 409 A ~ v i i e dEngineering .Economies. (3) rpr,ng Fdndamenta s of eng nee, ng economlw in a practical. ~ n d ~ s t r y . 0 8 ~ 8 0approach lnc Loes enects of deprec allon taxes. ~nhatlan,and rep acemenl ana ys8s Lecture. compdl?r lab experiences - - - - - - - . 34 1 E MET 415 Manufacturing Simulation. (3) s~rino domputer simulation of manufacturingoperations. Discrete event s m~lattanmodels range from indju~d.alprocesses to whole laclancs Lem~fe.compdter lab srpenences Prereqd s le ME1 341 E MET 416 Applied Computer.integrated Manufacturing. (3) bl, Techniques and practices of computer-integratedmanufacturingas applied in a broad range of industry Integrated lecture1lab. Prerequisite:MET 341. General Studies: CS E MET 418 Comvosites Materials Manufacturins. 131 spnng I~I~WJCBS compos~tematerm s an0 assoclaled man~tacl~r8ng ss.es nc LO ng too ing processes and q.allry control Re atco s s ~ c s . ~ C L Ono testma an0 loanma lnteorateo i ~ c t ~ r e f l aCo IM I s a O ( O C ~ tar O ~ I Y M E4Ti 8 or 518. ~;ereq&ite: MET 300 or instructor approval. E MET 432Tharmodynarnics. (3) spring Thermodynamics of minures. Combustion process. Applies thermodynamicsto power and refrigeration cycles. E MET 433Thermal Power Systems. (4) selectedsemesfers Ana y2es gas pow,, vapor porer ana relrlgeral on cye r s Componenls of a r conon on ng systems D.rect energy convers an Ps~chromelwAnaivzes nlerna comoLsllon eno nes an0 f u o machines. ~&ture,iab. Prerequisite: MET 432 d; instructor approval. E MET 434 Applied Fluid Mechanics. (3) spring Fluid statics. Basic fluid flow equations. Viscous flow in pipes and channels. Compressible flow. Applies fluid measurement and flow in mnduits. E MET 435 Alternate Energy Sources. (3) selecred semesreps Acternaleenergy systems energy Jse an0 CISmpact on the ew ronment and aemonslratno oractcal alternal ve enerov soLrces lo bssil t~eig.Prerequisite:instiitor approval. .. E MET 436Turbomachinery Design. (3) selecIBdsemesfen Applies thermodynamics and fluid mechanics to the analysis of macnlnery des gn and power cyc e performancepreorcllons Prereq~rstleMET 434 E MET 437 Design for Malerdals Jolnlng. (3) spr;ng Uses design principles to analyze structures and determine appropriate weldibrazelsolder or adhesive joint size. Uses welding codes. Lecture. Prerequisites:ASC 315,325. E MET 438 Mschlne Deslgn 11. (3) S0,I"O Applies mechanics to the design of machine elements and structures. Emphasizes basics of gears, springs, brakes, clutches, and bearings. Prerequisite:AET 312: MET 331. E MET 442 Spclallzed Production Processes. (3) -. ~.~- .".. , . I Nontraditional manufacturingprocesses, emphasizing EDM. ECM, ECG. CM, PM. HERF, EBW. and LBW. Prerequisite:MET 231. E MET 443 CNC Computer Programming. (3) 611 Theory and application of NIC languages using CAM saWare and CNC machine tools. Lecture, lab. Prerequisite:MET 345 or instructor approval. L ~terac, and er aca nqa. r y , MA matnemalrcr CS corrwtcr stat rt c l q~anltlato~e appl CBI on% HV ! # m a nl e s ano flne anr S 8 roc a8 ana behav~otarc encer SO nsldral %c cnc-enera core L L n b e r SO nsldral SC B ~ C - J ~ ~ I ~ B I I Y B Ic CL t ~ r aO,~BIBIV ~n tne unm~odstate5 G gloval I H n#blol.cal See 'General Shda er 'page 93 COLLEGE OFTECHNOLOGY AND APPLIED SCIENCES E MET 444 ProductlonToollng.(3) spring Design and fabrication of jigs, fixlures, and special industrialtooling related to manufacturing methods. Lecture. lab. Prerequisite: MET 345. E MET 452 lmplementatlon of Robots in Manufacturing. (3) selected semesters Roboticw~rkeell design, including end elfecton, pans presenters.and optimum materialflow. Prerequisile: MET 351 or instructar approval. E MET455 Automation Systems Integration. (3) Department of Technology Management techoology.poly.asu.edu/dtm 480R27-1781 .".. TECH 102 h,, Applies senson and devices and their integration with PLCs and computers into automated dwiaes and systems. lntegrated lecture1 lab. Prerequisites:EET 403: MET 351. E MET 460 Capstone PmjKt 1. (3) h11 Gram ~raiectdasianino. evaluavng, and analvzins comwnents, asseib (&.ana sktems Develo~produn~man~annnng tech" q ~ o demons!rat s ng slate-ot-me-antechnoogy lnlegralea lecl~re.an Prereq~~s~les MET PI.341; sentor standing E MET 461 Capstone Project 11. (3) -- Thomas E . Schildgen, Chair Professors: Duff. Hild, Schildgen Associate Professors: Grossman, Humble. Matson. Olson Assistant Professor: Harrls Clinical Associate Professor: Thomas olmn z Sma I grwp projects applymg manJtactLnng techn~ques.mlh emphas s on aernonstral ng statsof.lheart technology Integrated eClureAab Prerequ s te MET 4600, nstrudor appmval E MET484 Internship. (1-12) ~~I~~tedsemesters E MET 492 Honors. Dl-& Study. (14) sel~~tedsemesfers E MET493 HonorsThesls. (1-6) sel~ctedsemesters E MET 494 SplalToplcs. (14) taa and spring Topics may include the following: Cornpasite Materials Manufacturing. (3) Consumer Manufanuring. (13) ManufacturingResource Management. (3) Packaging Design. ( 1 3 ) E MET 498 Pm-Seminar. (1-7) selmtedsemester3 E MET 499 lndlvlduallzed lnsrmctlon. (1-3) selected semesters Omnlbus Courses. For an explanation of courses olfered but not s~ecificallv listed in this cataloo. see "Omnibs Counes: oaae . 63 Grsdua~-LeveICourse%For antormauonaboul counes n~mbered from 500 to 799 see the Graduate Catacg. or aaess www as" edb calaloo on tne Web In some snuahons ~noeroraddate st~dentsmaw be eli$blble to take these counes: for mare infohation, see "Graduaie~ w e l ~ o u n e spage : 62 . - Clinical Assistant Professor: Nelson Professors of Practice: Kirne. Peterson Senior Lecturer: Wilson Lecturers: Doiin, Lestar, Parrnentier PURPOSE . . - The mission of the deoamnent is to oreoare eraduates who are able to developand communicate technological solutions to industrial problems, to manage systems operations, to improve and evaluate products, to provide customer supwrt, .. and to facilitate technology -.transfer i n industn. and government. Increased complexity and sophistication have created great demand for those individuals who possess a working knowledge of the technical phases o f planning, testing, production, and fabrication of consumer and industrial products and equipment. Technology includes the application of science, systematic methods, procedures, machines. communication orotocols. and materials control for the development, improvement, and implementation o f state-of-the-art solutions to industrial problems. DEGREES The faculty i n the Department of Technology Management offer BS degrees in Environmental Technology, Graphic Information Technology, and Operations Management Technoloev. These decrees are fullv accredited bv the National A S I O C ~ ~ ~ LuOi~1nd;stnai ~ e c h n ; , l o ~ (NAIT): ~ For more infarmdt~on,cdli 7341677-0720.or write NATIONAL ASSOCiATlON OF INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY 3300 WASHTENAW AVENUE SUITE 220 ANN ARBOR MI 48104-4200 For students holding an AAS derree the deoartment offcrs h c BAS drgrreuln A p p l i d Glencc. wi;h Lunccntralions in d ~ g ~ rmedia al iltanagcmrlll, digital publishing. DEPARTMENTOFTECHNOLOGYMANAGEMENT emergency management, fire service management, operations management, municipal operations management, and technical graphics. A Master of Science in Technology degree is offered for graduate study. The department offers five concentrations for the graduate degree: environmental technology management. fire service administration. elobal technoloev -.and development, graphic information technology, and management of technoloev. -. For more information about the m- d u ate program, see the Graduate Catalog. - BACHELOR OF SCIENCE The curriculum consists of First-Year Composition, University General Studies, and technical courses. Note that all three General Studies awareness m a s arerequired. Consult with an advisor for an aoomved .. list of courses. The technical part of the curriculum includes a required technology manaeement core, deeree course work, and technical electives selected with a i r o v a l of an advisor. Technology management students are requited to complete a minimum of 120 semester hours with a minimum 2.W cumulative GPA, including a minimum of 50 semester hours of upper-division courseito graduate Technology Management Com* ETC 100 Languages of Technology CS ....................................... 4 GIT 303 Digital Publishin 3 TMC 331 Quality Assurance ........................................................ 3 TMC 346 Management Dynamics ................................................ 3 TMC 396 Professional Orientat 1 TMC 470 Project Management 3 TMC 494 ST: Senior Projec 3 Total 0 * These courses are for the operations management technology and graphic information technology majors. ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT-BS The Environmental Technology Management degree prepares graduates to manage suchchallenging problems in industry as regulatory compliance, hazardous materials manaeement. oollution orevention. and international environmental standards fo;manufacturing. The curriculum is desiened to provide a unique blend of critical scientific, techiical, &d management skills. Degree requirements encompass the development of a broad background in the natural sciences and mathematics, social and behavioral sciences, management theory, regulatory issues, and applied sciences. The oroeram is o u m s e l v suucmred to facilitate transfer students who are searching for a degree program that builds uoon a strone technical backmound and focuses on the environmental issues faced by industry. . - .. - 2 - GRAPHIC INFORMATIONTECHNOLOGY-BS The Graphic Information Technology degree prepares students for technical and management positions in the diverse graphic communication and information technology industries: digital printing and publishing; technicalldigital media production; management of graphic information assets; quality assurance of graphic products; planning and cvaluatlon o i pnnt. Intenst. ~ n u l t ~ ~ n eand d n ,computerbased communlcatluns. 'Thts ts an intcns!\c l?(l-.cm.-~crhour program of study emphasizing theory and hands-on laboratory practice. Students develop skills to plan and execute graphic solutions using visualization and prepress, engineering graphic standards, technical document design, higher-level graphic programming languages, computer drawing and illustration, commercial digital photography. multimedia and three-dimensional modeling, project management, quality assurance, and e-commerce practices. The Graphic Information Solutions facility (CIS), located o ~ ~ provides internship opportunities in the ~ e c h n o l Center, and exposes students to current production technology, problem-solving skills, cost analysis, and human resource issues. Graduates are able to present technical solutions using graphics in print and Internet publications, engineering documents, media-rich presentations. interactive trainine and instruction. models. and animations. Tvoical career , opportunities include graphjc operations management, sales and marketing. -. information technoloev -.suooon .. in -eraohics. related industries, graphic systems analysis, digital publishing (both print and online), and computer graphics content planning and creation. - . OPERATIONS MANAGEMENTTECHNOLOGY-BS The Operations Management Technology degree preDares students for suoervisorv and administrative ~ositions in indusuy, manufacturing, and public service organizations. Course work includes data analysis, economics, effective decision making, international business, legal and ethical studies, marketing, operations management, organizational effectiveness, project management, and safety. Emphasis is placed on health and safety within the workplace. The operations management technology program may be articulated with a broad range of community college technical courses. Community college specializations in areas such as aeronautics, construction, electronics, fire science. police science, graphic information technology, hazardous materials and waste management, computer graphics, safety and health. human resource management, production management, and manufacturing may form a technical specialty area within this program. Consultation with an advisor is requited to coordinate the course selection for transfer to this program. CERTIFICATE PROGRAM IN HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND WASTE MANAGEMENT The Certificate Program in Hazardous Materials and Waste Management is designed to provide current and prospective employees of industry and government with a comprehensive and practical curriculum of study in hazardous materials management. The certificate program features instruction bv ASU facultv, attorneys, and orofessionals who work inihe specific area in wkch they teach. Participation in the certificate program is available in three options: a literacy and critical inquiry i MA mathematics 1 CS computerlrlatisticsi quantitative applications. I HU humanities and tine arts I SB social and behavioral sciences / SG natural scienc-eneral core courser I SQ natural ~~ien~-u~ntilati~e I C CUltUlal diversily in the United States I G global I H historical i See 'General Studies: pags 93. L COLLEGE OFTECHNOLOGY AND APPLIED SCIENCES . - certificate oromam for nondemee students. a BS degree - in En\,~ronmentalTechnology Management u.ith 3 Certificate in Ha,arJou, Mxenalc and W ~ s v3l;maremenl, and a Master of Science in Technology degreekith a Certificate in Hazardous Materials and Waste Management. Students must complete seven selected courses (five required and two electives) and e m a grade of "C"(2.00) or higher to receive the certificate. Except for the introductory course, ETM 501 Principles of Hazardous Materials and Waste Management, the remainder of the courses may he taken in any sequence. ~ ~ BIS CONCENTRATION Concentrations in hazardous materials and waste management, and fire service management are available under the Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies (BIS) degree, a program intended for the student who has academic interests that might not he satisfied with existing majors. Building on two academic concentrations (or one double concentration) and an interdiscidinarv . . core. students in the BIS program take active roles in creating their educational plans and defining their career goals. For more information, see "School of Interdisciplinary Studies:' page 139. APPLIED SCIENCE-BAS The Bachelor 01 Applled Scien.'e (B,\S, degree i, a 'capstone" J q r c e for the Aisoci.itc of Applied Science degree. The B.4S degree exposes slurients to advanced concept- and Illverse crlrlcdl thinking skills that . prepae them for future . career opponunities and professional advancement. Admission Admission to the BAS degree program is restricted to students holding an AAS degree from a regionally accredited U.S. postsecondary educational institution. A GPA of 2.00 or higher is required for all resident applicants and a 2.50 for nonresident applicants. Degree Requirements The BAS degree in the College of Technology and Applied Sciences consists of 60 semester hours of upperdivision (300 level and above) courses, with 30 hours in residence. ?\.AS Jcgrc', ............................................... ........................................... 6" 6 120 General S t u d i e s Curriculum The BAS ~urrirulumhu~ld,on the gcner~leducation cuntent 01 the AAS Jceree. Additional (;enera1 Stud~esrL. CS. and awareness are;) are met with courses in the core or concentration. General Studies courses focus on contextual learning. L ...................................................................................................... 3 3 3 SG.................................................................................................... -4 Total............................................................................................... 19 Assignable Credit Assignable credit allows space in the cuniculum for prerequisite courses needed to succeed in the program. The courses are determined by the student and the advisor. BAS C o r e The area core focuses on management and organization, professional communication, quantitative analysis, and computer competency. APM 301 lntroductary Statistics GIT 335 Computer Systems Technolag OMT 452 Indusnial Human Resource Maageme TMC 346 Management Dynamic TWC 400 Technical Communicat' Total Technical Concentrations Operations Management Technology. The purpose of this technical concentration is to prepare supervisors for management functions in industry, manufacturing, and public service organizations. The BAS degree provides the management and supervision content required for industry and govenunental agencies. Digital Media Management. This concentation prepares graduates for technical positions in industries implementing, planning, and producing interactive communications, integrated media, and multimedia for design, training, and marketing. Prospective students with AAS degrees in areas such as multimedia, ~rintineand oublishinn, commercial graphics, desktop publishing, or computer illustration may be interested in ~ursuine con- a diaital - media management centration. Technical Graphics. This concentration prepares graduates for positions in industries implementing technical and engineering graphics in computer-aided design and computer in and intemated manufacturine, AAS " u u design, computer-aided design, computer integrated manufaituring technolog), mcr.hsnical techn<~l~~g), architectural technulog), or const~ctiunr:~hn,rlogy nu) pnwlde an excellent foundation for a technical graphics concentration. - Digital Publishing. This concentration prepares graduates for lead technical and enuy-level management positions in the printing and publishing indusuy. AAS degrees in multimedia, ~rinting commercial aR,desktop - and puhlishine. . puhlirhing, or computer ~llust>tiun ma) find tha1 thir tcchn~calconcentration p n ~ \ , ~ dexccllenl e\ o.p.p ~ r n u o ~ l ~ c ~ Emergency Management. This concentration prepares graduates for positions in industry, municipal d e p m e n t s , and government agencies. The cuniculum addresses the Administaestablished Federal Emereencv - . Manaeement tion (FEMA) guidelines, on-site emergency response contingency planning, first responder scene management, logistical analysis, and communications protocol. DEPARTMENTOFTECHNOLOGYMANAGEMENT Fire S e m c e Management. This concentration prepares graduates for positions in industry, municipal departments, and governmental agencies. The curriculum addresses services delivered bv fire departments. fire service p e n o ~ e l development, zoning, planning, inspections, and arson investigations. Municipal Operations Management This concentration prepares students for supervisory and management functions within municioalities.. oublic service orzanizations. or businesses that provide services to the public sector. The cuniculum addresses quality assurance, ethical issues, leadership practices, operations management project management, marketing, finance, public sector management, and organizational effectiveness. . - t concentration proInternet and Web D e v e l o ~ m e nThis vides graduates uilh empl;yment skills i n the fields t i e commerce. online databases. active rcrver paces. FLASH, HTML, and other computer languages andsoftware applications. Law Enforcement Managcmcnt. Thls concentratiun ia dcsirned - for law rntorcement officers who work with tirefighters and emergency managers in a changing global environment. The concentration focuses on supervisory and leadership skills needed to operate in a municipal environment, along with technological solutions to organizational effectiveness and complex interagency law enforcement investigations. riculum in an effort to address indusuy-inspired subject matter. The senior project is canied out under faculty supervision in a schedu6d class and is related to the studdnt'stechnical interests, academic goals, and career employment. The senior project is a study or research project involving a written document and oral presentation, which can involve service leamine. A bound document and/or electronic coov of the project becomes part of the department's archival &llection, available for public review. ENVIRONMENTALECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT (ETM) E ErM 294 Spe~lalToplfs.(1-4) selected semesters TOP ~5 may incldde me to1 awmg lnlrmucoon lo Omanc - Cnem strv (31 E ETM 301 Emimnmentsl Management. (3) selected ylmsstm Focuses on knowledge and shils necessaryto manage envimnmentai programs. Perspectives indude regulatory, individual, corporare, and mnsuBng. Lecture,full or partial Internet. Pre- or carequisites: CHM 101. E ETM 302 Water and WaatewaterTmatmentTechnology. .. (3) .. selected semesters Explores the development of treatment technologies.Addresses regulatory standards. Emphasizes theory and pranice of system design, laboratory analysis standards and pmdures. Pre- or corequisites: CHM 101;MAT 170. E ETM 303 Emimnmsntal Ragulatlons. (3) selenedsemestsn Explores environmental laws, regulations,and diredives.Addresses air, land, and water. Lecture, full or partial Internet. E ETM 360 lntmduction to Emergency Management. (3) - h,, JOINT DEGREE The joint Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Applied Science and Master of Science in Technoloav -.demee - .~ r o gram is designed to provide students with exceptional undergraduate standimg the opportunity to include nine semester houn of upper-division course credit (three semester hours at the 400 level, six semester hours at the 500 level) in their graduate program of study. This joint degree is available for the following Master of Science in Technology concentration\: env~ronmentaltechnology management, fire sen ice admini,lrdtion. graph~cinfa~rmaliunlechnology, global technology and development, and the management of technology. ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS Students must meet these requirements to be considered for joint degree admission: I. a minimum junior-senior GPA of 3.20; 2. ninety semester hours of undergraduate credit in a Department of Technology Management BS or BAS program; and 3. two lenen of recommendation from Department of Technology Management faculty Senior Project Requirement All baccalaureate degree students (BS and BAS) in the Department of Technology Management are required to complete a senior project for the requirements of graduation. The TMC senior project is a capstone experience that integrates theory and application of the undergraduate cur- Emergency management theories.Comprehensive emergency management. Mitigation, preparedness, respanse, and recovery Post-disastersand .wliw. formation.Current FEMA all-hazards approach. E ETM 362 Manaolna Natural andTechnoloalce1 - Disasters. 131 .. sprhs -- Federal, state, and local responses to emergencies. Management of mass casualties, evacuation, sheltering, and terrorism: declaration of emergency procedures. E ETM 363 Computer Appllcatlona In Emergency Management. .-, spring 131 Explores speeific computer programs that are currently in use for contingency planning, tracking chemical inventories,and response rasouws. Cross-listed as FSM 363.Credit is allowed for only ETM 363 or FSM 363. E ETM 364Toxbology and Bloharsrds In Emergency Manage mant. (3) faif Inlroduce~poiMn~.Dose response routes of exposure and toximkinetia. Diseases associated wim natural disasters. Clinical presentation of treatments. E ErM 401 H-rdous Wads MansgemenL (3) .. selected semesters Definitionof hazardous waste, RCRA end CERCLA regulations, hazardous waste classificafion system. Overview of hazardous waste manawment. Lecture. full or DaAal lnternet. Prerequisite: ETM 301. Pre- mrequisne: CHM 101: (3) E ETM 402 UnllRaalmentTefhnologl~s. selectedsernesters Addressesva~o~s lreatmenttechnologissfor contaminated air, water. and soil. Emphasizes design based upon medium, m e of L teracy and ctt ca a n q ~ry U A rnamematcr I CS compuer stat SICS. a~anl~tatt~e a~~I.catlons 1 HU human 1 sr and line an$ 58 soe8al and behavnora sclsncsr 1 SG naldral rc enc-enera mfecoLfserI SO nsldral scoenc-~dnl mlwe I C cr lilal o.rernIy in lne Unoted Slates O g ooal r H nasfoeleal I sen o on oral Stro a s ' oape 93 DEPARTMENTOFTECHNOLOGYMANAGEMENT E GIT 333 PrintingTechnologr (3) E FSM 494 SpecialTopics. (1-4) seiscted~eme~ler~ Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of courses offered but not s~ecifiCallvlisted in this catalog. see "Omnibus Courses: Daue 63. GraduatcLevei Courses. For lnlormallon aboLt CoLlses ndmoered lrom 500 to 799. see tne Graduate Calalog. or access wwu. as" eod aadcaraims on lne t4eb n some s t~al!ons.Lnocrqraolale slddents may be eligible to take these c0urses;for more info~mation,see "Graduate-Level Courses: page 62. GRAPHIC INFORMATIONTECHNOLOGY (GIT) E GIT 135 Graphic Communications. (3) fall andsorim lntroducks h t; technologies involved in the design, image generation, transmission, and industrial production of multiple images for consumer utilization. integrated iectureflab, field trips. E GIT 194 SpecialTopics.(l-4) selectedsemesleffi E GIT 210 Creativelliinking and Design Vlaualizatlon. (3) .. fall and spring Fundamental methods, concepts, and techniques of creative thinking, design visualization, and problem solving. Also includes communication,cultural, and societal influences, inlearated lecture1 lab. ~rerequisiti:ETC 100. E GIT 212 Camputer-Aided Design and Drafting (CADD). (3) fan and spring CADD far produd design, representation, and documentation; ncl~desproiact on thWry d e w pllve geometry graph cs analysls orahqng stanoaros and prec 5 on 0 menslanlng lechn qdes nlegrateo XtLre lao Prerea.ls8le ETC 100 lor ts eoL vaienll General stud&. E GIT 215 Introduction to Graphics Programming. (3) fell In~roa~ccs ana ynng piano ng ano exocLt ng grapnlc programs LS ng nojslry-stanoar0 programm ng loolh irllegralco lecture a0 Preteq~,sneETC 100 (or ts eqL vdlent, E GIT 230 Diaital lllurtration i n Publishing. .(3) .. fell and sprini Raster and vector illustration in publishing. integrated lecturdab. Preor CoreqUiSite: GiT 135. E GIT 237 Web Content Design. (3) - - - ~~~~~~ ~~ ks -r. ...= Introduces desion orincioles for visual content on the World Wide weo: raaer, ve% lonts portaoie ooc~ments,coo, paenes, I e formats. nlegraled ectureilab. Prcrcq.lsle GiT 135 tor its eq~valentjPre- or corcqd s te' G T 303 E GIT 303 Digital Publishing. .(3) .~ fall and spring introduces software and hardware used for digital publishing and infooraohic$. lnteoraled lecturellab. Prereauisites: GIT 135.230. " E GIT 312 3-D Computer Graphics Mcdeling and Representation. ~~~~~~ ~~ - E!l - 0. Tneory and applcat on of sheet and weo press lechno ogy lor altsat. tnograpny, lexography. screen process, and dlg~tapr nl ng intoqrateo ioct.rc ao Pre- or coregu s te G T 135 E GIT 334 Image Capture and Manipulation. (3) fall Theory and application of image capture techniques used for all copy formats and conversion processes required for reproduction or dissemination. Integrated lecturenab. Prerequisite:GIT 303. E GIT 335 Computer SystemsTechnology. (3) SCICCICO semeslers Survey of comp.lcr.based tecnno ogy mverlng haroware sothare. storaoe. an0 lnformatlon ~ -nehoruno. ~ . ". internet telscomm~nlcal~n~, svstems. integrated lectureflab. Prerequisite: iunio; standinu E GIT 337 Web Content Design. (3) fall and spring Introduces design principles for visual content on the World Wide Web: raster, vector, fonts, portable documents, color palettes, file formats. Integrated iectureflab. Pre- or corequisite: GIT 303. E GIT 352Technieal Presentations. (31 ~~~ Tech~olagiesfor planning, creating, and delivering individual and group presentations.Prerequisites:ENG 102; GIT 303. E GIT 384 Commenial Digital Photography. (3) fall, spring, summer Digital image, conversion, and output in a commercial studio emphasizingpublishing workfiow. lntegrated lecture and lab. Prerequisite: GiT 334. E GIT394 SpeciaiTopics. (1-4) selectedsemeslers E GIT 411 Computer Animation. (3) fall and - sorlno 2-0 and 3-D computer animation methods: project planning, scripting, storyboards, advanced modeling, lighting, materials mapping, and motion. integrated lectureflab. Prerequisites: GIT 312. 334. E GIT 412 Multimedia Authoring. ScriDting, and Pmduetion. (3) ~~~ .~ ~~~ 0 databases. lntegrated leclureflab. F%requisite: &T 314. E GIT 413 Professional PoIIfolio Design and Presentation. (3) spring Digital media portfolio design and production: planning, audience analysis, media selection, authoring, media formats, production, copyright considerations, marketing, and delivery. Integrated lecture1 lab. Prereauisiles:GIT 314. 334. E GIT 414 Web Site Design and BterneVWebTechnalogiea. (3) sorino " Webs te des gn. ablhor ng stanoaros proloco s. loois, an0 oovelopment techn qLes lor commerclai c ant-sldeoWeo-base0 grapnlc lnformanonsystems megrated len~reilaoProreq~lsl c s GrT 3% .. , 137 .E GIT415 Computer Graphics: Business Planning and Management. (3) spring Implementationplanning: feasibility and application studies; needs assessment and operational analysis techniques: organization, managerial, and technology considerations; business plan development. Integratediectureflab, field trips. Prerequisite: senior standing in InformationTechnology (graphic informationtechnology ~oncenlrationl. ~.~ ~ - 3-0 soild madei~map~llcatlons concepts, techniques, data .. structures, modeling strategies, assemblies, geometric representation. integrated lectureflab. Prerequisite: GiT 212. General Studies CS E GIT 313Technicai Illustration and Photorealistic Rendering. (3) fall Computer-generatedgraphics for technical illustration and design presentation: axonometric and perspective drawing; shading, shadowing, materials and textures; photorealistic rendering for PastScripl output. integrated iecfure/lab. Prerequisite:GIT 212. E GIT 314 Multimedia Design. Planning. and Storvboards. (3) spr,ng Crcatove and conceptua process of conlent se ectfon,p annlng desrgn ng, flowcnan ng, aoryboarofnq,ProPos.ng m n f gJrlng. oroloNo no. and oresentma mdltmedta or0 ects nlearaled e c l ~ l c 7 ,7 , lab. ~ r e r e a u i s i l e :237.' '~~~ ~~~ cnrinn "-....* - . L literacy and critical inquiry / MA mathematics i CS computerlstatisticsi auanfitative aoolications / HU humanities and fine arts 1 SB social and , behavioral sciences ISG natural sciencegeneralcore courses iSO natural science-uantitative i c cultural diversify in the United States IG global i I, histoiicai I see 'General Sfudier: page 93. ~ . COLLEGE OFTECHNOLOGY AND APPLIED SCIENCES - E GIT 417Advanced Internet Pmarammlna. (31 la!! Uses ind~nry-standardprogramm ng ang-ages an0 techntqbes lo creale nleracteve graph c lnformatlonWeb s.tes an0 epp lcallons nteoralea ecare lab Prerea~islteGlT 414 E GIT432 Graphic lndustw Buslness Practices. (3) selectedsemesteffi Business practices related to press/prepresNeb industries;trade customs, cost analysis, marketing and management approaches. lntegrated lecturenab, field trips. Prerequisite:GIT333. E GIT435 Web Management and E c o m m e m . (3) spring Internet Web site management, security, online databases, and new e-wmmerce business models. lntegrated lecturenab. Prerequisite: GiT414. E GIT 436 GravureTechnology. (3) spring lndepth study of the market profile and production sequences related to me gravure method of printing. Prerequisite: GIT 135. E GIT 437 Color Reprodualon Systems. (3) fall Scientific analysis for the engineering of wlar reproductionsystems and color models used in the graphics industy Prerequisite:GIT 334. E GIT441 Graphic Information Systems. (3) selecfedsemesteffi Graphic informationsystems common to the workplace: graphic user interfaces for online databases, geographic, industrial, architectural, and management applications. lntegrated lecturellab. Prerequisite: information Senior standina in InformationTechnalwv -. i~raohic .technology coicentratian). E GIT 450 Digital Workflow In Graphlc Induatrlea. (3) fall nnalvres digital production systems for input, and output of graphic informationto print and Web, including nehwrking and job tracking. lntegrated lectumflenab. Prerequisite: GIT 334. E GIT 494 SpecialTopics. ( 1 4 ) fall and spring Topics may include the fallowing: Computer Systems Applications. (3) Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of wurses oflered but not specifically listed in this catalog, see 'Omnibus Courses," page 63. Graduate-Level Courses. For information about m u m s numbered from SO0 to 799, see the Graduate Catalog, or access www.asu.edu/ aadlcatalws on the Web. In some situations, underoraduate students may be eliGble to take these wurses: tor mare infoiimation, see 'Graduate-Level Courses: page 62. - - GLOBALTECHNOLOGY AND DEVELOPMENT (GTD) Graduate-Level Courses. For information about courses numbered from 500 to 799, see the Graduate Catalog, or access wwwasu.edu/ aadlcatalogs on the Web. In same situations, undergraduate students may be eligible to take these courses; for more information, see "Graduate-LevelCourses: page 62. TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT CORE (TMC) ETMC 191 Fint-Year Seminar. (1-3) selectedsemesters ETMC 194 Special Topics. ( 1 4 ) selectedSemeSteffi ETMC 233 Desktop Publlshlng and lnfographlcs. (3) fan and spmg Introduces software and hardware used far deshiap publishing and infoara~hin.Lecture, lab. ETMC 331 Ouailhl Assurance. (3) spring nslrumenlvllonana melhwologles lor malar a s lestlng and qba ify control n war o ~ man~facunng s processes Lecture Io 0 lrlps - .. ETMC 346 Manaaement Dvnamlcs. 13) lad an0 spnng Managemenl cha lenger and tne e.8dersh.p skrl s neoaea lo acn eve organ zat ona 00 ect ues in the cnang ng . n o ~ s sa an0 teenncal envlronmenl~Prereo~~s~ie un or stan0 no ETMC 394 SpeclalToplcs. ( 1 4 ) selected semesters ETMC 396 Prntesslonsl Orlentatton. (1) fall and spring Senior advising, industry presentations, and career counseling. ETMC 470 Prnlect Management. (3) ~ ~ ...= lnlrod~ceslechn gues for managong small gmups w m m larger organlzallons. 1nd.0.ng team bu ldong mollvat ng, plannrng. Ira& ng aCLVILeS. an0 wmpdler tools. Prereq~lstesECk 21 1 OMT 344. TMC 346. ETMC W lnternshlp.(l-12) selectedsemesteffi ETMC 494 SpeclalTopbs. ( 1 4 ) SeIeC1BdSemeSteffi Topics may include the following: Senior Pmiect. (3) ETMC 498 Pm-Seminar. (1-7) selened semesters ETMC 499 lndlvlduallred Instruction. (1-3) ~el~~teds~rns~teffi Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of courses offered but not Specifically listed in this catalog, see "Omnibus Courses: page 63. Graduate-Level Courses. For information about wurses numbered fmm 500 to 799, see the Graduate Catalog, or access www.asu.edu/ aadlcatalogs an the Web. In some situations, undergraduate students may be eligiMe to take these wumes: for more information. see 'Graduate-Level Courses: page 62. - . . E OMT 191 Flrst-Year Seminar. (1-3) selectedsemestem E OMT 194 SpeclalToplcs. ( 1 4 ) selecled semesteffi E OMT 294 SpeclalToplcs. ( 1 4 ) selected~eme~ters Occupatlonal Safehl and Ergon0mics. (3) la11 Health and safely movemenr, acc oent lneonos and enens. OSrlA standards an0 Ia08 ~fy,safeg~aro.ng,nazaros. *rar*ers'campensat on. eraonomln, an0 safew Prereou 5 te i.n or nandlm E OMT 344 lnduatrlal Organlmtlon. (3) spring Industrial organization wncapts.Topics relate to industrial relations, governmental regulations, organizational structure, labor relations, human factors, and current industrial practices. Prerequisite:TMC ~ ~ - - 346. E OMT 345 Public Saftor Manasement. 131 fall and spring Management n government an0 puollc agonc er lnc ddes mosson. plann ng and organozong la provode S e N cos, n m a n (esource ssdes wnfllct resa utlon, coordonsllon Prereou s le nor standtno " E OMT 394 SpeclaIToplcs. ( 1 4 ) setectedsemesters E OMT 402 Lsgal Issues torTechnologlpto. (3) bll American legal system and impact on technology management issues: wntracts, torts, intellectual property, white mllar crime. antitrust, environmental, and employment. E OMT 405 Forecasting and Evolution ofTechnology. (3) selecteds e m e ~ l e s H stay and e w l ~onary t natJre of se octcd leerlnobgles s L e r m the managemenl of emerging tecnnologles and melhods of tecnnolog ca forecaslnng Prereq~s le TMC 346 (or .ls oq~~dalent) DIVISION OF COMPUTING STUDIES E OMT 430 Ethical Issues inTechnology. (3) sprtng Top cs n soc a respons 0 ~tyfor nd-slrtai leennology an0 engoneer ng Prereq.elte TMC 346 E OUT 440 lntmductton to lnternatlonal Busmess. (3) spring International business principles and operations, including panneehips, trade agreements. currency issues, internationalsales, and cultural differences between countries. Prerequisite:TMC 346. General Studies: G E OW445 IndustrialInternship. . 11-10) . . faN, spring, summer Work experience assignment in industry commensuratewith student's pmgram. Specialized instruction by industry with university supervision. Passifail. Prerequisites:advisor approval: junior standing: 2.50 GPA. E OMT 451 IndustrialDistribution and Materials Management. (3) selected semesters Surveys topics in industrialdistribution, including,but not limited to. materials handling, purchasing, receiving, warehousing, traBc, inventory control, and shipping. Prerequisite:OMT 343 or TMC 346. E OMT 452 IndustrialHuman Resource Management. (3) Division of Computing Studies www.poly.asu.edu/ctasldcst 480fl27-1257 SUTON 140 Timothy E. Lindquist, Associate Dean and Director Professor: Lindquist Associate Professors: Koehnemann, Millard, Morrell. O'Grady Assistant Professors: B. Gannod, G. Gannod, Gary Senior Lecturer: Whitehouse h,, Concepts and practices of human resource management in a global industrial environment. Prereauisi1e:TMC346. E OMT 453 Safely Management. (3) selectedsemesters Developmentand management of safety programs, education and training, and relationships within an organization. Prerequisite:OMT 343 or instructor approval. E OMT 456 Introduction to Omanized Labor. 131 .. spring Introduces labor relations, unions, federations, collective bargaining, grievances, and labor legislation. Prerequisites:OMT 344:TMC 346. E OMT 461 Operations Management. (3) - h,, Introducessupervisory principles as applied to production of goods and services. Prereouisites:OMT 344:TMC 346. E OMT 480 Organizational Effectiveness. (3) en,,"" z --Hdrnan aspects of sLpervlrory behav or n lne nd~slnalsenlng an0 now lney inf.dence ell c ency more e an0 organlzatlonal pract ces Prerequ ste TMC 34b E OMT 484 Internship. (1-12) selected semesters E OMT 494 Special Topics. (1-4) selectedsemesfers E OMT 498 Pm-Seminar. (1-7) selected semeslers E OMT 499 IndividualizedInstruction. (1-3) selected semesters Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of courses offered but not specifically listed in this catalog. see "Omnibus Courses: page 63. GraduateLevel Courses. For information abaut courses numbered from 500 to 799. see the Graduate Cataloa. or access w.asu.edu/ catalog on tnc Web n some sl~at6ons~noergraduale sludenls may be el g ole to lake lhese codrses for more nforrnatlun see-Graodale. -cue Co~rses'page 62 PURPOSE The Division o f Computing Studies provides educational programs rich in contextual experiences, which prepare graduates for success in the rapidly evolving computing profession. With the increasingly diverse application o f com~utineand software technolories comes a need for individuals who are well versed in the-fundamentals of the computing profession. Course offerings focus on the languages, methods, and tools reflecting computing best practices, and provide an education that is rich i n hands-on problem-based learning experiences. The curriculum builds upon a background o f applied science and mathematics, including the conceots and aoolication o f calculus and discrete structures. Graduates are employed i n the computing industry with responsibilities such as analyzing, designing, implementing, evaluating, and operating computer-based systems, including (re)engiueering systems that embed computer hardware and software, Web-based applications, and systems of internetworked cooperating components. .. DEGREES . . The facultv in the Division of Com~utineStudies offer the BS rlcg& in Appl~eil(.armpurer Set-ncz and lhc BS dsprcc in Compurcr S) .lcm.. t o r \luJenr~huld~ngan .%AS degree u ~ thc h apprupri:xtc ionlputer 5citnis and nistheinatis31 baikrrountl. the Dl\#,ion mer, ~hr.Haihclor of Applied sciences (BAS) degree. Three BAS concentrations are available: computer systems administration, microcomputer systems, and software technology applications. The division also offers the Master of Computing Studies and the Master of Technoloev with a concentration in computer systems degree programs that are available for qualified BS graduates. For more information, see the Graduate Catalog or access the division Web site at -. www.poly.asu.edu/ctas/dcst. L ~ierac,ano cratcaj n q ry ~ MA mitnrm-sri CS cornp,te~.rta!~rter q.mt lac ve app tcslon~ HU nlrnantt er and Inc arts SB socla hlld benab oral sc onces SG 1~.111.~11SL el ce-e.?eta core corrrer SO n a w a science-quantitativeic cuiturai diversity;" the United states i G global i H historicalISee 'General Studies: page 93. COLLEGE OFTECHNOLOGY AND APPLIED SCIENCES APPLIED COMPUTER SCIENCE-BS The BS degree in Applied Computer Science is designed to provide students with an education that targets the computing profession. The program prepares students who are interested in employment or advanced study in software applications or software systems by providing broad-based knowledge and skills in software processes and their application. The orogram focuses on comouter software as used in networked, d h i b u t e d , and web-dased systems and a~olications. .. The program prepares students for careers in software applications in the context of an industry in which software solutions are increasingly distributed using object-oriented languages and frameworks, and in which the internet, Web, andwireless technologies play an important role. Each student must satisfy the courses listed for Fint-Year Composition and the university General Studies requirements. In addition, the following courses are required. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 3 364 Computer Architectur 3 386 Operating Systems Pri 415 Software Enterprise Ill: Inception and Elaboration ...... 3 420 Foundations of Dislributed and Web-Based 3 Applications in Jav CST 433 Database Technolog 3 CST 459 Internet Networking Protocols......................................3 CST 496 Ethics and Professionalism in Computing ....................3 Total............................................................................................... 38 CST CST CST CST Major E l d y e s Choose from the following electives............................................. 12 CST 425 Server Software Programming (3) CST 427 Dismbuted Object Systems (3) CST 428 Web-Client User Interface Programming (3) CST 441 Sotiware far Personal Digital Assistants (3) CST 452 Digital Lagic Applications (4) CST 456 Microcomputer Systems Interfacing (4) CST 457 Advanced Assembly Language Applications (3) CST 486 Embedded C Rogramming (3) CST 488 Systems Administration of UNIX (3) CST 489 Network Adminisuation with TCP/IP (3) Technical electives ....................................................................... 10 SociaVBehavioral Sciences ECN 21 1 Macrwconomic Principles SB ...................................... 3 ar ECN 212 Microeconomic Principles SB (3) Applied Computer Science Pmof Study Vpical k t - aod Second-Year Sequence Literacy TWC 4W Technical CommunicationsL ....................................... 3 First Year Natural Sciences Choose one of the following combinations............................. 8-9 CHM 113 General Chemistry I SQ (4) CHM I I5 General Chemistry with Qualitative Analysis SQ (5) -orPHY 111 General Physics SQ' (3) PHY 1 13 General Physics Laboratory SQ' ( I ) PHY 1 12 Genera1 Physics SQ' (3) PHY 114 General Physics Laboratory SQ' ( I ) Natural Science Laboratory elective ............................................... 4 Total ....................................................................................... 18-19 First Semester CHM 113 General Chemistry I SQ ............................................... 4 CST 1W Object-Oriented Software Development L ....................3 ENG 101 First-Year Composition................................................ 3 MAT 294 ST: Mathematics of Change I........................................ 3 To 13 ' ' Both PHY i I I and 113 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Both PHY 112 and 114 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Second Semester CHM 115 General Chemistry with Qualitative Analysis SQ ......... 5 MAT 294 ST: Ma HU or SB elective 18 To Mathematics APM 301 Introductory Statistics CS ........................................... 3 MAT 243 Discrete Mathematical Smchxcs ................................. 3 Second Year MAT 29.1 ST hlathcmaltcs of Chanie I I . . . ............ . . . 3 hlAT 2ZW ST hlxhcmrltcr of Change 111........... . . 3 Numeracy elective.......................................................................... 3 First Semester CST 2W Object-Oriented Software Development I1 ................... 3 CST 315 Software Enterprise I: Tmls and Process ......................3 CST 354 Microcomputer Architecture and Programming ...........4 ECN 21 1 Macmeconomic Principles SB ...................................... 3 MAT 243 Discrete Mathematical Smctures ................................. 3 Tota To 18 Lower-Division Core CST 150 Digital Systems I C CST 2o0 Object-Oriented So CST 230 Applied Data Structure Upper-Division Core CST 3 15 Software Enterprise I: Tools and Process ......................3 CST 316 Software Enterprise II:Consmction andTransition .... 3 CST 326 Programming Languages for Technology with UC++ and Visual Basi 4 3 CST 335 Applications of ComputerTheory CST 354 MicrocomputerArchitecture and Program 4 16 Second Semester HU or SB elective .........................................................................3 Laboratory science elective 4 Total............................................................................................. 16 COMPUTER SYSTEMS--BS Students interested in the BS degree in Comouter Systems ma) choo>r. 10 apeiullzc i l l one 01 the tolluu ing cunccnlrati<,n~.ccmpurcr hardwar- Icchnulogv or ernhnlded systems technology. DIVISION OF COMPUTING STUDIES The computer hardware technology concenwtion is designed to provide students with an opportunity to develop broad-based knowledge and skills in digital systems, interfacing techniques, and computer hardware applications. The embedded systems technology concentration prepares students for the application, interconnection, design. analysis, and realization of special-purpose systems that involve both software and hardware components. This concentration balances the concerns of computer hardware with the processes and technologies involved in producing reliable software solutions. Each student must satisfy the courses listed for First-Year Comuosition and the universitv General Studies rewiremcnts. In addition. ihr fnllow~ngcourses are required. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS SneiaVRehavioral Scienee~ ..-- ~-~~~~~ ECN 21 1 !4~cmecdnurnlcPnnc~plcs.S8 ......................... 3 or ECN 212 h 1 t ~ ~ u ; o n o mW a n t ~ p l o S B(31 ~ Computer HardwaFe Technology Concentration CET 458 Digital Computer Network .......................................... 3 or CET 473 DigitaUData Communications(4) CST 452 Digital Logic Applications............................................ 4 EET 301 Electric CircuitAnalysis II............................................ 4 EET 401 Digital Signal Pmeessing for Multimedia .....................3 Technical electives ...................................................................... 7-8 Embedded Systems Technology Concentration CST 420 Foundations of DisUibnted Web-Based Applications in lava ................ ...........3 CST 441 Software far Personal Digital Assistanls....................... 3 or CST 494 ST: Internet-EnabledEmbedded Devices (3) Camouter Networks .......................................... 3 CET 458 Dirital -~ ur CST45Y Internet Neworking P~ruculs(31 CST 486 Emhedded C Programming . . ............ 3 EET 401 Digid S~gnslProcers~tlgfor Multnmedts..................... 3 7 Technical electives ......................................................................... . . . ~ Computer Sy5trm -ram uf Study Embedded S j s t r m Concentralion n p i e a l First- and Second-Year Sequences First Year First Semester CST 150 Digital Systems I CS ..................................................... 4 ENG 101 First-Year Composition................................................. 3 MAT 294 ST: Mathematics of Change L ....................................... 3 PHY I I I General Physics SQ' ..................................................... 3 PHY 113 General Physics Laboratory SQ' ...................................I Natural Sciences PHY I I I General Physics PHY I12 General Physics PHY 113 General Physics PHY 114 General Physics Natural Science Laboratory elective Natural Science Laboratory elective Total .............................................................................................. To 22 Both PHY l l l and 113 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Both PHY 112 and 114 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Mathematies APM 301 lntraductow Statistics CS ............................................. 3 MAT 243 Discrete Mathematical Srmctures ................................. 3 ~~~~ 7 ~~~~~~ Literacy TWC 400 Technical Communications L....................................... 3 I 0~ 14 Second Semester CST 100 Object-Oriented S o h a r e Development I .....................3 ENG 102 First-Year Compositi PHY 114 General Physics Laboratory ~~ Total............................................................................................... 16 Second Year Lower-Division Core CST 100 Obiect-OrientedSoftware Develovment I .................... 3 CST I50 Dieital Svstems I CS .................................................... 4 , CST 200 Object-Onented Solturn h r e l o p ~ n e n11~............... 3 ........................ 3 CST 230 Appllrd Daw Structure, EET 208 Electric Circuit Andy,~, I . ..............................4 ~~ ~- Total .............................................................................................. 17 Major (54 semester hours) CST 326 Programming Languages for Technology with UC+t and Wsual Basic ....................4 CST 350 Digital Systems II ......................................................... 4 CST 354 Miemamouter Architecfllre and Pmerammine -~~ - ........... 4 CST 364 ComputerArchitecture.................................................. 3 CST 383 Shell and Script Programming with UNIX ................... 3 CST 386 Operating Systems Principles ....................................... 3 CST 400 S o h a r e Engineering Technology ................................ 3 CST 415 S o h a r e Enterprise 111: Inception and Elabaration ...... 3 or LET 415 Elecmnic Manufacturing Eneineerine Princivles . (3) ~. CST 456 ~ G r o c o m k t e Systems r Interfacing............................. 4 CST 494 ST: Professional Orientation ......................................... I ~~ First Semester CST 200 Object-Oriented S o h a r e Development U ................... 3 CST 350 Digital Systems CST 354 Micmomputer ECN 21 1 Macmeconomic Rinciples SB ...................................... 3 3 MAT 243 Discrete Mathematical Srmctures .................................To 17 Second Semester 30 Applied Data S m c m e 08 ElecUic Circuit Analy . 94 ST: Mathemati s of C - Total ..............................................................................................32 I Both PHY 121 and 122 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Both PHY 112 and 114 must be taken to secure SQ credit. L literacy and critical inquiry I MA mathematics I CS cornputerl9tatirticsJ quantitative applications 1 HU humanities and tins ans I SB social and behavioml sciences I SO natural scienc-eneral care cavnes I SO natural acienc-uantilative I C cultural divenity in the United Stater I G global I H historical I See 'General Studies;pags 93. COLLEGE OFTECHNOLOGY AND APPLIED SCIENCES APPLIED SCIENCE-BAS CST 300- or 4W-level major electives (7) For students who havecompleted an Associate of Applied Science from a regionally accredited institution, the Bachelor of Applied Science (BAS) offers a pathway to a bachelor's deeree. The BAS is a flexible 60-semester-hour deeree that builds on the associate's degree with upper-division course work. Com~utinc!Studies offers three concentrations: computer systems administration, microcomputer systems, and software technology applications. Microcomputer Systems Choose from the following.......................................................... 20 CST 326 Programming Languages for Technology with C/C++ and Visual BASIC~14). , CST 354 Microcomputer Architecture and Programming (4) CST 31% Computer Architecture (3) CST 383 Shell and Script Programming with UNIX (3) CST 386 Operating Systems Principles (3) CST 457 Advanced Assembly Language Applications (3) CST 300- or 4Cf-level major electives (6) - - . - Admission Students interested in a BAS concentration offered by Computing Studies must have completed an Associate of Applied Science degree from a regionally accredited U.S. postsecondary educational institution. A GPA of 2.00 or higher is required for all resident applicants and 2.50 or higher for nonresident applicants. Applicants should have sufficient background in the area of intended smdy-software, microcomputer systems, or networking. Degree Requirements The BAS degree in the College of Technology and Applied Sciences consists of 60 semester hours of upperdivision courses. with 30 semester hours in residence. The BAS cuurrr of dudy include\ general itud~e<.an area sore. discl~line.s~ciifir. cuurse uork. and a\jtanahle credit. - Technical concentra G e n e r a l S t u d i e s Curriculum The BAS ct~rr~culum hulldc on the xeneral cducdt~oncuntent of the AAS degree. Additional pokons of the General Studies requirement (L, CS, and awareness areas) are met with coursks in the core or concentration. General Studies courses focus on contextual learning. A s s i g n a b l e Credit Assignable credit allows space in the curriculum for prerequisite courses needed to succeed in the program or additional technical electives. The courses are determined by the student and the advisor. Technical Concentration Computer Systems Administration Choose from the fallowing ........................................................... 20 CST 354 MicrocomputerArchitecture and Programming (4) CST 383 Shell and Script Programming with UNIX (3) CST 386 Operating Systems Principles (3) CST 459 Internet Networking Protacols (3) CST 488 Systems Administration of U N E (3) CST 489 Network Administration with TCPnP (3) Technology Applications Chwse fmm the following............................................................20 CST 326 Programming Languages for Technology with C/C++ and Visual BASIC (4) CST 354 Microcomputer Architecture and Programming (4) CST 386 Operating Systems Principles (3) CST 400 Software Engineering Technology (3) CST 420 Foundations of Distributed Web-Based Applications in lava (3) Choose one of th; fallowing combinations (3) CST 425 Software Server Programming (3) Soflw- -0,- CST 427 Distributed Object Systems (3) -... fir CST 128 Neb-Cl~cnlU ~ c Inarfa;e r Prugramm~ng,3, CSI 433 Datrbdce lcchnulug) 3 -~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CST 300- or4Cf-level major electives ............................................3 COMPUTER ENGINEERINGTECHNOLOGY (CET) E CET 401 Dlgltal Signal Processing for Multimedia. (3) fall ADDlieS DSP techniaues to multimedia. Dioital filter analvsis and d& gn T me an0 freq-ancy techn q ~ e ~Lrnp~ter s appl&t ons CR)SS.I stea as EET 401 Crea t s a lowed lor on y CET 401 or EET 401 Prereq~ts8tesEET 301 MAT 262 E CET 458 Dlgltal Computer Networks. (3) -.hetworr nardwre an0 s o h a r e lopologles protom 3 5 OS model lntelnel basc concepts at packet swntcnlng routmg, enor controll nq Prereq~ete CST 354 E CET 473 DlgitaVData Communications. (4) fail Signals, distoRiOn, noise, and error detedionlconection.Transmission a& systems design. Interface techniques and standards. Lecture, lab. Prerequisites: CST 354: EET 372. Omnibus Couraes. For an explanation at courses oflered but not specifically listed in this catalog, see 'Omnibus Courses: page 63. G m d ~ a l ~ bCOUraeS. ~ e I For information about murses numbered from 500 to 799. see the Graduate Catelos. or access www,asu.edu/ catalog on the Wen In some s t~attons.~nbor~raabale st~oenrsmay be e egobe to fade these courses, tar more nbrmat on. see 'GraouateLewl Co.rses: page 62 LANE WAhs E CST 1W COMPUTING STUDIES (CST) Objecl-Oriented Software Development 1. (3) hlt Basic concepts of obled-oriented analysis, design, and programming using Java. Basic Java variables, expressions, arrays, statements, methods, and classes. E CST 150 Dlgltal Systems 1. (4) fall and spring Number systems. Boolean algebra, combinational logic, K-maps, flipflops,Sequential circuits, state machines, and minimization techniques. Lecture, lab. Prerequisite: MAT 117 (or Its equivalent). General Studies: CS E CST 181 Flnit-Year Seminar.(1-3) selected semesters P!Je le!2OS BS I EIIB BU!! Due se!l!uamnq "H 1 suo!~s>!lddean!tei!luenb i~3!19!lel~i~emdw~3 53 I E3!leU8418~vw IAllnbu! laJ!I!m pua has~al!~ I . (E) 'A801ouq3elB U ! J ~ U ! wPW+og ~U~ OOP I S 3 3 (c) h o a 6~01no-03 ~ ,o suonsr odv 61mo . ,01 ad,. aon,35. Aew -,do. uajsawas papales (-1) 'S3!dOlIB13adS M E IS3 3 'PSE '(9SZ 10) W L1 5 3 :se~!s!nbe~a>d -sanss! Aunoas pue uo!ualo~d'1uaua6euew a l j pue h o w a u 'sanb!uq%l uo!1ez!uo1q3uAs pue 6u!lnpa~ps ' I U B ~ B ~ ~ Us ~s U w j d 'sualsAs Gu!lwado lo sleluaurepunj Xel (E) 'saldlaulld SwWSAS 6u!lwado 9 s I S 3 3 001 1 5 3 aJSSl"b%Dld eyed dm6 'baa yMe passe h3ns's wl pue sa6sn6uel u o r e ~ a ~ a 6 .q1p pLB IUeu,LO.mUa 'E labs ,0 6-lld-eJ6010 UIOISAS 6d~e.adoX.Nn - .. . . s1a~saLllasp,mlas (E-1) 'dllls'JJelU1 I S 33 'PSE ' ( 9 s ~ lo) WZ 1 5 3 : ~ ~ l ! s ! n b m '&!JIllaS Jd pue &l!qe!le~ llepow e se slomloid leulalul eql6u!sn ueAel ylomau pue tonurn uo!ss!usuw~'uo!lm!ldde 108 6uo(~ameu ~ewdwo3 llel (E) ' s t o l o ~ w d6 u t r ~ o r m a le'JJalul6~ 1533 --:,-- (E) ~suolleqlddveBsn6usi Alqwessv pewanpv IS~ IS~ 3 f f iI ~ S 3 :al!S!nbaJaJd'qel 'amlsai .slen!Jp ea!nep pue 'sau!mo> tls1'~~0!1wadom a .sau!moj soa pue S O I 6u!sn ~ 6u!wuw6o>d llel (P) '6u1as~a:ulswa:sAs lalndwom3lbv gsv 153 3 'OPE 1 5 3 :al!S!nb8~B~d qel 41!M SaqAep ISVISW xaldwm pue sanb!uqml u6!sap ualsAs 6u!sn seu!qaew !e!luanbas lo u6!sao 6u.gds (b) .suolaa!lddv 4601 la11610 19I S 3 3 OZP 1 5 3 :ags!nbamd Suo(lomau pue 'e6wols elep lua~s!sled'salepelu! lesn :suagm!ldde ssalal!M lo1dajw 'eu!qleW l e n v ! A ' ~s,enep 6u!sn 611!1ndwal al!qaw llel E (S ')U I ES IS IW 1w61aleuowad 101w s w o s LW1 5 3 3 '91s 'OEZ 1 5 3 :sags!nba~ad.saSen6uel pue 'slapow mep 'Swsa pue se!6olouq3al assqelep smnpalu! ,,D, enomde .olm,ls, l o ozv is3 allslnbalald sa 60 ouh3a1palela, w e so01 q e seSen6~e ~ 6~11dms P L on ~ .ymw sla ddv 6 ~ eAep ~ soaeuau 5 mopum .oj lopow .euas.1ua13 Ire1 (E) ' 6 ~ l w l u ~ ~ 6e3ElJalUl 0ld lesn IUa113-40MBZV 1 5 3 3 ozv 1 5 3 al~rnbo.03 s ~ lg o l!doe galqo pa~nqm~~s p 6d~n3as ode 6~11e?ol 6 ~ u o l s6a. 62 6 e ~ s d .o. su.omawer oue ~ 1 0 8 3 ~ 0 3 R.,.,rlr (E) 'XINn LlUM 6 ~ ! l u ~ e ~ f i ld!JJS o l d PUE IlallS E8E 1 5 3 3 'PSE '002 I S 3 :SWl!S!nbaJald qel 'emuel 011'AqJ>e~a!q hawew '6u!u!lad!d qseq 'ua!le~uaua!dw! pue u6!sap lossemld '3s1313s1n 'amewlopad lossamld as (E) '3Jnl3a1!43JV J9ndw03 V9E 15; $ '091 1 ~ :el!s!nbek?~d 3 'qel 'elnuel '6upepe~u! sa3npoIlul '6u!lpuaq idnveg! pua uo!ide=xe 'suo!lwep!surn 011 asencue1. Alouasse 'elnl9asuae -. . '6u1www6o~d . .. . . lamdmommuu 6ulpdspue I/. ( ~ ) ~ 6 u ! m t u e r 6 opue ~ d w n w t l q a v Jelndwo3ol31bv SE 1 5 3 3 091 1 5 3 :a:lslnbalald 'qal 'ednpal'laHA selnpoilul seu!q=ew alms snoua>q3uAsepua snoumq~uAsl a u6lsap pus sts4euv Ilel (b) '11 SwelsAs 1 ~ 6 1o0m 1 s3 &Z lvfi OEZ 1 5 3 so~nsmba.a,~L o a l l Auxe.ado3 Due hoeh1 JO$IJJ~,enlun3a. '&l qep m p ~ n A ~ q e p l ~ asod p 43eu 6 u ~ n elewolne l pue hoa.11a6en6uel e-.ol sa8 ooe pde s m n p o ~ l ~ l llel (E) 'A1oe~u~amdwo3 to suo1:s3llddv SEE 1 s3 'OSL 1 5 3 :OOZ1 5 3 :Sal!s!nbaJWd 'qel ' a ~ n w.awelyequ! l e!d!llnu 'saleldwal 'ualu!cd 'Ionurn mep 'luama6euew ~U~ !-N I 'uo!ln3axa : 3 1 s ~ g lens!A'++3/3 Su!wrnwL%~d q6nwql qdmu03 uo!leluawaldw! pue uB!sep a6en6ue16u!wlue,fio~d 6uuds pue !re, (b) 31svaI ~ ~ S pun IA ++a13 q ~ AmB o l o u q ~ a l ~ se6snBupl o) 6utwme~6wd~ Z 1E5 3 3 '92'2 'GLE 'OEZ 1 5 3 :sal!slnbma>d'qel 'empel 'luaue6eueu aseala) pue uogan6!lua~ pue'fiu!lsell!un '6u!wwe~6o~d en!suepp '6u!~opeje1 fiu!pnlm! 'laarold weal e 10 1xa1uo3aql u! uo113nllsua3alewos u! sa>!ue~dlsag 60!1ds (d'uo!l!sueupus UO!I~~$ISUO~ :IIas!J&alu3 w s w s ~ L 153 E 3 002 -53 a1 s no0,e.d ~ ~ a - a f i e ~ ssa>o,d ee.os~ed pue 'lua-a6e~eLO 1e~n6f1m3 ' 6 isat ~ '66 sap '6, DO3 6~1pni-x' ~ ~ a - aanap o ~S.~.BILB ~JOMUOS L pesn sanb8~hm1 P L s~001 smnp0.111 ,.o, r,", (E) '6UlWlUE~SardwEWOS JaNaS SZP 1 5 3 3 98E 153 !OEZ 1 5 3 :sel!s!nbe>e~d'qua- pue 'A~~n3as 'uo!WUal 'uogez!leuas .iyyx 'spewql ' s ! m l o ~ dPleyms :quaucdwa3 ajewos palnquls!p10 uo!leluaualdu! pue u6!sep 6u!Apapun sald!9uud 6oudspue (E) 'ssa3old pua g00l:l as!~dle1u3aJeWOS SLE 1 5 3 3 s)a,sawuas p13a1es (H) 'a!dolle!=ds MZ 1 s3 .OOL 3 ~ :aus!nbe~e>d 3 -aSen6uel 6u!uwe~ba~d 3 aqlBu!sn 6u!nlos walqmd l e q l m d pue pa!ldctv ,awmo '6u!,ds ' ~ / q (E) ~ A 6 o l o u q ~ ~ 6 u p a a u l friouj36u!wwe~Sard3 gn 1 5 3 3 .WZ 1 5 3 :a~!s!nba~a)d -6uyos pue '6u!queas 'uo!slns> 'seejl heu!q 'sananb 'sy3e)s 's6u!lts :sadnl3~g4ep smnpalul Ilel (E) 'swn13nl:s w a m!lddv 1 s3 m llel (E) 'uo!l~loqa13pue uo!ldwu! :I!I es!l&alu3 e ~ s h w o sS L 153 ~ 3 '92s 1 5 3 :aI!s!nba)a~dua!leluaunmp lasn :mueualu!ew pue .uo!lep!len 'slwl pus sanb!uq>al COLLEGE OFTECHNOLOGY AND APPLIED SCIENCES E CST 486 Embedded C Pmgramming. 13) fall Programming concepts for embedded systems. Interfacingand controlling LED, LCD, keypads, bunons. Embedded OS concepts. Timers and interrupts. Senal communication. Integrated lenure/lab. Prerequisites:CST 326, 354. E CST 488 Systems Administration of UNIX. (3) fall Administration of UNIX, its pmcesses, system calls. kernel, file str,adre and nterprocess commJnocaUon dsng command lhne loo* nleglateo lect-re a0 Prereq~lsotesCST 383. 386 E CST 489 NeNrorL Adminlstratlon rlLhTCPnP. (3) sprrng Writing C programs and shell scripts to create, mntml, and administer computer networks. Installation and maintenance of computer networks. Prerequisites: CST 383. 459. E CST 490 Reading and Contenncc. (1-12) selectedsemesters E CST 492 Honors D i m l e d Studr (1-3) Selected Semesters - Embedded C. 131 lntemet-~nabikd Embedded Devices ProlessionalOnentation. (1) E CST 4% Ethics and Pmfesrionalism In Computing. (3) fall Studies maior social and ethical issues in computing, including impan of mmputing on society, ethical behavior, and soeial responsibility Prerea~isite:senior standino. F csrann ~ m s c . ~ i ~1,-1, . . ", selected semesters E CST499 lndlwldualized Instruction. (1-3) selectee semesters - Omnibus For an Of Offered but S w ~ i f i ~ a llisted i y in this catalog, see "Omnibus Courses: page 63. GnduatbLevel Courses. For inbrmation about muffiesnumbered from 5CO to 799, see the Graduate Catalog. or access w . a s u . e d u i catalog an the Web. In some situations, undergraduate students may be eligiMe to take these courses: for more inbrmation, see 'GraduateLevel Counes: page 62 . . . selected s e m k f e n Topics may include the following: Amlied Software Pmcess. 131 - The Polytechnic campus maintains facilities at the leading edge of technology. 276 POLYTECHNIC CAMPUS MAP ADMlN ADSVC AGBC AIP Alp2 ALTCH ARCHV ASEOC BELL BGC CDC CGCC CLRB CNTR COMM COPY CTDO DEAN EAW EAW2 FDSCl FMDPS FST GRNHS Administration Building (F5) Administrative Services (ES) Agribusiness Center (F7) American Indian Programs (G4) American Indian Programs Annex (G4) Altitude Chamber Building (E3) Library Archives (H4) Alternate State Emergency Operations Center (H4) Bell Hall (G7) Boys and Girls Club (D6) Child Development Center (D7) Chandler-Gilbert Community College (HZ) Classroom Building (17) Academic Center Building (FS) Communications (E6) Williams Express Copy Services (G4) College of Technology Dean's Office (F6) Dean Hall (G7) Exercise and Wellness Center (17) Exercise Instructional Lab Building (16) Agribusiness Food Science Lab (E7) Fac~litiesManaaemenffDPS (D6) Fare Science Technology (J4) Greenhouses (17) . GS HSC HSG! ISTB3 PAC PECG PGM POOL QUAD RE51 SHC SIM SLB SOLAR SUTON TECH TECH2 TENNIS UNION UNION2 WANER WASH WCPO General Studies (J4) Health Sciences Center (04) Health Sciences Center Research (D3) Interdisciplinary Science and Technology Building 3 (17) Physical Activity Center (16) Physical Education CenterIGym (J5) Professional Golf Management (D4) Swimming Pool (H6) Student Affairs (1.2.4). CERlT Lab (3) (E4) Freshman Experience Dorm (H6) Student Health Center (F2) Flight Simulator Building (13) CGCC Science Lab Building (J5) Photovoltaic Testing Laboratory (H7) Sutton Hall (G6) Technology Center (E7) Technology Center Annex (E7) Tennis Courts (G4) Williams Campus Union (G5) Campus Union Annex (F4) Wanner Hall (G6) Labnderette (E7) . . Williams Campus Post Office (H4) 277 Tempe Campus Milton D. Glick, PhD, ExecutiveVice President and Provost of the University Founded in 1885. the Tempe campus of Arizona State University is located near the hean of metropolitan Phoenix in the city of Tempe. The Tempe campus comprises more than 700 acres and offers outstanding physical facilities to support the university's educational programs. The campus is characterized by broad pedestrian malls laid out in an easy-to-follow grid plan, with spacious lawns and subuopical landscaping. ASU is a multicampus state-supported university with a student enrollment of more than 48,900 on the Temce campus. Among the colleges are more than 90 programs leading to bachelor's demees and more than 140 p. r -o m s leading to graduate degrees, including a law degree program. These colleges are located on the Tempe campus: - I. Bmett Honors College; 2. College of Deslgn; 3. College of Education; 4. College of Law; 5. College of Liberal Arts and Sciences; 6. Katherine K. Herberger College of Fine Arts: 7. Ira A. Fulton School of Engineering: 8. W. P Carey School of Business: and 9. Walter Cronkite School of Journalism. The Division of Graduate Studies and Universily Libraries are also administered through the Tempe campus. The mission of the university is to provide outstanding programs in instruction, research, and creative activity; to promote and suppon economic development; and to provide service appropriate for the nation, the state of Arizona, and the state's major metropolitan area. The Tempe campus supports the university mission through faculty who are excellent scholars and researchers and who are committed to teaching excellence. The Tempe campus offers a broad range of educational experiences through a traditional semester calendar and summer and winter sessions. ASU programs offer diversity in academic, athletic, cultural, and social activities to prepare students to be productive citizens in a multicultural society. K e w of the Tempe campus looking north with Gammage Audltorlum in the toreground, "A" Mountaln (right), the Papago Buttes (left), and Camelback Mountain in the distance ~ * ~~~~u~ n Ohm Tempe Campus Student Services Residential Life ......................... .279 Student Development and the Memorial Union ....................... .279 Student Life .............................281 Student Risk Management.. .............. Multicultural Student Services. .281 .............282 Educational Development.. ............... ,282 Learning Support Services.. Dean of Students Office .............. ...................284 Counseling and Consultation.. Campus Health Service .282 ............ .284 ..................,285 Wellness and Health Promotion.. .......... ,285 Student Media ..........................,286 ........................ ,286 Career Services. Student Recreation Complex and Campus Recreation ........................... ,286 Arizona Prevention Resource Center ....... .286 ..................,287 Faith Communities ......................,287 IntercollegiateAthletics Other Opportunities for Student Involvement ..........................,287 RESIDENTIAL LlFE Living in one of the ASU residence halls provides students the opportunity to make the most of their university experience. Special residential communities for freshmen, honors students, students in particular academic areas, and students interested in a healthy living communityoffer opportunities and activities that enrich the educational experience. The Freshman Year Experience program (see "Freshman Year Experience:' page 282) provides a unique environment of classrooms, live-in tutors, academic advisors, and other support services designed to help freshmen develop skills for success. Because the demand for campus housing is high, students are encouraged to apply for housing early (before February 1)for the best chancd to live on c&ous for fall semester Housing is not guaranteed. Students must be admitted to ASU before applying for housing. Requests for specially m d e d moms for students with disabilities should be noted on the application. Students will receive residence hall application information with their admission certificate. For more information, access the Web site at www.asu.edu/studentaffairsIreslife, call 480/965-3515, or write to RESIDENTIAL LlFE ARIZONA STATE UNIVERSITY PO BOX 870212 TEMPE AZ 85287-0212 Information about meal plans on the Tempe campus may be obtained by calling 480/965-3464 or writing The mission of the Division of Student Affairs is to provide the highest quality programs and services that support undergraduate and graduate education of ASU students. In fostering student success. Student Affairs provides access for every student to a holistic living and leaming environment in collaboration with the broader university community. To fulfill this mission, the Division of Student Affairs is fully committed to enhancing student persistence and graduation, The office of the vice president for student ~ f f 4801 is located in FOUND 210. F~~more information, 965-7293, or access the Web site at www.asu.edu/studentaffair- The university is committed to the belief that an education involves more than attending class. While the acquisition of knowledge is a central part of the university experience, learning about others, about independence and leadership, and about living in a complex society are equally important. Student Affairs' services and developmental programs reflect this philosophy. CAMPUS DINING ARIZONA STATE UNIVERSITY PO BOX 871 101 TEMPE AZ 85287-1101 STUDENT DEVELOPMENT AND THE MEMORIAL UNION ASU students experience success through active involvement in learning and within their community. Student development enhances student learning through academic SUPPO*services and Programs and encourages student involvement in the community though participation in cocurricular programs, clubs, employment, leadership oppormnities, organizations, service, and the arts. Memorial Union The Memorial Union (MU) serves as the campus community center for students, faculty, staff, and guests on the Tempe campus. Opportunities for student involvement are abundant with programs and services that enhance the ASU experience. Students can connect through activities, clubs, community service, organizations, student government, and the arts. TEMPE CAMPUS STUDENT SERVICES The building's features include an art cafe computer lab and workroom: Internet stations: multioumose . . meetinn rooms; study and group work areas; Sparky's Den: a recreation center with bowline. billiards. and a video arcade: and tutoring and academlc support. Services provided in the MU include banking facilities and several ATMs, catering, infant care facilities, food venues, a general store, a hair salon, Internet stations, a music store, travel agency. ASU athletic ticket office outlet and team shop. SunCard office, and Copy Center. The MU also maintains a permanent an collection composed of paintings, fine an prints, photographs, sculptures, and tapestries. The collection, located throughout the four levels of the building, includes works of faculty, alumni, and students from ASU's Herberrer Collere of Fine Arts, as well as works of other recognized art&. A variety of student employment oppomnities are :tva~lablea; the MU. ~ o m oithe c stu&t positions include admln~rtrdtlveclerk, building nranager. somputer lah attendant, event assistant, information desk &sociate, and Sparky's Den associate. The MU offers flexible work schedules to accommodate class schedules. Promotion from within the various work groups is encouraged. For more information about anv of these services or to e ~ p l o r eemployment. c ~ l the l MU lnformauon Dc,k at 4x01 965-5728. or dc;e\, the Wch %te dl wwu asu edulstudentdffairslmu. - - a Child and Familv Services. Child and Familv Services (('FS) pro\ ldcs reruurce and referral servisrs to students. .I.U. I 1). .dnd s1aii lninrmauon about the Campus Chlldren'c Center r4XtlN21-27371. Child Development Ldboratury ,1801965-72671.Child Study l.aboratory (4XIllYhS-5320). the College ot'Edur.at~onPrc\chool(480/965-2510). and Open H\lrl/.ons (4801894-8870, may be obwined at CFS or bs ~ a l l i n th? e omerami dlrectl\. CFS rndlntalns achlld care referral database and coordinates workshops and discussion -erouos . on child and elder care issues. Educational materials and listings of additional on- and off-campus activities, prorrams, and services for children and their families are available at the CFS office, MU 14C. For more information, call 4801965-9515, or access the Web site at www.asu.edulstudentaffairsImu/family. - .- Student Legal Assistance. Student Lezal Assistance counsels and advises students regarding the; legal rights and responsibilities. This service is offered free of charge to currently enrolled ASU students. Notary services &e also available. Typical consultation topics include auto-related issues. criminal matters. debt. domestic relations. wills. towing and traffic violations, landlordltenant issues, and miscellaneous issues. Student Legal Assistance is located in the Memorial Union, Room 329. For more information, call 4801965.6307. or access the Web site at www.asu.eddstudentaffairsImUnegal. Transition and Parent Programs The Transition and Parent Programs office coordinates and directs transition activities and parent oromams . - and ser"Ice\ for neu students and tllcir families on behalf of the DL\~\lt,nof Student Affairs Additionally. Trunsiticm and Parent Program\ engages p x e n t ~and fam~lierin s l r p p n of their students' educational and developmental experiences. The purpose of this office is to assimilate new students and their families to the services, resources, and campus culture at ASU and to provide resources, programs. and information for parents and families. Some of the programs coordinated by this office include Sun Devil IOl~WelcomeWeek. More to Explore. Family Weekend, and Spring Welcome. For more information, call Transition and Parent Proand Parent grams st 4801965-456-1. ur access theTrans~t~on Programs Wch bite at asu edu~studentaifa~rs/mdvans~tions Sun Devil Involvement Center h a t e d on the third floor of the Memorial Union, the Sun Devil Involvement Center (SDIC) provides opportunities for student involvement through clubs, coalitions, communitv service. fraternities and sororities. leadershiv. oroeramming. student government, and cocucricul;ir cunnect~ons For more informatlun, call 4XOIY65-2255. or access the Web site at www.asu.edu/studentaffairslmulsd~c. .. - Associated Students of Arizona State Universitv. Associated Students of Arizona State University (ASASU) is the student government of the university and the official reoresentative of the undergraduate studdnt government (USG) and graduate and professional student association (GPSA) in matters of university governance and budgeting. Through elected, volunteer, and paid positions, students can become active, convibuting members of ASASU. Students can participate in a wide variety of activities and services, including Colleee Councils. Student Senate. Graduate Assemblv. ,. and Safet;~scort Service. Students interested in concerts, lectures, and Homecominr are encouraned to become involved with the ~rngrdmmln~-and ~ c t l v ~ t ~Board c; cdll4XOIOb5-3161.or scce\\ thc For mure ~nformat~un, Web site at www.asu.eddasasu. Co-Cunicular Programs and Activities. Co-Curricular Programs and Activities (CCPA) engages the ASU community in programs and activities that promote student learning and involvement. CCPA provides opportunities for students to become actively involved in the campm community throueh oarticioation on the Mean Plan Committee. Student ~everopmentA d Memorial Union Advisory ~ o a r dand , Faculty Recognition Committee. CCPA works closely with faculty to offer programs that foster dialogue, lead to the exchange of ideas, and provide out-of-class learning experiences for students. Each year, CCPA sponsors a number of annual events, such as the Studen~FacultyRetreat and Last Lecture Series. For more information on CCPA programs or student involvement opportunities, call 4801965.9600. or access the Web site at www.asu.edulstudentaffairs1pannerships. Shtdent Oreanizatiun Resource Center. The Student ~r~anizationResource Center (SORC) provides opportunities for students to get involved with established campus organizations and helps students start new organizations. The center maintains a list of all reeistered erouos. . .assists with the coordination of major events, and provides a resource desk where students can access information on student activities and leadership opportunities. Members of - - TEMPE CAMPUS STUDENT SERVICES REACH, a student paraprofessional organization, are available for outreach sessions. SORC also connects students with opporiunities to participate in special events and programs on campus. Programs supported by SORC include live entertainment in the Memorial Union's Art Caf6 and two weekly student-run comedy troupes-Barrcn Mind lmpmv and Farce Side Comedy Hour. For more information, call 4801965.2255. or access the Web site at www.asu.edu/clubs. Community Service Program. The Community Service Program - strives to eneaee students, facultv, and staff in meaningful cocu~~icular service. By engaging students in worthwhile service while pmmoting a lifelong commitment to citizenship and social justice, the Community Service Program affords students the key to turn learn. opportunity .. inginto social action. For more information, visit the Community Service Program, located at the Sun Devil Involvement Center on the third floor of the Memorial Union, access the Web site at www.asu.edu/studentaffairs/mu/community, or call 4801 965-0305. Shon-Term Service Pmjects. The Community Service Program collaborates withvalleywide agencies &d campus entities to provide meaningful episodic service events such as the Cesar Chavez Dav of Service. the Fall Service r . of Service. Plunge, and the Martin Luther ~ i n g ~Day Community Service Opponuniry Clearinghouse. A clearinghouse of information from more than 400 social service and nonprofit agencies across the Valley of the Sun offers information about internships, post-graduation opportunities, and long-term service. Students can use this resource to design a service experience that complements their academic, personal, and professional goals. - Greek Life. Fraternities and sororities have held a orominent place on the Tempe campus for the past 100 y&s. The Greek life community is a home away from home -a place that plays a critical role in enhancing a student's quality of life while developing their potential. Currently the Greek life community is experiencing record growth and comprises over 50 fraternities and sororities and aporoximately 2,800 undergraduate students. It is s e ~ f - ~ o v e mand i b ~represented by the following five councils: Interfraternity Council, Multicultural Greek Council, National Association of Latino Fraternal Organizations Council, National Pan-Hellenic Council. and Panhellenic Council. For more infomation, call Greek Life at 4801965-5292, or access the Web site at www.asu.edu/studentaffairslmu/ greeklife. STUDENT LIFE Student Life strives to enhance student learning and SNdent achievement by fostering a positive, inclusive campus environment; providing services to meet the needs of a diverse student body; and empowering students to advocate for their needs and interests by developing leadership and life skills. Opportunities for leadership and community involvement help students prepare for their roles as responsible citizens. Students leam and sharpen their leadership skills through their involvement in student activities, workshops, and community service. For more information, access the Web site at www. asu.edu/studentaffairsIstudentlife. Student Judicial Affairs. Student Judicial Affairs oversees the review of conduct issues, involving both students and student organizations, as set forth by the Arizona Board of Regents (ABOR) Student Code of Conduct. This code is designed to balance the rights and needs of the individual with the responsibility of the individual to meet the needs of the community. Outreach and education are provided to students, faculty, and staff in areas such as student rights and responsibilities, campus and community standards, and university policies. Referrals for student conduct issues are accepted from faculty, staff, students, or observers. The Student Judicial Affairs designee reviews all referrals. Students who are found to have violated the ABOR Student Code of Cot~JucIare subject to appmpriatc sanctions for student mls;onduct. Student Judlaal Affdlri ic lucated in Student Life, SSV 263. For more information, call 4801965.6547. or access the Web site at www.asu.edu/studentaffairs/studentlife/judicial. Danforth Chapel. Built in 1948 as a multifaith chapel and retreat for the university community to use for prayer, meditation, weddings, memorial services, baptisms, Bible study groups, and worship, Danforth Chapel continues to provide opportunities for those functions. The chapel is located on Cady Mall between the Memorial Union and Hayden Library. For more information, call 4801965-6547, or access the Web site at www.asu.edu/studentaffainlstudentlife/danforth. STUDENT RISK MANAGEMENT .. Student Risk Manaeement assists student oreanization IeaJcrs. mcmbcrr, and advisorc .IS ucll . j i Dlvlr~onof Student Aifairs staif i n learn~ng10 iduntify the potential and per;c~vcd n,k\ ~nv(,lvcdin thclr activilies. Guided by 3 phithe rtdff encourages the losophy o i ;hued respon\~h~lity. development of prudent judgment shill, used loel~minate. limit. ur accept these ribks. Outreach clions fi1cu5on the emp0wernlel.t o i rrodcnt\ to m ~ k cinrclllgcnt. far, and reasonable cho~cz,w~thlnrhc boundaries esmblished by state, federal, or local laws; the ASU Code of Conduct and institutional policies; and the educational mission ofASU. Student leaders as well as facultv and staff advisors wishine to collaborate on the creation of student organization environments that su~nort . . members and leaders in their decisionmalong pro.-es,cs are cncc~ur~gcd to acccs, these senices. Addltlonall), Student Kibk h l a n ~ ~ c m euorks nt lo pro\~de information regarding institutional policies as weli as information regarding - trends in higher education that are related to risk management while iervlng AS a resource to assist staff with con~plianccnccd. when plsnn~ngor facllitsting events on b e h ~ l i othu i Dlvlsiun of Student Aifa~rs For more information. call 4801965-5298, or access the Web sltc at www.asu.cJulitudenrafi~irslnsk - TEMPE CAMPUS STUDENT SERVICES - MULTICULTURAL STUDENT SERVICES Educational Opportunity Center. The Educational OpporNnihi Center is a community outreach service that fdc;ses on first-generation, low-income individuals. The center offers vocational testing and guidance as well as d~,~itancc i n spplis3tion l\ o f roJ3y. Collcgc prepar~rioninctmctlon in u ritlng. w3diop, nlathcttrjlii\. general sclcnce, ctudy skills, and computer literacy are provided to suit each vet- - eran's individual needs. Veterans lackine a hieh school diploma can also prepare for obtaining their General Education Development (GED) while participating in Veterans Upward Bound. Interest inventory assessments and career advising are also available. All services are free, funded by the U.S. D e p m e n t of Education. The Veterans Upward Bound office is located at LOO0 East Apache Blvd., Suite 106. in Temoe. For morelnfomation, call 4801965-3944, or access the Web site at asu.edu/student/affairslmsslvub. EDUCATIONAL DEVELOPMENT International Student Office. The International Student Office (ISO) supports student success by engaging students to maintain compliance with visa regulations and by providing programming and advising that &riches their ebicational experiences. The ISO's principal responsibilities and serviscc jncludc adnlinistrativf iup&rt, imm~~rarion munjcling, initral arncnrarion, visa aJm~r~islr.~rialn. md campus and community activities that promote international awareness and enrich the educational experiences of students. The I S 0 is located in SSV 265. For more information, call 4801965-7451, or access the Web site at www.asu.edulstudentaffairs1edliso. Disability Resource Center. The Disability Resuurce Center (DRC) facilitates equal access to educational and cocumcular programs, campus activities, career exploration, and employment opportunities for qualified ASU students with disabilities, ensuring they areprovided with mandated reasonable and effective accommodations. A U.S. Department of Education TRlO Student Support Services Grant also allows DRC to incorporate a unique academic enhancement model into the disabilitv,suooort . r services ~ ~ oror~~ gram for 270 selected students with disabilities who meet TRlO eligibility requirements. Disability documentation is required and information regarding disabilities is confidential. DRC is located on the first floor of Matthews Center. For more information, call 4801965-1234 (voice) or 4801965-9000 (ITY). . . send a fax to 4801965-0441, or access the Web site at www.asu.edustudentaffairsIeddrc. LEARNING SUPPORT SERVICES Adult Re-Entry Program. The Adult Re-Entry Program offers a variety of services to assist undergraduate students age 25 and older in reaching their academic goals, such as preenrollment assistance, orientation, peer mentoring, resource and referral information.. suooort .. croups. and scholarships. The Adult Re-Enhy Center 14 provides a welcoming environment for individual or eroup studv. For moreol is a ~nienlberof AACSB Internat~onal-The ,\,suilatlon to AJ\sn;z Collegtate Schools uf Business. the official 3ccred1ting organization in the field of buclness. The undergr~duateand graduate programs and the School of Accountsnc) 3re 3 1 s ~accredited by this organirstion. The < frum the undergraduale prugrdms uftlcc in the W P Carey Schuol of Business and complctc the spcahcd h u ~ l ~ t c.wur\c, \, u ~ l hd gr.~dcuf C 12 001 or hlrher ru ~ u n ~ p l ethe l c $ I I I ~ I I Ru,lnc\\ nllnor. \rudcnts mist obtain th;reqnirements from the Polytechnic campus Business Administration promam on SUTTON, third floor. Courses used in a student's major may not be used toward a minor. Students are advised to consult an advisor in the colleges of their maion to ensure the orooer selection of u courses for the minor. The upper-division courses for the minor are resmcted to students with 56 houn who are in good standing (a 2.00 ASU GPA or better). .. - Nondemee ., Undermaduate and Graduate Students. A nundegrer. unJurgr3duatc or graduate ptudent is perm~ttedto enroll in sclcctcd 31X)- ;mrl.?(K)-levelhurincs, r.our,es onl, durtng d i n e rcgistraliun and onl) i i I I ) the student has an ,\SU ~umulaliveGPA of at lcast ?.SO and an ASU cumulattvc hu\tncr\ (;PA of a1 lrdst 2.50 a the time of online regictcltion or (2) thr student has ne\rr attended ASU, in uhlch case he or she is given a one-semester period to register during online registration and to establish a GPA at ASU. Students must meet all prerequisites and course requirements as listed in the catalog. Economics courses have different prerequisites; see the individual economics courses for those requirements. Nondemee and graduate students are lim- undermadnate tlcd to a maximum 01 15 ,ernc,ter ll.,un of \elected upperJivi\ton busirrcs zoursc\ (cx~~ludtng ECN courses,. SECONDARY EDUCATION-BAE The College of Education offers a Bachelor of Arts in Education degree in Secondary Education with an academic specialization in business. A c a d e m i c Specialization ITC A d m i s s i o n Requirements This degree is offered through the Initial Teacher Certification (ITC) program in the College of Education. See "Initial Teacher Certification Professional Program Admission," page 350, for information on admission eligibility requirements. admission deadlines. field exoeriences. and student teaching. For more information or to schedule an appointment with an advisor, call the Office of Student Services in the College of Education at 4801965-5555. The followinr! c o m e s must be comoleted with a grade of "C"(2.W) or higher before applying t i the ITC professional program: ECN 21 1 Macroeconomics Principles SB ..................................... 3 ECN 212 Microeconomic Principles SB .......................................3 In addition, the following courses may be in progress when applying to the ITC but must be completed before starting the program: ACC 230 Uses of Accounting Information I ................................. 3 CIS 105 Computer Applications and Information Technolo= CS ..............................................................3 - . L I!era;/ ano crllcal nqdry MA rnafnernallo CS cornp,lel rlal~sltss q.antmtat r e app fcal one nu nJrnan t r. and Ine arts SB roc a ano oerlav ordl scencer SG n a w a rc.encc -goncrd core m u s e s SO n a u a sc o n ~ e - - q ~ i m t ~Vu* t C c.ft.(a o ,BIE n in0 "n 100 S!xes G g ooa n h rfor ca See'Genela Sl,o es' pago 93 W. P. CAREY SCHOOL OF BUSINESS W. P. Carey School of Business Baccalaureate Degrees and Majors Major Manaeement - - ~ ~ ~ - ~ Marketing Su~nlvChain Management ~ * ~ ~ Degree Concentration Administered By BS BS - BS . . D e u m e n t of Manaeement D c p m c n t of Mwkkcting llcpanmcnl uf Supply Chain Managcmcnt This major is offeredby the College of Libem Arts and Sciences as well, with differentrequirements classes at the community colleges that are not taught in the schools of business at any one of the state universities are not accepted for credit toward a bachelor's degree. Courses taught in the upper-division business core at the state universities must be completed at the degree-panting iustitutiou unless transferred from an accredited four-year school. Normally, upper-division transfer credits are accepted only from AACSB International-accredited schools. To be accepted for credit as part of the professional program in business, all courses transferred from other institutions must carry prerequisites similar to those of the courses they are replacing at ASU. An Associate in Transfer Partnership degree is available to Maricopa community college students who wish to complete their first two years of course work at a Maricopa community college and transfer to the W. P. Carey Schwl of Business without loss of credit. An Associate of Business degree is available to students who wish to complete their first two years of course work at an Arizona community college and transfer to the W. P. Carey School of Business without loss of credit. Students should consult with an academic advisor in undergraduate programs to plan curriculum reauirements andlor access Business Transfer Guides for optimal course selection at www.asu.edu/provost/articulation. DEGREES The faculty in the W. P. Carey School of Business offer the BS degree in Accountancy, Computer Information Systems, Economics, Finance, Management, Marketing, and Supply Chain Management upon successful completion of a four-year cuniculum of 120 semester hours. Students may select one of the majors shown in the "W. P. Carey School of Business Baccalaureate Degrees and Majors" table, on this page. Each major is administered by the academic unit indicated. GRADUATE PROGRAMS The faculty in the W. P. Carey School of Business offer graduate degrees as shown in the "W. P. Carey School of Business Graduate Degrees and Majors" table, page 292. Students have the opportunity to obtain dual degrees in two years with several master's degree program in the W. P. Carey School of Business, including these examples: MBAJMAlS MBAlMHSM MBA/MS degree in Infomation Management MBmax Other concurrent degrees available are as follows: MBAIJD MBA/MArch MBAlMIM with Thunderbird, the G a ~ i School n of International Management, Glendale, AZ,Graduate School of Business Administration (Peru); Graduate School of Commerce prance); Monterrey Institute for Technical and Superior Studies, Mexico State Campus (Mexico); and Carlos III University of Madrid (Spain) Applicants to the MBA degree program must have significant work experience. For more information about the W. P. Carey MBA program, see the Gmduate Catalog. UNlVERSlN GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In addition to fulfilling school and major requirements, students must meet all universitv . maduation reauiremeuts. For more information, see "University Graduation Requirements," page 89. General Studies Requirement All students enrolled in a baccalaureate demee uroaam must satisfy a university requirement for a &&m i f 35 hours of approved course work in General Studies, as d e s d e d under "General Studies," page 93. Note that all three General Studies awareness areas are required. General SNdies courses are listed in the "General Studies Courses" table, page 96, in the course descriptions, in the Schedule o f Classes. and in the Summer Sessions Bulletin. First-Year Composition Requirement Comuletion of both ENG 101 and 102 or ENG 105 with a grade of "C" (2.00) or higher is required for graduation from ASU in anv baccalaureate ~romam. . L literacv and critical inauiw I MA mathematic9 I CS com~uterlstatirtial qusntitagve applications j HU humanities and fine are 1 SB social and behavioral sciences ISO natural science--general cors courses I S 0 natural scienc-uantitative I C cultural diversity in the United States I G global I H historical ISee %eneral Studies: page 83. W. P. CAREY SCHOOL OF BUSINESS W. P.Carey Schwl of Bosiness Graduate Degrees and Majors Major Degree concentration1 Administered By Accountancy and Information Systems Business Administration MAIS - Schwl of Accountancy Economics Hea:Ith Sector M'anagement Information Management Public nealth3 statistics4 Taxation ' - ,. . . .. w.' P. ~ & w of l ~"sihess -~ w. P. Carey Schwl of Business Acca i d:ormation systems. finance, health services manlagement, m;arketiog, or s~ P P ~ Y re$ chain managernent MS~,P~D Department of Economics ,,, ,' 31 of ~ 4 t Managemet h 6 MHSI l Policy Department of Information MS Systems Com r health MPH munity bath practice o Schwl of ~ealth 11 administration and policy and Policy Committee on Statistics MS Schwl of Accountancy MTax - MBA wntancy, agribusiness.2 I:omputer ~ If a major offers concentrations,one must be selected unless noted as oprioml. This concenvdtion is administered in collabaratioa with the Morrison School of Agribusiness. ~ p p l i c a t i o nare r not being accepted at this time. This program is administered by the Division of Graduate SNdies. I SCHOOL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS School degree requirements supplement the General Studies requirement with additional course work fmm the approved university general studies list or the W. P. Carey School of Business Policy Statement. Business courses may not be used to fulfill schwl degree requirements except for ECN211 and212andQBA221. A well-planned program of study may enable students to s school degree requirecomplete many General S ~ d i e and menu concurrently. Students are encouraged to consult with an academic advisor in planning a program to ensure that they comply with all necessary requirements. Specificcourses from the following areas must be taken to fulfill the school degree requirements. Social and Behavioral Sciences. W. P. Carey School of Butiness students must complctc ECN 21 1 and 212, one course with the PGS prefix, A d one course with the SOC prefix and may include these courses toward the General Studies requirements. Mathematical Studies. W. P. Carey School of Business students must complete MAT 210 and MAT 211 (or a more advanced MAT course) and QBA 221 and may include these courses toward the General Studies requirements. Communication. All students in the W. F! Carey Schwl of Business except Accountancy and Management majors must complete COM 100,225,230, or 259 and ENG 301. Accountancy majors must complete COM 230 (or 100) and 259. Management majors must complete COM 225 or 259. Additional Courses. Additional courses, as needed to complete 60 hours (54 hours for Accountancy majors), may be selected from the General Studies seas (see "General SNd- ies," page 93) or from the W. P. Carey School of Business Policy Statement. Students are encouraged to consult with an academic advisor to ensure that they comply with all courses may not beused necessary to fulfill this requirement except for ECN 21 1 and 212 and --.--. vDHLL'' Addltlonal Graduation Requirements In addition to completion of courses outlined under "Major Requirements:' page 293, to be eligible for the BS degree in the W. P. Carey School of Business, a sNdent must 1. have completed at least 30 semester hours at the Tempe campus; 2. have attained a cumulative GPA of 2.00 or higher for all courses taken at this university, for all business courses taken at this university, and for all courses for the major taken at this university: 3. have earned a "C"(2.00) or higher in each lowerdivision core and skill course and each course in the major; 4. have earned a minimum of 51 semester hours in traditional courses that were designed primarily for iunior or senior students and were comoleted in an accredited, four-year institution; and 5. have met all university degree requirements. Exceptions. Any exception to these requirements must be approved by the Standards Committee of the W. P. Carey Schwl of Business. Declaration of Gradnation. A student in a professional program must complete aDeclaration of Graduation during W. P. CAREY SCHOOL O F BUSINESS the semester in which the student completes 87 semester hours. The Deeree Audit Reooning should be used . -System . to guide the student in successfully completing degree reauirements in a timely manner. Students who have not met this requirement are prevented from further registration. Some students may be required to complete a Program of Study in place of the Declaration of Graduation. Students should consult their advisors for the proper procedure. - PasslFail Business majors may not include among the credits required for graduation any courses taken at this university on a passlfail basis. Passlfail credits taken at another institution may be petitioned for use, but only if the student can demonstrate proof that the pass grade was equivalent to a "C" (2.00) or higher. MAJOR REQUIREMENTS Students seeking a BS degree in the W. P. Carey School of Business must satisfactorily complete a curriculum of 120 semester hours. A major consists of a panem of 18 to 24 semester hours in related courses fallinr ~rimarilvwithin a given subject lield Avallahle mdprrs & ,hotrn /rl the '.W. p. C s e y ~ c h w l 01' Busmeis t l ~ ~ i ~ l , , u r I)ecrec\ ~ s t r . and Malors" lilblc. page 291. Mnjor Propcrot~.,Kcyurnwsvzrs. Studenlr tllust rcielvc cradc, , ~ "f C ,? . (d, . ar h ~ r h cin~uppcr-division ;our\r.s for the major. If a student reccives a &ade below "C" (2.00) in any course in the maior, this course must be rewated. If a second grade below " C (2.00) is received in either an upper-division course in the major already taken or in a different upper-division course in the major, the student is no longer eligible to take additional upper-division courses in that major. University policy states a course may be repeated only one time. Business Core Reauirements The business core is designed to provide an understanding of the fundamentals of business and to develop a broad business background. The faculty designed the core to cover the impact of information technology and e-business practices on business. By educating and training students in the use of data-driven decision-making tools and applications software, the school provides .qea& opportu& for its students. All students seeking a BS degree in the W P. Carey School of Business complete the core courses. The lower-division business core courses provide the fundamental sktlls nceJetl in pruiss~.>nalpn,grm counes and introJuse students to the \upply chain. bu,inecc prnccscc\. and entemrise solutions sofi&re in addition to &chnoloev -. skills such as Excel and Access. Lower-Division Business Core ACC 230 Uses of Accounting Informalion L ................................ 3 ACC 240 Uses of Accountine Information I1 ............................... 3 ~~CIS 105 Computer Applications and Information Technology CS ............................................................ -3 Lower-division business core total ................................................. 9 ~ - The upper-division business core provides an enhanced understanding of the digital economy, e-business, and busi- ness processes in addition to increasing content knowledge and other skills. Upper-Division Business Core lntematianal business co Upper-division business core total ................................................19 Business core total ...................................................................28 Accountancv. Comouter lnformation Svstems. and Management majors should refer to their specifi; requiremcnti under the "School of .Acc~,untanc)." . pace . - 297. and "Dcwmmcnt of Information Sy,tems." pJpe 303. dnd 'Depsnlt~ent uf Manaacmsnt:' page . - 306. tvh~uhI l \ t \anallan\ In the huriness core courses. Elective C o u r s e s Sufticient elecuse cuurces are lo be se1e;tc.l hy the stuJent to complete the total nt' 120 semester hours rcqt~trcdfor graduation. ACADEMIC STANDARDS Probation. All business students, freshman through senior, must maintain a minimum GPA of 2.00 for all courses completed at ASU. If this standard is not maintained, the student is placed on probation. Students on probation must see an advisor before further registration. Students on probation must obtain a semester GPA of 2.50 with no grade lower than a "C" (2.00). If a student on orobation meets this reouirement. but the cumulative GPA remains below 2.00, the student is given an additional semester on continued orobation. At the end of continued pn~hatlun.the student must return to good \t:ln.liny (a r ~ ~ i r ~ i tnunl GPA of 2.00) to x o i d d~\quxlthcdrtoi~. Disqualification. Students who do not meet probation reauirements are academically. disqualified. Disqualified . stukents should meet with an academic advisor. i h e s e sttdents may attend ASU during summer and winter sessions; however, they are not eligible to enroll in upper-division business courses. Reinstatement and Readmission. Students seeking reinstatement (after disqualification) or readmission (after an absence from the uiiversity) should contact the undergraduate programs office, in BA 109. regarding procedures and guidance for returning to good standing. Academic Dishonesty. The faculty of the W. P. Carey School of Business follow the guidelines in the Smdent Academic integrity Policy on academic dishonesty. A copy of the policy may be obtained in the undergraduate programs office, BA 109. L literacy and critical inquiry I MA mathemalice i CS computerirtatisticsi auant~tativeao~licationsI HU humanities and 6ne arts i SB soclal and behavioral sciince~lsonatural science-general core coursesiSQ natural science--quantitative i C cullvral divsrrihl in the United States i G global i H hist~ri~sll See "General Studies."page 93. W. P. CAREY SCHOOL OF BUSINESS W. P. Carey School of Business Undergraduate Certificates Certificate Administered By Campus Automotive Entrepreneurs and Leaden, Certificate for* Healthcare Organizations and Society, Certificate in International Bu! Certificate in Quality Analysis cemncate Small Business and Entrepreneurship Certificate* W. P. Carey School of Business Tempe School of Life sciencesand the W. E? CareyY " :hool of Business :Carey School of Busin,ess Tempe !C& school &Busins ess W. P.Carey School of Business Tempe Tempe * Tempe This certificate is only for students in the W. P. Carey Schwl of Business. Student Appeal hoeedure on Grades. The faculty of the W. P. Carey School of Business have adopted a policy on the student appeal procedure on grades. A copy of the policy mav be obtained in the undermaduate v. r-o m office. BA 106. SPECIAL PROGRAMS Asian Studies. Students in the W. P.Carey School of Business may pursue a program with an emphasis in Asian studies as part of the BS degree requirements in business. For more information, visit the Center for Asian SNdies, in COOR 661 1, or call 4801965-7184. Certificate for Automotive Entrepreneurs and Leaden. The Certificate for Automotive Entre~reneunand Leaders is available only to business majors at ASU. This certificate program provides sNdents with the knowledge and basic skills necessary to enter careers in automotive management. These skills include hiring and managing personnel and teams, understanding consumers and human behavior, managing financing and cash flows, handling the demand chain for car inventory, managing customer service operations, and managing automobile marketing effow. Students are required to complete a bachelor's degree from the ASU W. P. Carey School of Business and complete a minimum of I5 semester hours of approved course work, including the following six hours: MGT 494 ST: Dealenhip Management ....................................... 3 or MKT 494 ST Dealenhip Management (3) WPC 494 Special Topics ............................................................... 3 To complete the certificate the student selects at least nine additionaihours of business courses. includiie a threesemester-hour internship. Courses must be approved in advance by the faculty advisor for the certificateprogram. The student must complete the 15 semester hours of course work with grades of '%" (2.00) or higher. To assure students a quality experience, space in the Certificate for Automotive Entrepreneurs and Leaden program is limited and based on available resources. Professional program students must submit an application. Admission criteria include GPA, career goals, and application materials. For more information, call 4801965-9640. visit BA 109, or access the Web site at wpcarey.asu.edu/dealership. - Certificate in Small Bnsinw and Entrepreneurship. A certificate in Small Business and Entrepreneurship is available only to business majors at ASU. The certificate requires 15 semester hours of classes. of which the followine six semester hours must be incl;ded: MGT 440 Small Business and Entrepreneurship.............. . ........3 MGT 445 Business Plan Development ..........................................3 The remaining nine semester hours consist of three additional upper-division courses relevant to small business. A copy of the approved electives for business majors pursuing the Certificate in Small Business and Entrepreneurship is available in the undergraduate programs office, BA 109. To receive the certificate. students must complete the specified business courses wtth a grade of "C"(2.00) or higher. Certi6cate in International Business Studies. See "Certificate in International Business Studies:' page 304, for requirements. Certificate in Quality Analysis. The program of s ~ d y leading to the Certificatein Quality Analysis prepares students to perform technical analyses associated with quality measurement and improvement of manufacturing and service processes. Graduates with the ability to implement these andyses are in high demand in the marketplace. This program is not a substitute for the listed areas of business specialization; rather, the courses required for the certificate add quantitative strength and impleientation skills for quality tools to the student's chosen field of specialization. Students are required to complete a minimum of 15 semester hours of approved course work, including the fol- .-..... lnvrino "in- hnlrx. . . . . .1 I "." MGT 450 Changing Business Racesses L .................................... 3 QBA 321 Intermediate Business Statistics.................................... 3 QBA 421 Applied Quality Analysis .............................................. 3 To complete the certificate, the student selects at least six additional hours of course work related to quality analysis approved in advance by the advisor for the certificate program. The student must also complete the 15 hours of course work with a minimum GPA of 2.50. RIS Concenfronon A concentratton i n quality analysis is availahle under the Bachelor of lntedisctplinary Studtes (BIS) degree, a program intended for the &dent who has W. P. CAREY SCHOOL OF BUSINESS academic interests that might not be satisfied with existing maiors. Building.on two academic concenirations (or one Jouble concenrr3tionj anJ an interdisciplinq core, sludents i n the RIS program lake actiia roles in creating their educational olans and definine eoals. more u their career u information, see "School of Interdisciplinary Studies," page 139. or Certi6eate in Healthcare Organizations a n d Society. The certificate oroeram is desiened to allow undergraduate students inteksteh in health& and the healthcare industry to and issues access a broad ranee of disciolinan . . aooroaches .. relevant to the subject. To comolete the certificate. students must take I 8 semestcr hours of wurst uork. Before i t d i n g the progrxn rtudentr shuuld .cek advice 2nd infom~lionin the Schuol uf Life Sciences Student Services Office in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences or Business Honors advising - in the W. P. Carey School of Business. The course work must conform to the following structure and must be drawn from the three areas listed below. Additional courses are permissible with the approval of an advisor. In addition, students must meet the following requirements: - 1. complete 18 semester hours, 12 of which must be in the upper division; 2. earn a "C"or higher in all upper-division courses taken for the certificate; and 3. complete at least 12 of the semester hours for the certificate in residence at ASU. Overview of the U.S. Healthcare Indusrry. HSM 220 Healthcare Organizations is required. HSM 498 PS: Healths renuired for business students. HSM 561 care ~ c o n o m i i is Biostatistics may be taken by petition. No more than three courses in this area may be taken. Ethical and Legal Issues in Healthcare. PHI 320 Bioethics is required. A second course is also required, PAF 460 Public Service Ethics or HSM 498 PS: Legal and Ethical Issues in Healthcare. No more than three courses in this area may be taken. Anthropological, Historical, and Social Perspectives on Healthcare. One course is required. No more than two courses in thisarea mav be taken. from amone ASB 462 Medanl ~ n l h r o ~ u l o ~ ~ . ~ uand l t ullenlth. rs ~ P 331 s History or M e d ~ ~ ~and n e .SOC 427 So;~ology of Health and Illness. For more information, visit the School of Life Sciences in LSC 206, or call 4801727-6277. Or visit the W. P. Carey School of Business. Business Honon. W. P. Carey School of Business students who have been admitted to the Barren Honors College are eligible to participate in Business Honors. Business Honors provides opportunities for academically talented undergraduate business students to interact with other leading students, faculty, and business professionals inside and outside the classroom. The result is a challeneine and enriched education experience that is valuable for professional or graduate work. - - 1'0 be a part of BuGness lic,nor,. students must be enrolled in the Rarrelt Honors Colleee and have suitir.~ent tlmc to complerc the honon requlrement5 of the Bus~ness Honor, prugram and Bdnclt Honor.; College. The hon& course work conststc of H O 171 ~ and 172 Ihe Human E\enr or HON 394 Specla1 Topics and thc follou ine core bubiness courser: FIN 300. MGT 3Ml. MKT 300, i d SCM 300. All Business Honors students are reauired to comolete at least 18 upper-division honors credits, including the honors thesis project, to graduate from the program. The honors curriculum normally allows students to complete all reauirements within the 120 semester hours of credit required for graduation. Business Honors emphasizes activities beyond the normal classroom setting in order to broaden the educational experience. Such activities include special honors scholarships, studentlfaculty mixers, professional seminars and panel discussions, and the Global Business Series with the opportunity for international travel. A specific academic advisor is assigned to assist honors students in course selection. to monitor oroeress toward honors recognition, and tobe actively involved in career and educational guidance uoon cornoletion of the deeree. Prebusiness students shouid plan tdmeet with the honors advisor. For more information, see "The Barrett Honors College:' page 145, visit Business Honors in BA 150, call 4801 965-8710, or access the Business Honors Web site at wpcarey.asu.edu/honors. Faxes may be sent to 4801 727-7277. . - The Rodel Community Scholars. With the establishment of the Rodel Community Scholars Program, the ASU W. P. Carey School of Business greatly expands its effon to oroduce civic-minded leaders for the Phoenix metronolitan area and Arizona. The program focuses the energy and intellect of talented ASU business, psychology, sociology, education, and family studies students in a collaborative venture to develop and implement strategies directed toward education related concerns that impact high-potential, at risk students in targeted Valley high schools. Internships. The school encourages students to complement their academic program with career-related work. This practical experience gives students a distinct advantage in the job market when seeking their first full-time professional positions. Additional benefits include industry contacts, a deeper understanding of career options, and monetary compensation that helps students finance their education. s orofessional work Formal internshi~sand c o - o ~ offer experience and experiential learning opportunities that enrich the student's academic preparation. Students may undenake internships in the summer or part-time during semesten. Co-op positions are full-time and require a onesemester or longer break in school attendance. The school L felacy an. clml r a inq. r f . -- MA malnomal rr CS comp~lcrsfaflnmc% q ~ a n xvet O P P I ' C ~on3 ~ HU n ~ f n a ne~ . ~ an0 I ne arts SB SOC a and benav o m scfencer S G nalrra rc cnce-gcnocal cone coLrros SQ "81.18 IC~BOC-LB~~ 181 ve C c ~ l i d r a la ve,9(fy n tne ~ n l t e oStales i G g oba H n slorca See'Genera Sl.0 esTpage 93 , W. P. CAREY SCHOOL OF BUSINESS - - orovides aidelines to comoanies and encouraees them to sponsor internship and co-op positions that benefit the firm and the student. Both benefit because rmsitioos are built around projects and challenging respomibilities that enable students to aooly in advanced business .. . learning.acquired . classes. ASU Career Services and the W. P. Carey School of Business workcooperatively to help students identify and obtain career-related work. The process of obtaining internships and co-ops is a learning opportunity. Students use the same job-search skills and resources used to obtain permanent career oositions. informational materials. workshoos. and requireh class activities help students l e k job-search and career-exoloration skills and locate internshio and co-oo opportunities. Some academic units within the school offer internship courses. Work assignments for these courses must be approved in advance by a designated faculty member, and all internship courses include an academic component. Limited numbers of international internship opportunities are the school's foreim oartner institutions. available throueh u Eligibility for these internships may require the student to participate in an exchange with the partner institutions or to pay additional fees. For more information. visit BAC 119. or meet with faculry advizorc in the drpanrncnts ur Career Scrviccs Stu&nl; inlcrzsted in ~nternat~onal internshioz \hould ronlacl the W. P. Carey School of Business coordinator of international programs, in BA 109, or access the Web site at wpcarey.asu.edu/international. -. Latin American Studies Center. Students in the W. P. Carey School of Business may pursue a program with an emphasis in Latin American area studies. For more information. visit the Latin American Studies Center, in COOR 4450, or call 4801965-5127. - m l a w Studies. Prelaw students mav oursue a . o r o m of study in the W. P. Carey School of Business. The admission requirements of colleges of law differ considerably. The student should communicate with the admissions office of the law school the student hopes to attend and should plan a program to meet the requirements of that school. Most law schools, including the ASU College of Law, require a baccalaureate degree and completion of the Law School Admission Test (LSAT) for admission. Students who plan to complete a bachelor's degree before entering law schoolmay follow any field of specialization in the W. P. Carey School of Business. In addition to a student's assigned advisor, a prelaw advisor is available in the undereraduate oroerams office, BA 109. More information is available on ;heirelaw Web site at clas.asu.edu/prelaw. 2 . RESEARCHCENTERS L. William Seidman Research Institute The school has seven research centers operating under the umbrella of the L. William Seidman Research Institute. These centers provide support for faculty research, give opportunities for advanced graduate students' involvement with faculty, and provide information and assistance to the business community on a wide variety of subjects: Bank One Economic Outlook Center Center for Advanced Purchasing Studies Center for the Advancement of Small Business Center for Advancing Business through Information Technology Center for Business Research Center for Services Leadership Institute for Manufacturing Enterprise Systems - . The institute's mission is to encouraee and suooon , spplled husines resear;h b) serving YS a public access p i n t luthe W. P. Care! School ul'Buc~nor,bv w ~ w n i n faculw r and student research, by transferring new gowledge to the public, by encouraging the development of education programs grounded in applied business research, and by conducting high-quality, applied business research. The institute increases the level of funded research by adding support services to facilitate grant preparation and assistance in erant administration and bv facilitating the mission of research centers as liaisons between faculty and businesses. In addition, the institute orovides desktoo oublishing services. For more dekils. see 'E.William Seidman Research Institute:' page 41. For more information, call 4801 965-5362, access the institute's Web site at wpcarey.asu.edu/seid, or write - - .. L. WILLIAM SEIDMAN RESEARCH INSTITUTE PO BOX 874011 TEMPE AZ 85287-4011 ~. SCHOOL OF BUSINESS (WPCI, M WPC 194 Special Topics. (1-4) selscred semesters 84 WPC 294 SmclalTo~lcs. (.1 4 .) . selscfedsem~stes M WPC 301 Business Forum. (1) fall, spring, summer Prowoes professanal program 0.s ness sr~oentswarn tnformal on an careers ntervfe*ng loo h ~ n ng t ana ras~m6sk I s Musl oe la before taking 400level FIN courses. MAJOR PROFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS Students must receive grades o f '%" (2.00) or higher i n a student receives a upper-division courses for the major. If grade below "C"(2.00) i n any course in the major, this course must be repeated before taking any further courses for which this course is a prerequisite. If a second grade below "C" (2.00) is received in either an upper-division course in the major already taken or i n a different upperdivision course i n the major, the student is no longer eligible to take additional upper-division courses in that major. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS I n addition to fulfilling major requirements, students seekine a degree must meet all universitv and school rcqutrcments. Sce " U n ~ v c n ~ Graduat~on ty Kcquirerr~enls." pagc 89, and "Schoul Degree Requiremcnlr:' page 292. - - FINANCE (FIN) Jeffrey I.Coles, Chair Professors: Booth. Coles. Guntermann. Hertzel, Kaufman, Nanda. Sushka, Wahal For more FIN courses see !he 'Coome Preftxes'laDIe, or accers w a s " ed~daammlalogscoumesThe campus deognalao-D ,Downtown Phoennxl E IPol~echn8c,M (Tem~eJ,or WIWesll-ma" i t f e c t how coumes may be used to f"lfi11 ~equi;eienb Assistant Professors: Aragon, Deli. Dieckmann, Juergens, Lindsey, Martin, Nardari, Strickland M FIN Note 1. In addition to individual c a u m prerequisites, nonbusiness students must have at least a 2.50 ASU cumulative GPA, a 2.50 ASU business GPA, and 56 earned semester hours to register for any upper-division business course unless otherwise noted. Clinical Assistant Professors: Limn, Simonson M FIN 3W Fundamentalsof Finance. (3) Associate Professors: Cesta, Davis, Gallinger, Hoffmeister Professor of Practice: Stearns Lecturer: Hoffman hll,spring, summer Theory and problems in financial management of business enterprises. Prerequisites:ACC 240; ECN 212: QBA 221. Pre- or corequlsite: SCM 300. M FIN 331 Financial Markets and lnstltutlone. 13) hfl, spring, summer Analyzes financial markets and intermediaries.Theory of financial intermediation, Interest rate theory, money and capital market instruments,and government regulation. Prerequisiie: professional orwram business student maiorim . . in Finance. M FIN 361 Managerlal Finance. (3) fall, spring, summer Theories and oroblems in resource allocation, cast af caoital, CAPM and captal b~dgetlngasser ua Lalcon cap tai SrbctLre, and Inancng PO cy See F N Note 1 Prerequ s le professlona program OLslness slboenl mafortno " in F nance M FIN 380 Personal nnanclal Management. (3) h & spring, summer Dvnamic anaivsis of ena anal financial oiannina, indudina time value of'rnoney stoEr and bono nnvestment and retlriment anicstate pann ng Preroq.!sles m n mLm cLmu atl,e 2 W GPA ,Anlor smno ng "on-Finance mapr M FIN 394 SpeclalToplcs. (1-4) SeleCfedSemeSIerS See FIN Note 1 ~ FINANCE-BS The studv of finance vrevares students to understand the financial implications idheient i n virtually all business decisions. Students majoring in Finance are prepared for entrylevel careers in corporate management, depository institutions, investment management, and financial services. The finance curriculum emohasizes financial markets. evaluation of invesunents, and efficient allocation o f resources. The major in Finance consists of the following courses: ACC 315 Financial Accounting and Reporting ............................ 3 FIN 331 Financial Markeu and Institutions................................ 3 FIN 361 Managerial Finance.................................................. 3 FIN 421 Security Analysis and Portfolio Management............... 3 FIN 461 Financial Cases and Modeling L................................... 3 3 One additional approved 400-levelFIN course ............Total ..............................................................................................18 As part of the requirements, all Finance majors must complete ACC 250 Introductory Accounting Lab. Finance majors are strongly advised to take ACC 316 Management .. ~ - ~ ~~~ - ~ .~ - L lerilcf ano crll co ,nq. r ) MA n#alnr.mdlrr CS compdlrr i l a l ~ s l ~ r s o.ant !st re BOD ,cat ens nu n ~ r n - nt BE an0 Ine anr SB socoal ana bena, oral reencer SG n a ~ rc a c n c e g c n r l a core comes SO naura SC Once--qLBI 191 LB C CIIIJ~~ 0 .elsly n inc LnlleU 518186 G P 0Dal n n stor ca sco 'General Sbo e r Page 93 sldapnls aienpw61apun sLalenus auos UI q a ~ e do ~ n sLialeiw,pee FIX nse mmm s s m e ro 601e1e3 olenpe,0 a41 80s 66L 01ws -0.1 pe.eqLnu s e s n w ~ n w uolie-.o,JI e 10. s e ~ ~ n . 3larai+enpplg 3 . ~ a6ed:ssslno3 9 snq!uwo. eas ' S o ~ q ws!q u! pals!l h!w83ads IOU mq pelayo s a u n w $0uo!laue!dxe ue log 'seslno3 snq!uwo (E) 'ale3 q l l e e ~u! sanssl h ! l o d (c) ' a ~ w q l l e au!~senssllw!q13 pue 1eSa1 (E) 'Aa!lod pue uo!lwis!u!upv w w e s i(!leaH (E) 's9!luOuW3 qlleaH (E) wueukj ale3 qileaH :6~!~011q aqi ePn!3u! L e u a ! d o l . l aloN WSHees uatsawespalqas (L-L)?eU!UoS-Wd 8 6 V WSH W H :sa!pnnls l u a u a s .. .. . aas dooe-ro,JI e.ou JOI .seslnm eGui we lo^ e 4161 a aq hd :ei!s!nba~e~dOM dna~6'uo!nns!p 'empal 'A6elwls le!3ueu!l pue ' B J ~ ~ N LISB I ! ~'6u1ia6pnq ~ lei!dm '1uewa6euerui(l!P!nb!l &osenss! haodwaiu& .aJueu!l leua6eueru u! a u n w euoisdm paluayo-aS~3 Go!,ds p u e l l q (E)'~UII~WW pun sesw lelau=u!d L ~ NV I w ~ 9 :se!pnts ~ w a u e g 'L9E 'LEE NIj :SLE 3 3 V :le116!4 10 (00'2) .3.J0 epW6 E 41!M sel!s!nbeleld .a3ueuld u~Suuolsw iuapnls sseusw wwBo~dleuo!nalold ~ n a q t j o s s a [ p n % a ~saslnoa asaw u! [ l o m a L e u sruapnls .D! -rod cpleaq pue ' q l e a q agqnd 'area q l p a q u! IsaJaIu! Zuoqs e aneq o q m sluapnls 01 a l q e p n e are slanal OOP pue 00~. a m 1e savnoJJo Jaqlunu eJO '@SI p e n p w 3 ~ a p u nw Jayo IOU s a p La![od pue l u a m a a e u e w ~ @ a H j o [ooqas a m a[!qM 81s Vl3 8LLL-S96108P druqppa.nse.Lwmdm Aqlod pue ~uawafieueyyVqeaH 40 l o o 4 3 ~ ' ~ e6ed:seuno3 9 snq!uwo. eas 'Solme3 s!q~u! Pals!l L!!w!l!mds 10u 1nq w ~ a l l osaslnm l o UoBeueldxaue lo, 'searno3 snqluluo - .9E '.EE N I j SIC 33V 1~46.410 (00 2 ) .3. 40 ep-6 e 411M sad F nw1e.d m m u j JI S d ~ o l e aiuepnis n a L snq rue~60.dledoone,o,d ails nba~a,, L o ~ n n ps a.nw1 snA sue umn~e~-ysu o ! \ w o d pue s\eyleru sas!Lnms .so!io~iod m e !e!aueu!l jo IUBUI~~BU~WPUB U O ! I ~ ~ I ~'83!pwd S pue hoaql s!s$aus i(lun3es laluwno 6 ' u!,ds ',lq (E) wawaBsusw o ~ ~ o w pue o d s1sr4euv K w n ~ LZV e ~ NU w DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS Department of Information Systems Robert D. St. Louls, Chair Professors: Goui, Roy, St. Louis, Steinbart, Vinze Associate Professors: David, lyer, Keim. Kuikarni, O'Leary, Santanam Assistant Professors: Corral, Demirkan, Ravindran, Roussinov, Shao Senlor Lecturers: Birney, Hayes. Shrednick Lecturer: McCarthy also a key component in the success of other functional business areas such as accounting, supply chain. finance, and marketing. Entry-level information systems positions include database administrator, systems analyst, network administrator, project manager, systems administrator, and consultant. Long-term career aspirations for a student with a CIS degree include chief information officer (CIO), chief technology officer (CTO). . . . chief knowledee officer (CKO). chief security officer (CSO), and chlct executive " f f i c e r ' ( ~ ~The 0) averaee beemnine s~lsrv~iin the n~idto h ~ e hS4tl.(X)Os. u..?N& & G o r l d ~ e ~ oranks r r t h e ~ ~CIS i j program among the nation's top 20 public and private programs. The major in Computer Information Systems consists of the following courses: ACC CIS CIS CIS CIS CIS 330 Enterprise Process Analysis and Desigo ....................... 3 340 Object-OrientedModeling and Programming ..............3 360 Business Database Concepts ......................................... 3 425 Electronic Commerce Smtegy ..................................... 3 430 Networks and Distributed Systems ............................... 3 440 Systems Design and Electronic Commerce L ...............3 18 Tot ADMISSION The Depanment of Information Syslems iollowr the W. P. C'arev School of Business oolicies and pn~cedure.,for admission to its undergraduate professional program in Comouter Information Systems. TO'& considered for admission to the Computer Information Systems maior. a student must meet the W P. Carey school of ~usinessadmission requirements and have a~ grade of "C" (2.00) or higher in an introductory computer science course as specified by the school. Due to resource limitations, admission to the program is very competitive. Applicants are reviewed using a portfolio approach. Among the factors considered are cumulative GPA. skill course GPA. transfer GPA and institution (if appli'cable). SAT or ACT scores, work experience, demonstrated community involvement and leadership skills, and responses to questions in the professional program application. COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS--6s Comouter Information Systems (CIS) . . involves the design, development, and maintenance of information systems that suooort . . . both business operations and managerial dec131un-maktng Students mqonng In (:ompuler Infurmailon Sv,rem\ de\eLp fdmlli3nty ulth wflware appl~catlon development. database deve~o~ment, and networkdeployment. Special emphasis is placed on business process workflows, systems integration, and project management. The focus throughout the program is on using information technolozv ",to add value to oreanizations. Soecific skills include Java, Visual Basic. SQL, Oracle, Access, network security, and Web services. Students also acquire problem solving, critical thinking, communication, and team-building skills. A degree in Computer Information Systems offers a diverse range of job opportunities in a variety of industries, including entertainment, national defense, transponation. education, healthcare, and finance. Information systems is All Computer Information Systems majors must comolete an introducto~comouter science course as specified by the depanment, which may be used as a schpol of business reauirement. and CIS 235 Introduction to Information ~ ~ s t e mwhich s , is used in the business core. MAJOR PROFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS In addition to school of business and university requirements. Com~uterInformation Svstems maiors must receive grades of "C" (2.00) or higher in the required upper-division maior courses. If a student receives a grade below "C" (2.00)in any required upper-division major course, this course must be repeated before any other upper-division major course can be taken. If a second gradebelow "C" (2.00) is received in either an upper-division major course already taken or in a different upper-division major course, the student is no longer eligible to take additional upperdivision major courses. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In addition to fulfilling major requirements, students seeking a degree must meet all university and school requirements. See "University Graduation Requirements:' page 89, and "School Degree Requirements,'' page 292. COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS (CIS) For more CIS morses, see the To~oursePrefixes-table, or access www.aso.edu/aadfcataIogs/courses. The campus designatior+D - L teraey ano crs.cal n q ~ r , MA ma!nemat.cr CS rornpner rfabntcr gdantlat ve app ,sat ons . nu !#Jman#l#er and hne arts SB sacla ana benav oral sc encor SO nsfrva re#ence--genarol core eoLlrrr 1 SO natLra scent- ant tat is C c . l t ~ m o .ex# ly n ins .o lru Stales. O g oba n I notoea s e o ' ~ e n s r a St.o c r ' psye 93 . W. P. CAREY SCHOOL OF BUSINESS lDownto*n Phoen,~). E (Polytm:hn~c). M (Tempe). or W (Wesltmay atlect no* courses ma, m used lo lull,N requrremenls. M CIS Note 1. In addition to individual course prerequisites. nonbusinessstudents must have at least a 2.50 ASU cumulative GPA. a 2.50 ASU business GPA, and 56 earned semester hours to register far any upperdivision business murse unless othewise noted. M CIS 105 Computer Appllcatlons and lnlorrnatlonTechnology. (31 ;ail, spring, summer Introduces business information systems and the uses of business application software with emphasis on database and spreadsheet packages Fee. General Studis: CS M CIS 220 Programming Conmpts lor Accountancy Majors. (3) fall, s~rino.summer lntroo~ceib~snesscomwterpmgramrnng Uses programmng lang~agess ~ c h as V m a BASIC lo teach proper programm ng svle an. oract CB Fee Prereo~ste oreb~smessaddent M CIS 235 lnmductlon to lnforrnation Systems. (3) fall, spring, summer Survey course introducingthe competitive and strategic uses of informationsystems, how information systems are transforming organizations and their management, and the issues, diiculties, and OppOrtunaieS facing the technology professionaland business managertoday Fee. PrerequisBb:MAT 210 or 21 1. Prerequisitewith a grade of "C(2.W) or higher: CIS 105. M CIS 300 Web Deslgn and Development. (3) fall and spring Focuses on W& site develooment. indudina tamet audience. imaoe oresentation, Pagelcantentibdc organizatiG, siie navigational f,ncloona iry lmpiemenlat on needs an0 h t x e needs ~ e s ote oeslgn an0 derelopment praalce ding b~stnesssoftwaro proo~cts Preraob ~, s tes ~n or or scnlor slana na ". 2 00 AS, GPA M CIS 335 Visual Paradigms lor lnformation Systems Develop ment. (3) selecfedsemeslers Uses visual programming languages such as Visual BASIC to implement data structures, file StNCtures, and interfaces in business information systems. Fee. See CIS Note 1. Prerequisites: bath CSE 100 and professionalprogram business student majoring in Computer Information Systems or both CIS 220 and professionaloroaram . business student majoring in ~ccountanci M CIS 340 Obiect-Oriented Mdelino and Pmarammina. 131 M CIS 430 Nehvorks and Distrihied Systems. (3) laii and spring Advanced tODiCs such as mmmunicatians orotocois. distributed systems, network security and client.sewe; svstemi: m ~ l i i 6 a n s oasw on P anorms s ~ c h as NET and newordw uN.X Fee See Cis Note I Ploraq~ls8tesw tn a grade of 'C'(2 00, or htgher ACC 330 CIS 340 Drofess~onal ormram b~s.nessstLoenl rna.onna ~,~ =m ~ o m p u t iInformation'Sysiems. i Pre- or corequisite with a grade a l T " (2.00) or higher: CIS 360. M CIS 440 Systems Design and Electronic Commerce. (3) fall andspring Systemsden i n programs the W P Carcy School u f Bu\ir~:** h a i wlth ttlreien schouk o f bu~inc\b,or by some a,mhindtiun ufth; t t r o The cour.e work uption requires 31 least ntnc %cnleslerhour, o i approvcd crcdtts in international and area studies. The W. P. Carey School o f Business has academic agreements w i t h universities throughout Europe, Latin America. and Asia. Students w h o panicipate and are successful i n one o f these avoroved oroxrams abroad for one semester are .. . Jeernrd to have tulhlled the glub.tl and area htudter requireBusiness Studenlc ment.; of the Ceriili;ats In Internati~~nnl who r~ o.inlcimrr III an .toorrrse.l W. P (>arev Schut~lo f Bu,iness program may satisfy some of the nine semester hours of international and area studies credit. I h e rcqulrcmclits tor the intcrn;ttionnI bucinerc itudies soncenlratltm i n ihc Bachelor of lntcrdi\c~plin.uyS u d ~ e s degree Are 41ghtl) Jiiierent iront tlln.;? for the reniticatc. For mure tnformdrton, call 480/965-(i596. ~ ~ - . g selecting courses to meet the Advising. When p l a ~ k and requirements for the certificate and to take advantage of oooortunities for o a r t i c i ~ a t i o nin exchanges with foreign schools o f business, students should consult w i t h an international business facultv advisor o r the coordinator o f international programs. i n B A 109. For more information, call 4801965.0596. o r access the Web site at wpcarev.asu.edu/ international. .. BIS CONCENTRATION Asia ( 3 ) ................... Southeast ~~~ A d d i t i o n a l Requirements. A p p l i i x l t s for ihe Ccrtlticare I n ( 2 (K)) or htrher i n Internatiun3l Ruc~nc*snlu\l carn a each o f the courses selected for the certificate, have-at least a 2.50 GPA for all course work applied to the certificate, and have completed all of the business course work at the Tempe campus. .. Foreign Language. Evidence o f competency in a foreign language equivalent to one year o f college study i s required. A conccntrdlon i n tnlemdt~onalb u r ~ n e \ \cludlc. I, a v a ~ l dhlc under the Bashclur of l n t c r d ~ \ ~ t p l i n d rSrudic\ ) (BISI degree, a program intended for the studentwho has academic interests that might not be satisfied w i t h existing majors. Building o n t w o academic concentrations (or one double concentration) and an interdisciplinary core, students in the B I S program take active roles in creating their educational plans and defining their career goals. F o r more information, see "School o f Interdisciplinary Studies:' page 139. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS STUDIES (IBS) M IBS Note I.In aadltton to ,no vldua c o m e prereqd srles nonbdslness st.dents mJst have at leasta 2 50ASL c ~ r n ~ ivc a tGPA a 2 50 ASJ o ~ noss s GPA and 56 earnea semester n0.W la realster - for any upper-division business course unless otherwise noted. M IBS Note 2. MAT21Ior272 with a grade of "C"(2.00) or higher is a prerequisite far all upper-division economics courses except ECN 382 and 384. M IBS 300 Principles of International Business. (3) fan, spring, summer Multidisciplinaryanalysis of international economic and financial environment. Operations of multinational firms and their interaction with home and host societies. See I8S Note 1. Prerequisite: ECN 212. General Studies: G M IBS 306 Survey of International Economics. (3) fall, spring, summer Survey of international trade issues, commercial policy, trade theory, customs unions, and international monetary topics. Cross-listed as ECN 306. Credit is allowed far only ECN 306 or IBS 306. See IBS Notes 1.2. Prerequisites: ECN 211,212. General Studies: SB, G M IBS 394 SpecialTopics. ( 1 4 ) fall and spring .- See IBS Note 1.Topics may include the fallowing: Economics of Latin America. (3) Regional Business Environment of Southeast Asia. (3) Prerequisites: 2.00 ASU GPA; junior standing. M IBS 4W Cultural Factors i n International Business. (3) fall and spring Cultural role in international business relations; applied principles of crass-cultural communications, negotiations, and management; literacy and critical inquiry IMA mathematics ICS camputerlstatirlicrl quantitative applications I HU humanities and fine arts ISB social and behavioral sciences ISO natural rcience--geneaicore courses I SO natural scienc-uantitaavs I C cultural diversity in the United Slates I G global I H historical ISee 'General Studies:page 93. L W. P. CAREY SCHOOL OF BUSINESS reg onal approacnes lo DLS ness relallons Cross lhsled as MGT 4@l Cred t .sa toned lor only IBS 493 or MGT 4W See IBS Note 1 Prerm,,stes BS 300 306 tor ECN 306).MGT 3W tor 320) M IBS 459 International Manaaement. 131 .. fali and spring Concepts and practices of multinational and foreign firms. Objeclis. strategies, policies, and organizational Rrunures for operating in various environments. Cross-listed as MGT 459. Credit is allowed for only 18s459 or MGT 459. See IBS Note 1. Prerequisites: IBS 3W, 306 (or ECN 306); MGT 300 (or 320 or 380). General Studies: G M IBS 484 International Business Internship. . 131 .. selected semesfers Academic credit for professional work organized thmugh the internshiplinternational program. See IBS Note 1. Prerequisites: IBS 300 or 306 (or ECN 306); professional program business student; senior; minimum cumulative ASU 3.40 GPA: minimum ASU business 3.40 GPA. M IBS 493 International HonoroThesle.13) fall andspring See lBS Note 1. General Studies: L M 16s494 SpecialTopics.(14) fall and spring See IBS Note 1. Topics may include the following: Economics of the European Union. (3) Regional Business Environment of Southeast Asia. (3) M 16s499 lndlvidualiled Instruction of International Busin-. (3) fall and spring See iBS Note 1 Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of courses onered but not specifically listed in this catalog, see "Omnibus Courses." page 63. - Department of Management Regents' Professor: Gomez-Mejla Professors: Ashforth. Cannella, Cardy, Hershauer, Hom, Hoskisson. Keim, Kinicki, Minelstaedt, Roberson, Tsui Associate Professors: Boyd, Hillman, Keats, Moorhead, Olivas, Van Hook Assistant Professors: Corley, Koka. Lee Lecturers: Beer, Davila - ~p Faculty in the ASU Department of Management are widely recognized for their work in the areas of organizational behavior, human resource management, and strategic management. The faculty's research and instruction emphasize corporate governance, high-tech management, knowledge management, quality, process and project management, strategic alliances, value chain analysis, global supply operations, globalization, diversity, small business and entrepreneurship, change management, organizational iden- 306 tity, and human resource management practices in their research, consulting, and teaching. The W. P. Carey School of Business management major ranks 24th in the nation bv U.S. News and WorldRenorr (September 2003). Nominated by deans and senior faculty of business schools around the countrv. .. the W. P. Carev BS degree in Management is recognized as one of the best programs in this specialty area. Students at the undergraduate and graduate levels gain the most current and relevant knowledge of manaeement practice and theory from esteemed fac& who areexcellent scholars and teachers. ASU faculty rank first place intemationally in the number of leading textbooks in all areas of management. In a recent update of a study originally pubet lished in the Academv ofMonacement Journal mennis. ~~~~~~. al., 2001). the ASU DepartmeGof ~ a n a ~ e m eclimbed nt to third olace internationallv in research oerformance in ton journals, up from 21st place. The deparrment is also ranked third place internationally in the number of most cited management scholars. Faculty members have also won numerous local and international teaching awards, including citations in the prestigious Business Week's listing of the best MBA professors. For more information, access the deoartment's web site at wpcarey.asu.edu/mgt. Department of Management faculty take great pride in their teaching excellence and have been very active in continuing to improve collaborative teaching techniques. Eleven manaeement facultv members and teachine assistants have won recent school, university, and international awards for their excellence in teaching effectiveness. Department of Management faculty excel at developing the latest materials to facilitate student learning. Teaching awards and student evaluations place faculty among the elite at ASU. Faculty members also have the distinction of puhlishing more leading textbooks on management topics than faculty at any other university worldwide. ~ ~~ - MANAGEMENT-BS Business in the 21st cenhlry calls for managers who are dynamic leaders and effective team builders. The leaden of companies that are succeeding in the new marketplace pos$"cs cxccllent written and oral cornmunrat~onskill, xnd exten,i\c rxpertcnce in ~uidingcullahomti\e te.tms. Afler analyzing s u ~ e of~ students. s graduates, and their employers and after many insighttiil discussions with executives and recruiters, the de~artmentconcluded that the Management major should have.a strong emphasis on collaboration, leadership, communication, team building, and major group projects with the community in not-forprofit and for-profit business settings. The newly revised curriculum begins with the global supply operations course-an immersion in the fundamentals of the global economy, the world of e-business, and collaborative teams. Students are encouraged to concurrently enroll in the introductory courses on collaborative team skills and managing people in organizations during their first semester. Throughout the Droeram. understanding of theorv . and concepts ofmanagement are enhanced by exbriencin;! and testing these concepts in skill-based exercises, case discussiok. and team-based rrroiect . . work in the classroom and in the cAmmunity. DEPARTMENTOFMANAGEMENT The Management major prepares men and women for managerial leadershiv in a world characterized bv the fast pace of e-business; demands for continuous process imorovements to enhance the value chain: mowing technological sophistication; racial, cultural, and gender diversity in the workforce; and the need for skills in communicating and working with people, managing projects, and managing change. Graduates with these skills are likely to be recruited by management consulting firms, high-tech h s , service and manufacturing firms, for-profit and not-for-profit organizations, and large and small organizations. These employers recruit Management graduates for challenging - trainee . positions ur entry-level managzment positions and immedlately knelil irom thz~rprepration - - - Program Requirements The major in Management consists of the following counes: MGT 320 Managing People in Organizations ...............................3 MGT 410 Responsible Leadership ................................................3 MGT 420 Performance Managernen 3 3 MGT 450 Changing Business Roce MGT 460 Strategic Leadership 3 Management electives* 6 Total .............................................................................................. 21 * Management electives must be selected fmm the approved list. All Management n~ajorrrnu4 complerz the iolluu,ing \pe~ificcourso t l n t fulfill other pre-businr's $11 prof isional program requirements: ENG 301 Writing for the Professions L ........................................3 COM 225 Public Speaking L ......................................................... 3 or COM 259 Communication in Business and the ~rofessians'(3) IBS 300 Principles of lnlemational ~usiness' G ........................3 MGT 310 CollaborativeTeamskills3 ........................................ 3 I COM 225 is recommended over COM 259. Either is counted in the school communication requirement. IBS 300 is counted in the business care in place of ihe international business come. MGT 310 is counted in place of MGT 300 in the business core. Appruted Elecli\cs for >lunngemenL 'lhe follow~ngc l e ~ live, have been appro\,cd fur the ~r~anagement major ACC 316 Management Uses ofAccounting ................................. 3 MGT 400 Cultural Factors in International Business C, G ........... 3 MGT 440 Small Business and Entrepreneurship........................... 3 MGT 445 Business Plan Developmen MGT 459 Inlernational Management G ........................................ 3 MGT 484 Management Internship MGT 494 Special Topics MKT 302 Fundamentals - - Undereraduate Internshios in Management. The Department of Management strongly supports the concept of student internshins. believine all students can benefit from the experience. Undergraduate internships in management provide an opportunity for students to gain on-the-job work experience related to their academic preparation and . - to increase their employment potential at graduation. For more information about the management internship program and the application process,8ccess the department internship Web site at www.wpcarey.asu.edu/mgt/internships.cfm. Management majors may use a maximum of three semester hours of MGT 484 for the major. Any additional internship credits may be used for nonmanagement electives. - Certificates. The Deoartment of Management also stronelv -. supports certification in key areas that strengthen the Management degree and help to differentiate individual students for recruiters. The certificates allow students to gain particularanalvtical skills related to their education and to increase their employment prospects. These certificates are particularly relevant to students majoring in Management: 1. the Certificate for Automotive Entrepreneurs and Leaders (see wpcarey.asu.edu/dm-ceflificate.cfm); 2. the International Business Certificate (see w~carey.asu.edu/up/i~o/ibc.cfm); . . . 3. the Certificate in Quality Analysis (see wpcarey.asu.edu/up/qa-certificafe.cfm); and 4. the Certificate in Small Business and Entrepreneur. ship (see wpcarey.asu.edu/up/srnallbusiness.cfm). Major in Management. More information, links to counes andfaculty, and any updates on the undergraduate major in Management can be found on the Web at wpcarey.asu.edu/ Major Proficiency Requirements Students must receive grades of "C" (2.00) or better in upper-division courses f; the major. 1f a student receives a grade below "C" (2.00) in any course in the major, the course must be repeated. If a second grade below "C" (2.00) is received in either an upper-division course in the major already taken or in a different upper-division course in the major, the student is no longer eligible to take additional upper-division courses in that major. Graduation Requirements In addition to fulfilline-maior . reauirements. students reeking a degree must mctl all unlvcr\lty and school tcuuiremcnls See "Univers~tv(;radu; a detailed description of these programs, see the Graduate Catalog. The Department of Management bas adopted a modular approach to PhD education to improve our ability to deliver focused, high-quality seminars, give students more flexibility in defining their areas of expertise, increase their rate of quality publications, and enhance the quality of PhD placements. L literacy and critical inquiry I MA mathematlcr I CS computerlstalislicsl SB smial and I HU humanities and fins arts i .~~ aoolications .. ouantitalive ~ oenav oral rc encer SO nalua re.snc-encral l fy n ine sc ~ n c ~ - - q . a n t ~ ~r ea t C c ~ h ~ r od *ens H n rtor ca s a c ' ~ a n a m sc.0 er' page 93 . cone coirrer 1 SO nalLla Stator 0 9 oaal 1 .nfleo DEPARTMENT O F MARKETING Prereqdnsnte IBS 300 (or 459) or MGT 300 (Or 4591 Dealersh p Management (3) Stralm c Manaaemonl (31 . . M MOT 499 individualized instruction. (1-3) To complete the major, students. in consultation with their facultv advisors. select six additional hours from among the following list of courses: selectedsemesler~ Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of MKT 301 Principles ofAdvenisin MKT 310 Principles of Selling MKT 411 Sales Management MKT 412 Promotion Management MKT 424 Retail Management ~~ ~~ courses offeredbut not s p e c ~ l l listed y in this catalog, see -Omnibus Courses: page 63. Graduate-Level Courses.For information about murres numbered from sw to 799, see the Graduate Catalog, or access www.asU.edu/ catalog on the Web. In some situations, undergraduate shldents may be eliaible to take these courses: far more information. see 'Graduate~evslkounes:page 62 Department of Marketing wpcarey.asu.edu/mkt 4801965-3621 BAC 460 Michael P. Mokwa, Cha11 Professors: Bitner, Bolton, Brown, Hun. Jackson. Kumar, Lastovicka. Mokwa, Nowlis. L. Ostrom, Reingen, Walker, Ward Associate Professors: Biasko, A. Ostrom. Sinha, Stephens Assistant Professors: Jawis, Mandei. Morales Cllnical Asslstant Professor: Peloso Senior Lecturer: Spiers Study in the field of marketing involves analysis of how organizations plan, organize, deploy, and control their resources to achieve market objectives. Focus is placed on market forces, growth, and the deployment of firms in competitive markets and on the marketing strategy and tactics of the firm. Through the proper selection of courses, a student may prepare for a career in 1. selling and sales management; 2. services and retail marketing; 3. promotion and advertising management; 4. business to business marketing; 5. international marketing; 6. market research and planning; 7. general marketing management; or 8. retail management. MARKETING-BS The major in Marketing consists of 18 semester hours. The following courses must be included: MKT 302 Fundamentals of Marketing Management L ................. 3 MKT 304 Consumer Behavior...................................................... 3 MKT 351 Marketing Research L ................................................... 3 MKT 460 Strategic Marketing....................................................... 3 Total .............................................................................................. 12 ~ ~ MKT 435 International Marketin MKT 484 Internship MKT 494 Special To Major Proficiency R e q u i r e m e n t s Students must receive grades of "C" (2.00) or higher in upper-division courses for the major. If a student receives a grade below 'T"(2.00) in any course hthe major, this course must be repeated. If a second grade below "C"(2.00) is received in either an upper-division course in the major already taken or in a different upper-division course in the major, the student is no longer eligible to take additional upper-division courses in the major. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In addition to fulfillinc! -maior . reauirements, students seeking 3 degree muit meet all universit) and school reauirements. Sce "Cnivesily Gradrlation Rcquiremens:' page 89, and "School ~ e ~ & ~ e ~ u i r e m e n tpage s : ' 292. GRADUATE PROGRAMS The depanment offers a distinctive MBA curriculnm in services marketing and management. For more information, see the Graduate Catalog. MARKETING (MKT) For more MKTcourses, see the "Course Pfefixes"lable, or a m s s NWW as" edr~aadl~atalogS/COurses The campus deagnauon--D (Do~nto~ Phoennx, n E (mlytecnn8cl. M fTempel.or W 1 West+nay affecl now mdrses mar. oe usco 10 Iulhll requlremenls M MKT Note 1. in addinian to individual course ~reretluisites nonb~s#nes St~dentSmLst haveat easfa 2 50AS- cum~latlveGPA. a 2 50 ASU bus n e s GPA an0 56 earned semester noLn to reglsler tar any upper- v s on Odsness come ~ n l e athew s se noted M MKT 300 PrlnclDles of Marketlnn. (3) M MKT 301 Prlnclples of Advertising. (3) hit, spring, summer Advertising as a communicationstool in marketing and busines management. Survey of market segmentation, creative strategy. media, and effecliveness measures. See MKr Note 1. Prerequisite: MKr 3W. literacy and critical inquiry / MA mathematics I CS earnputerlstatidissl quantitative applications I HU hvmanitier and fine arts I SB social and behavioral sciencesI SO natural science-generalcore courses IS0 natural science-quantifafiveI C cultural diversiry in the United Slates 1 G global I n historical /See "General studies: page 93. L W. P. CAREY SCHOOL OF BUSINESS M MKT 302 Fundamentals of Marketing Management. (3) /all, spring. summer Marketing planning, implementation, and control by organizations, with special emphasis on identifying market opportunities and developing marketing programs. See MKT Note 1. Prerequisites:MKT 300; professionalprogram Marketing major General Studies: L M MKT 304 Consumer Behavior. (3) MI. sorina, summer Apples benav ora mncepll in me analysis of consumer benavlor and !he use of benav ora ana ysls n marnettng strategy lorm~lalon See MKT hole I Prereq~s te MKT 300 M MKT 310 Principles of Selling. .(3) .. once a year Basic principles underlying the selling process and their practical application in the sale of industrial goods, consumer goods, and intamibies. See MKT Note 1. Prerequisite: MKT 300. M MKT 350 Seminar in international Business. (3) summer Broad expasure to global business; crosscultural differences across business disciplines; European Union hislory and future;impact of exchange rates. Lecture, discussion, on- and on-campus business visit?. Cross-listed as MGT 350. Creda is allowed for only MKT 350 or MGT 350. See MKT Note 1. Prerequisitesfor business maiars: SCM 300; professionalprogram admissibn. Prerequisitestar nonmajors: MGT 380; completion of at ieast 56 hours with at ieast 2.00 GPA. M MKT351 Marketing Resesrch.(3) fail, spring, summer Integratedtreatment of methods of market research and analysis of market factors affecting decisions in the organization. Fee. See MKT Note t. Prerequisitewith a grade of 'C" (2.00) or higher: QBA 221. Pre- or corequisite: MKT 302. General mudies: L M MKT 382 Advertising and Marketing Communicstion. (3) fall and spring Introductiontor nonbusiness mj o r s to the communication process within marketing and advertising. Creation and presentation of an ad campaign. Not open to business majors. Prerequisites: junior or senior standing; 2.00 ASU GPA. M MKT394 SpecialTopies. (1-4) . &,, ,a,, Not open to Marketing majors. See MKT Note 1. Topics may include the bllowing: Applied international Marketing. (1-3) Global Markets. (3) Marketing and Selling. (3) M MKT 411 Sales Management. (3) once a year Applies management concepts to the administration of the sales operation. See MKT Note I. Prerequisite:MKT 302. M MKT 412 Promotion Management. 131 .. once a year Integratesthe promotional activities of the firm, including advenising, personal selling, public relations, and sales promotion. See MKT Note 1. Prereauisite: MKT 302. M MKT 424 Retail Management. (3) selectedtiemeste!s Role of retailing in marketing. Problems and functions of retail managers within various retail insiiulions. See MKT Note 1. Prerequisite:MKT 300. M MKT 430 Marketins for Service Industries. 13) .. once a year Concepts and strategies for addressing distinctive marketingproblems and opportunities in service indust~es.Cunentissues and trends in the service sector. See MKT Nots I. Prerauisites: MKT 3W. prof&&al program business student. M MKT 434 Business-ta-Business Marketing. (3) -- - - ~ once a "ear - ---,-- ~. Strategies for marketing products and services to commercial. institutional, and governmental markets. Changing industry and market stnrcturs. See MKT Note 1. Prereauisite:MKT 302 or instruclor approval 310 M MKT 435 International Marketing. (3) once a year Analmarketina stratwies develo~edbv international f i n s to ente; foreign markets andio adapt tochanging international environments. See MKT Note 1. Prerequisites: MKT 302 (or instructor approval);professionalprogram business student. M MKT 460 Strategic Marketing. (3) fall, spnng, summer Po icy form, at on and dnrslon mak ng by me marxelng executove nlwlates markeuna DrwramS ana considers conlemmraw mariehng lssbes ~;ereq> slte professanal program bds.ness SlLaent See MI(T Note 1 Prereqb stes wlh a graoe ai C ( 2 00) or h gner MI(T302.304.351 M MKT 484 internship. (3) fall, spring, summer See MKT Note 1. Prerequisitewith a grade of "B(3.00) or nigher: MKT 302. M MKT494 SpecislToplcs. ( 1 4 ) fall, spring, summer n me marketina and international marketina Chosen from t o ~ i in arenas to lnci~desemtnars in nteriauonal marwtnng in ~ump&nd As%=See M U Noto I Top cs may naudc tho fo l w n g Aool ed Inlernaltona Marretlna 0kelershlp Management M MKT 499 Individualized instruction. (1-3) lall. sonno summer TOPI& 0l;pec a inlerea chosen by n ~ d e n t s and agreed lo oy me aepamnenls to do nndepenoenl SILO es wlm a professor acting as a gd ae See MKT Note 1 Omnibus Courses. Far an explanation of courses alfered but not specifically listed in this catalog, see "Omnibus Courses:'page 63. Graduate-Level Courses. For information about courses numbered fmm 500 to 799, see the Gradual8 Catalog,or access wwwasu.edu/ catalog on me Web. In some siluatians, undergraduate students may be eligible to take these courses; for mare information, see 'GraduateLevel Courses: page 62. ~ . ~~ - DEPARTMENT OF SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT The major in Supply Chain Management consists of the following courses: Department of Supply Chain Management SChl 3.15 l.<,;ision 5 stand in^ or onv lnstructor aooroval. .. M SCM 432 Planning and Contml Systems for Supply Chain Man. agement. (3) fall and spnog Planning and control systems far product and service flows in supply chain production planning. master schedul8ng. MRP ERP. inventory management. Lab. Fee See SCM Note 1 Prerequ~sitesSCM 300. 345: professionalprogram business student majorlng in Supply Chain Management. Pre- or corequisite: SCM 355. General Stud,es: L M SCM 440 Qualily Management and Measurement. 131 .. fall and spring Quality management and measurement, relationsh~ps~ 8 t hsuppliers and customers, quality awards, certlllcat8ons programs, tools for process improvement and cost analyses. See SCM Note 1 Prerequlsltes SCM 300, professlanalprogram business student majar~ngin Supply Chain Management. Pre- or corequisltes. SCM 345. 355. M SCM 455 Research and Negotiation. (3) bll - -and - -snnno C-rrerll po Jscpn, mclrloJs lecnn Q-CL 1.r ;n?a>ct I) s'rdleq c aqo tactca z.pp, ~c w 1 re,e.arr.rl s r 7 n cui il id L I 5 nc n ~ ~ .=es i.p?~ er ~ :r ce "r,., ccs: an2 1s ; SLI. SCM hcle 1 P'erpq. j te ~ r o t e ~ s o q a program business student malarlng in Supply Chaln Management Prereqursite with a grade o f C ( 2 00) or hlghei SCM 355 M SCM 460 Carrier Management (3) ~eloriod . ... ...cemectorr . -. ,. Ar a ,,e\carr el e L L l :mL1 rec. 31 JI ".rl'.lqn-c.l "no r ~ . e . m d l r praclce ~ c . .dll).; ~ ;,.n r P" L , is.ez r? ate2 t o ~ n , r e t ~ ~ n s p c ran l r l Sc* SCM hole 1 Prcrc.2.. \ ies ?o-l SCM 3 5 a i a upper-dlvlslon standing or only instructor approval ~ Students on the plaza o u t s ~ d ethe B u s ~ n e s sAdmlntstrat~on bulldlng ~ ~ SUPPLY C H A I N MANAGEMENT (SCM) M SCM Note 1. I .,uo!rr ic n c . ?.a c o ~ ' , tc'drcc-sle5 ?or: r,. (IS) 1,:1'1\ -.st P ~ \ C 31 ~ 3 s I a 2 SOASr c.rn.al .e GPA .'.. a 2 50 ASU busness GPA and 56 earned semester hours to ieglster for any upper division business course unless othewlse noted M SCM 300 Global Supply Operations. (3) fan, sonos summer R~SOUIC& and information to create and delivet products qloballv. . . r l c n , ~i , s~l .~* l . .wn PC.?, s.p?i cf. ,15 C.\t?mer proa.cr. 2 i l . ~L r r l ~ ) , I . v :.*';~E-I .CS .P_I.~c ( I % . . s s o ~ F ~ See c SCM 1.r'c 1 re'?^.. ies A c c 2d3 C.5 'I5 QBA 221 M SCM 301 Supply Chain Management.(3) Selected Semester$ Examjnes the purchasing, rnatenals,and logistics management areas Presents techniques far acquiring, storng, processing. and moving materm inventory. See SCM Note 1 Prerequisite: professorial program business student. M SCM 345 Logistics Management. (3) fall and spmg Logstlcs and supply cham actlvilles emphaslrlng integration of transportation, Inventory warehousing, facillty location, customer service, packagng, and mater~als handiing. See SCM Note 1 - - - - M SCM 463 Global SUDD~V Chain Manaaement. 131 ,.-. S.pp, L t u n act. ' e s r I l k r r b l w l :.)I ess A (n suer prrpnass or) m.ri A J R T ~ F I : 11 tr.u II rr'a131 g )L;I *~..r:ng c.,t.ns -s.es J ~ '8'U ', x a t o n 11 d J : r r en. ~ o ~ . I T ) ~See : I ~ I SCM hot,, I ~rerequlsiteupper-divlsyan standinq. M SCM 479 Supply Chain Strategy. (3) fall and spnng Integrated supply chaln strategies syntheazing supply management. production, logistlcs and enterprise systems. Provides a comprehensive perspective of supply chain management Fee. See SCM Note 1. Prerequ#s#te professional program business student majoring in Supply Chaln Management. Pierequlstes ~ 8 t h a grade at "C'(2 00) or higher. SCM 345. 355. 432 Omnibus Courses. Far an expianallon of courses onered but not speclficallv listed in this cataloo, see "Omnlbus Courses" .oaoe .. 63. GraduatbLevel Courses. F: r '.rr-at or aoo.1 :>.rscr .>.morrpa Iran8 500 1 1 739 scc '.lu ,jmo..irz Card y: . r ar-eis nwv. r$s.*a, J J U L ~ ~ ~ C cn Q S!lc h r u r s?m? s ' . ~ . o . l r .r Jerora:.u'l. sl..oerls may be ellilble to take these courses: for more intohat~on.see "Graduate-Level Courses:page 62. ~~ ~ College of Design Wellington Reiter, MArch, Dean www.asu.edulcaed Architecture and Landscape Architecture, School of. ............................ .318 the expansion places the college's review and display space at the hean of the complex. Industrial Design, Department of.. Architecture andEnvironmental Design Library. As a branch of the University Libraries, the Architecture and Environmental Design Library provides easy access to more than 50,000 books, periodicals, and reference materials for students, faculty, and the professional community. The libraq's special collections include archives of Blaine Drake. Victor Olevav. -, . Calvin Straub. WIII Bluder. and others, aswell as research materials on ~ a o l oSoleri A d Frank Lloyd Wright. The Alternative Energy Collection and the Materials Resource Center provide additional sources for research. Interior Design' Department Of' Planning, School of. .........,326 ............. 331 ..................... ,337 Visual Communication Design, Departmentof .........................344 PURPOSE The practice of architecture and environmental design is the culturally responsible shaping of our environmentfrom the scale of the cities in which we live to the buildings and interiors we inhabit and the artifacts and products we use. What we design must be durable, useful, beautiful, appropriate to its context, and not a waste of resources, energy, or materials. Designing our environment is an art. a technology, and a social science that has ahistory as long as human culture. The eoals of the facultv include offerine students 3 n cducatlon thal beculncs the ba\~sfor life-lung crowth and im~ro\cmcnt.IS prufosionals. advancine the iiscipline in both theory andpractice, and improving the quality of the environment by making the expertise and knowledge of the faculty available to other professionals and to the public. - ORGANIZATION Academic Organization. The college is composed of five academic units: Department of Industrial Design Department of Interior Design Depamnent of Visual Communication Design School of Architecture and Landscape Architecture School of Planning Adminismtion of the college is the responsibility of the dean, who in turn is responsible to the president of the university through the executive vice president and provost of the university. College Facilities. Most of the College of Design's programs are housed in a single complex. Facilities include the Architecture and Environmental Design Library; computer laboratories; design studios; the Gallery of Design; lecture and seminar rooms; the Media Center; offices for faculty. the administration, and student organizations; the shop; the slide collection; Materials Resource Center; and technology laboratories. The bridge between the original building and . Gallery of Design. The Gallery of Design in the College of Design focuses exhibitions on architecture; landscape architecture; planning; and graphic, industrial, and interior design. Changing exhibitions feature top student work for each semester; faculty research and design projects; and special exhibitions from local, national, and international designers. A flat projection monitor provides a changing mural of design projects, college information, and announ;~.me~;ts.;\drlitiun~lsp&e fur Collegc or D~..;lgnstudent prujecrs is locaned throughout the Dcrign buildings The gallery is open Monday through Friday from 8 A.M. to 5 P.M.For more information, call 4801965-6384, Special Facilities. College programs are supplemented by several special laboratories, including the Phoenix Urban Research Lab (PURL). which is an information-rich environment for researchers, decision maken, industry professionals and students to seek new solutions to the most pressing dc\ign pn,hlem\ facing cllles t o d ~ yOther tacilillrs inrludc the computer-aided dcripn xnJ xr~phi., lab: the high-hay r e s e k h lab; the lighting lab: the'solar research lab; the solar roofdeck work area; an extensive shop equipped to handle wood, plastic, and metal; the Herberger Center for Design Research; InnovationSpace, an interdisciplinary product development laboratory; and the Community Design Studio, which is located at PURL in downtown Phoenix. The Media Center includes traditional maphics - . 2nd a u d ~ o \ ~ l sequipment u~l a i well as pondble gcar The slide rollerlion. wlth more t h ~ nIOO.W)ll mace\, I\ a\ulable for instructional use, and the college maintains an m y of materials testing equipment. L literacy and critical inquiry I MA mathematics I CS computedstatisticsl quantitative applications I HU humanities and line arts I SB social and behavioral sciences I SG natural scienc-eneral core courses 1 SO natural rcisnce-qusntitsfiveI C cultural diversily in the United Stater I G global I n historical I see ' ~ e n e a istudies: page 93. COLLEGE OF DESIGN College of Design Baccalaureate D Major Architectural Studies DesignScien&*.c:' . ,,~ .:> -,-:,, Graphic Design , Housing and ~rbao'Develo~ment Industrial Design .. ... Interior Design Landscape Arct ,, ..,.. UrbariPlanning ~ * m and Maiors Degree Concenmtioo Administered By BSD - School of Architecture and Landscape Architecture ...-,-. ,.... . ,.,ss'. --... ..... BSD BSD BSD BSD BSLA - -~ . --. , ... .. .asp ~. . , ,".-.: , , Co,,epeofDesi~: .. . . ,,. . ., ... ~ Department of Visual Communication Design Planning ~ e ~ & e n of t lndusl Department of Interior ucslgn School of Architecture and Landscape Architecture -. -. . School of Planning " . . . School of ,,,, ~ , Applications for this program are not being accepted at this time. ADMISSION Lower-Division Pmgrams. A new or transfer student who has been admitted tothe university and has selected a college major is admitted to the lower-division program of his or her choice. A separate application procedure is required for entry to upper-division programs and graduate programs. Acceptance into lower-division programs does not guarantee acceptance to upper-division programs. Acceptance into lower-division programs requires a TOEIT. score of 500 or higher for international students whose native language is not English. 'Ransfer Credits. While the university accepts credits transferred from other accredited institutions, transfer dits are not applied to specific d e p programs until reviewed and accepted by the appropriate academic units. Transfer course work must be eouivalent in both content and level of offering.In addition, a review of samples of work (wrtfolio format) fmm orevious studio classes is reauired. Students who change majors to transfer into the college or one of its p r o m areas must have a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.50. Chaoee of Maior. Current ASU students who wish to change majorsio one of the college's professional degrees must have a cumulative ASU GPA of 2.50 or higher. Upper-Division Prnpamc. Admission tu upper-division p r o m s is competitive. Consult the reuuircments of each major for details: Students applying to more than one program must make a separate application to each and must submit separate portfolios. Students not enrolled at ASU when they apply to upper-division programs must also make to the univenitv. Transfen into uooera separate aoolication .. division pmgnma arc considered only if vacancies uccur. and such transfers are limited to studenu with equivalent coursc work who are compctitivc with continuing students. Students not admitted lo an upper-d~visionprogram are not dismissed trom the university and may reapply or transfer to other prurnms. Students who plan to reaovlv should contact a coliege academic advisor. ~ c c e ~ t ainto ic~ some upper-division programs requires a TOEFL score of 500 or .. 314 ~~ higher for international students whose native language is not English. ADVISING While the colle~eand its academic units nrovide academic advising, iris ultimately the resPomibiliryof each student to fulfill academic and umnram reauiremenrs. Advising &d record keeping fGr lower-division programs are the responsibility of a college academic advisor (located in ARCH 115). Records for upper-division program students are kept in the appropriate academic units, and advising is prov~dcdhy thkicadem~cunit's cumculum advisur. General career advising is avsilable from all faculty memreauirements -~ is &e resoonbers. Administration of oro~~~- - r--sibility of the head of thk aPademicLnit and the dean. ~ Appeals Procedures. Academic appeals and requests for variances are typically made first to the student's advisor and then, if necessary, to the head of the appropriate academic unit, the College Standards and Appeals Committee, and, finally,the dean. A student who feels unjustly treated in academic or other matters relating to his or her career as a student may contact a college academic advisor or may take the grievance to the college omhudsperson. DEGREES Undergraduate. Thc college offcn cunicula for four year degree programs: the Bachelur of Science in Design (BSD) degree in Architectural Studies, Housing and urban Development, Industrial Design, Interior Design, and Graphic Design: the Bachelor of Science in Landscape Architecnue (BSLA) degree; and the Bachelor of Science in Planning (BSP) degree in Urban Planning. Applications for the BSD degrec i n ~ k s i g nScicnce arc not kingaccepted at this time. For more information, see the "College of Design Baccalaurejte Degrecc and Majors" tahlc, on this pap. Each underpduste program is divided Into lower-division and upper-division Pmsnms. Completion of a lowerdivision program docs not puaratm advancement to an upper-division program. COLLEGE OF DESIGN College of Design Graduate D - and Maiors - Maior D e w Concenhation* Administered By Architecture MArch MSD PhD School of Architecm and Landscape Architecture '&sign knowledge &computing, l energy Schwl of Architecture and performance and climate-responsive architecture,. Landscape A d " ' or facilities development and management Graphic design, industrial design, or interior design Colle Design; history, theory, and criticism; or planning -I:Collegeorves~g! .. MUEP - - ~~ MS ~uildini-~esign .. Design ~nvirodm&tal'& and Planning Urban andEnvironmenta1 Planning - * ~ School of Planning If a major offers concenharionr, one must be selected unless noted as optional. GRADUATE PROGRAMS The faculty in the College of Design offer the National Architectural Accrediting Board-accreditedMaster of Architecture (MArch) professional degree; Planning Accreditation Board-accredited Master of Urban and Planning mP) professional degree; MS degree in Building Design; Master of Science in Design (MSD) degree; and PhD degree in Environmental Design and Planning. For more information, see the "College of Design GraduateDegrees and Majors" table, on this page, and the Graduate Caralog. MINORS The faculty in the School of Architecture and Landscape Architecture offer two minors: Architectural Studies, see "Architectural Studies Minor," page 322, and "Landscape Studies Minor:' page 322. The faculty in the Departments of Industrial. Interior. and Visual Communication Desim offer s ; the individual dep&ent a minor ~ e s i g n ~ t u d i esee listines for more information. The facultv in the Deoamnent of Interior Design offer a minor in Interior Design I listory, see "Minors." arc 327. The faculw in the School uf Planning offer a &nor in Urban planning. See "Minor:' page 337, for more information. - in SCHOOL OF EXTENDED EDUCATION The university-wide School of Extended Education p m vides an interactive link between ASU and the diverse communities it serves. The school assesses lifelong learning requirements and works in partnership with campuses, other colleges, and the community to serve leaniers, using a network of locations, programs, schedules, and technologies. For more information, see "School of Extended Education," page 134, or access the Web site at www.asn.edu/xed. UNIVERSITY GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In addition to fulfilling collegc and major requirements. studenta seeking a bachelor's degree must meet all university graduation requirements. See "University Graduation Requirements:' page 89. General Studles Requirement All students enrolled in a baccalaureate degree program must satisfy the university requirement of a minimum of 35 semester hours of approved course work in General Studies, as described under "General Studies:' page 93. General Studies courses are Listed in the "General Studies Courses" table, page 96, in the course descriptions, in the Schedule of Classes, and in the Summer Sessions Bullerin. COLLEGE DEGREE REQUIREMENTS College of Design degree requirements supplement the General Studies requirement. Each curriculum offered by the college includes sufficient approved course work to fulfill the General Studies requirement To be eligible for the Bachelor of Arts @A), Bachelor of Science in Design (BSD), Bachelor of Science in Landscape Architecm (BSLA), or Bachelor of Science in Planning (BSP) degrees in the College of Design, a student must have 1. attained a cumulative GPA of 2.00 or higher for all course work taken at ASU, 2. earned a "C"(2.00)or higher in each studio course; and 3. met all university degree requirements. MAJOR REQUIREMENTS A student seeking the BA, BSD, BSLA, or BSP must satisfactorily complete a curriculum of 120 semester hours. Special Honors a t Graduation. At the time of graduation, students with academic distinction are awarded the respective designation cum laude, magna cum laude, or summa cum iaude. For more information, see "Graduation with Academic Recognition:' page 92. ACADEMIC STANDARDS Lower-Division Retention Standards. A student in anv of the college's lower-divisionprograms is placed on prubntion when he or she fails to maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.00. L litersoy and ~ritlcalinqulry 1 MA mathematics I C S computerlstatirtioIl quantitative applications I HU humanities and tine arts I SB social and behavioml sciences ISG natural sciciense--geneml mre mumes ISO natural sienc-uantitative I C cultural divsniQ in the United States I G global I H h i ~ t o d ~See ~ l .Genaral l Studierrpags 93. COLLEGE OF DESIGN Students on probation must observe rules or limitations the college imposes on their probation as a condition of retention. If, after one semester on probation, the overall GPA is not at least 2.00 and the conditions of probation have not been met, the student is disqualified for a minimum of two full academic semesters. A disqualified student may attend summer sessions at ASU to raise their cumulative GPA: if a 2.00 or higher cumulative GPA is achieved upon completion of summer course work, the student may petition the college for early reinstatement. Appeals may be made to the college Standards and Appeals Committee; see a college advisor for the necessary appeals forms. There are also other options available for immediate reinstatement for qualified students; see an academic advisor to discuss these options. For more information, see "Retention and Academic Standards:' page 86. Upper-Division Retention Standards. Students in upperdivision . promams are placed on probation when any of the following occurs: 1. failure, incomplete, or withdrawal from any required couIse; 2. a semester GPA below 3.00; 3. a grade of " D (1.00) or "E" (0.00) in a design studio, a design laboratory, or a design lecture; or 4. violation of the university's Code of Student Conduct or any admission agreement. Students on probation must observe rules or limitations that the college or academic unit places on their probation as a condition of continuation. Students may be removed from a program (but not necessarily the university) if I. the requirements imposed are not met or the probationary semester GPA is below 3.00 after one semester on probation; 2. failures or withdrawals in required courses are not resolved at the next offering of the course; 3. they fail or withdraw from required sequential courses; or 4. incompletes in required sequential courses are not completed before the first day of class of the next semester. A student removed from a oromam is not euaranteed reinstatement in the program even if requirements or requirements placed on readmission are Fulfilled. Aowals may be made hrst to the appropriate academic unit and,if necessary, to the college Governance and Grievance Committee. For more information, see "Retention and Academic Standards:' page 86. Incompletes. Students are responsible for contacting the instructor regarding the process of requesting and fulfilling an incomplete. Tardiness in contacting the instructor may result in a failing grade. Students must obtain official "Request for Grade of Incomplete" forms from their academic unit. The completed f o k must include a justification, a listing of requirements that have not been fulfilled, and a proposed schedule of completion. The instructor reviews the request, proposes modifications if necessary, and submits a copy of the request to the appropriate schwl office. An incomplete in any course that is a prerequisite for sequential courses automatically denies enrollment in subsequent courses. For more information, see "Incomplete:' page 83. Withdrawals. University withdrawal regulations apply to all courses. In addition, because the college's upper-division curricula are modular and sequential and because space in the programs is limited, a student is expected to progress through the curriculum with his or her class. Withdrawal from a required upper-division course automatically places a student on probation. Withdrawal from a required upperdivision course in a required sequence automaticallv subseremoves the student frim the program beginning quent semester. For more information, see "Gradine-Svs. tern:' page 82. tde PaWFail o r CrediVNo Credit. The only courses accepted toward graduation with a grade of pasdfail or creditlno credit are internships and field studies. Foreign Study. The College of Design maintains active communications with several foreign institutions offering professional course work similar to the programs of the college. This opportunity is available for students who wish to pursue professional studies at a foreign institution in lieu of resident course work for up to one academic year. Any interested student is encouraged to inform the head of hisor her academic unit at the earliest possible date of any intentions for foreign study. The student must petition the academic unit regarding course equivalency for any exchange programs. Exchange programs currently exist with Stuttgart University, Germany; Wageningen University, the Netherlands; the University of Valladolid, Spain; the University of British Columbia, Canada: and the Autonomous Universitv of Guadalajara, Mexico. Foreign study programs in France, Italy, and Spain and summer and winter break off-camws courses arealso offered. Students are also encouraged to consider foreipn travel for either a semester or an entire academic v e x leave- nf -absence must be requested for foreign study and foreign travel. Each academic unit reserves the rieht to evaluate the content and the student's competency in each of the courses completed at foreign institutions. ~~ A - Internship. Upper-division students majoring in Architectural Studies, Industrial Design, Interior Design, Landscape Architecture, or Graphic Design are required to complete an internship program as pan of their curriculum between the third and fourth years of study. Internships are optional for Housing and Urban Development and Urban Planning majors. Attendance. Attendance is expected at all classes, l a b o m ries, and seminars and is a criterion for evaluating performance. Absences and missing work due to absences may result in failure of a course or academic probation. A student mav not be excused from attendine a class exceot u for medical reasons or other serious personal conditions beyond his or her control. Requests for special consideration must be submitted in writing to the instructor. If accepted, a student may be allowed to take a late or special examination or to submit missing work. Tardiness in ~ ~~~ ~ COLLEGE OF DESIGN contacting the instructor is cause for denying acceptance. For university policy regarding religious holidays, see "Equal Opportunity and Affirmative Action:' page 28. Employment It is difficult for students in the college to work while in school. Acceptance to any of the colleee's upper-division programs pr~sumesa commitment of; minimum of eight hours a day for professional studies. If students must work to help pay for educational or living expenses, it is recommended that they do not work more than 20 hours per week. Prior work experience is not a requirement for admission to upper-division programs. Retention of Student Work. The college reserves the rieht to retain any or all projects or work submitted to meet course requirements for the college's future use in instruction, publication, and exhibition. Student Leave of Absence. Upper-division students who withdraw from classes or do not continue sequentially in enrollment must request both a leave of absence and readmission in writing from the head of the appropriate academic unit. Leaves of absence are for one-vear increments and may be approved for personal reasons, travel, work, or additional studv in other disciolines. Students on leave must make the written request for readmission before April 15 for the fall semester of the year of return or before November I for the spring semester so that a space may be reserved. Failure to reauest a leave of absence mav result in removal from the and deferrals are not illowed. STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY The oumose of this code is to oromuleate standards of conduci f& students of the univekty an; to establish procedures for reviewing violations. Students are expected to support and maintain the highest professional standards with regard to their individual conduct and their personal and common environments in the university. Copies of the Code ofstudent Conducr are available from the Office of the Dean or from a college academic advisor. SPECIAL PROGRAMS The colleee and its academic units reeularlv soonsor lecture series, symposia, and exhibits. In addition, faculty and students attend regional and national meetings of educators and professionals. Academic units sponsor student awards programs and regularly invite professionals and critics to reviews of student projects. The college also participates with the Barrett Honors Colleee, - offerine- a wide ranee - of courses for honors credit. - - . degree. These professional degrees are structured to educate those who aspire to registration/licensure as architects. The four-year prepr~fessionaldegree, where offered, is not accredited by NAAB. The preprofessional degree is useful for t h o ~ e d e s i r i na~foundakon in the fieldof architecture, as preparation for either continued education in a professiondl iegree program or for e n ~ p l o y ~ l ~options u n ~ in architecturally relatcd arcas. For more information. see "Accredilauon and Afiliar~on."page 855. Dean's List. Undergraduate students who earn 12 or more graded semester hours ("A" [4.00], " B [3.00], "C" [2.00], " D [1.00], or " E [0.00]) during a semester in residence at ASU with a GPA of 3.50 or higher are eligible for the Dean's List. A notation of achieving the distinction of being listed on the Dean's List appears on the final grade report for that semester. CoUege of Design Alumni Chapter. The College of Design Alumni Chapter encourages graduates to contribute to the college by acting as liaisons among the college community, students, and practicing professionals. Each year, the College of Design Alumni Chapter sponsors a mentoring program to match local professionals with student designers. Council for Design Excellence. The Council for Design Excellence has been created to consolidate a partnership between the College of Design and key community leaders who share a vital interest in the develooment of hieh aualitv, in the built environment of the Phoenix metropolitan area. Bv ioinine together orofessionals. business and civic leaderi;studeits,and faculty in a common pursuit of design excellence, the council seeks to make a profound difference in the quality of the natural and built environments and the education of students. - . Amations. For information on affiliations maintained by the college, see "Accreditation and Affiliation:' page 855. Student Professional Associations. The purpose of the student associations is to assist students with the transition into professional life and to acquaint them with the profession relatine- to their . oroeram of studv. These include the following associations: - A GENERAL INFORMATION Accreditation. Most states require that an individual intending to become an architect hold an accredited degree. There are two types of degrees that are accredited by the National Architectural Accrediting Board (NAAB): (I) the Bachelor of Architecture (not offered bv ASU)... which requires a minimum of five years of study, and (2) the Master of Architecture, which requires a minimum of two years of study following a related preprofessional bachelor's degree or three years following an unrelated bachelor's Alpha Rho Chi-Satyros Chapter American Indian Council of Architects and Engineers American Institute of Architecture Students Student Association of Interior Designers Student ChapterIAmerican Planning Association Student ChapterIAmerican Society of Landscape Architects Student Chapterllndustrial Designers Society of America Student ChapterIAmerican Institute of Graphic Artists L literacy and critical inquiry I MA mathematicr I CS computerlstatisticsl auantitative a ~ ~ l i ~ s t i oInHU s humanities and fine arts I SB social and behavioral Sciences ISO natural scien-eneral core courser ISQ natural science--quanlitalve I C cultural diversity in !he United Stater I G global I H historical ISee 'General Studies: page 93. .. 317 COLLEGE O F DESIGN DESIGN (DSC) M DSC 100 lntmduction to Envimnmental Design. (3) fanand spring Survey of envlmnmental design: indudes historic examples and lhe theoretical. social, technical,and environmental forces that shape them. General Studies: HU. G, H M DSC 101 Design . Awareness. (3) .. far and spring Survey of cultural, global, and historical canten for the design omfessions. General Stud&: HU. G M DSC 236 lntmduitlon to Computer Modeling. (3) tan and spring Computers in design, including softwareConcepts, speeiflc packages, and problem solving, illustration, hlpagraphy, modeling, and animation. Lab Prerequisite: Design major. General Studies: CS M DSC 484 Internship. ( I S ) 7 ~ ~~~ ~ ~ awareness of the complex factors affecting the quality of the built environment. The programs seek through scholarship, teachine. research. desien. and communitv service to develapthe discipline aid the knowledg&ecessary to address the im~ortantenvironmental and desien - issues faced by socieiy. In addition to developing knowledge and skills in architectural design, building technology, landscape architecture, and professional practice, students are encouraged to select electives from a broad range of approved courses both within the college and across the u~versity.These electives may be selected to devise a minor, to further professional study, or in some other fashion to enrich the student's academic experience. summer ORGANIZATION Full-time summer internship under supervision of pramaners in the Phoenix area or other locales. Prerequisite: instructor approval. M DSC 494 SpecialToplcs. (1-4) fall and spring Omnibus Coumes. For an explanation of courses offeredbut not ~[re~ificaliv listed In this catalw. see 'Omnibus Counes: [rage . . 63. Graduate-Level Courses. For inlormatian about courses numbered from 500 to 799. see the Graduate Catalog, or access www.asu.edu/ catalog an the Web. In some situations, undergraduate students may be eligible to take these courses; for more information,see "GraduateLevel Courses: page 62. The School of Architecture and Landscaw Architecture programs are organized by the faculty under the direction and administration of the director and standine committees of the faculty. ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN AND PLANNING (EPD) Graduate-Level Cgunes. For information about courser, numbered from 500 to 799. see the Graduate Catalog, or access w.asu.edu/ cata og on the Wco In somo snbabons, undergraduate sl~aentsmay oe e grbe to laNol~o a, the Ardernlc Ad, ~ ~ Oflice. n g ARCH I IS Sludsnls con\idmnp ~ppl~cal!an to holh Aruhtleclure and landr ~ d p eArchsaclure uppcr-di\sian program*. w e the BS1.A louer-division requlrcmcnt< Thc wggesled clect~\eI < P1.A 101 Students considering application to both Architecture and Landscape Architecture upper-division programs, see the BSLA lower division requirements. The suggested elective is GPH I I I. SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE AND LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE SociaUBehaviorai Science Elective SB ........................................... 3 Cultural Diversity Elective C ..........................................................3 Architectural S t u d i e B S D Uppr-Division Requirements ~ o t a............................................................................................... l 15 Third Year Fall ADE 321 Architectural Studio I .................................................... 5 APH 313 History ofArchitecture I UHU. G. H ........................... 3 ATE 361 Building Structures I .................................................... 3 3 Elective* .......................................................................................... - APH 314 History of Architecture II L'HU. G. H * .......................3 ATE 362 Buildine - Structures 11................................................. 3 Elective* ..........................................................................................3 Second Year Fall ALA 221 Design Fundamentals 11'. ........................................... 3 1 ALA 223 Design Fundamentals I1 Lecmre ................................ 3 ALA 236 Introduction to Computer Modeling C S ' . ................... ~ GPH 111 Introduction to Physical Geography SQ........................4 ~ l e c t i v e......................................................................................... ~ 3 Spring ALA 222 Design Fundamentals IU'. ..........................................3 ALA 224 Design Fundamentals 111 Lecture.................................. 1 ALA 240 ~ r c h i t e c ~ rand a l Landscape Architectural Summer ARP 484 Clinical Internship.........................................................3Total ............................................................................................... 3 Fourth Year I Transfer credits are reviewed by the college and evaluated for Fall 5 3 3 3 3 applicability to this cnniculum. To be applicable, transfer comes must be equivalent in both content and level of offering. Portfolio review is required for transfer studio work.Submit oortfolio to the Academic Advising Office, ARCH 115. 'Studmtr considering appllcatun IU hcrh ,\rch,lecNrr anJ LsnJ\iqxArchiteclurr uppcr-dt<~,aunprograms. w e the RSD I ~ * c r ll~v~rlon rcqulrcmsnl* l'hr. su;ge,led elccti\e i, A1.A ?W1 Stud~ntscunr~dcnngapplication to bulh Arch~leztureand Land*cap. Arch~leclurcupper.Jnision prugr~nls.>r.r. tilt BSU loucr J l r l , ~ ~ >requ!remcntr. n Th2 3uggc,tc.l clecljw .n PHY 101 7 Spring ATE 452 Building Sy Design history ' I.andccapcArrhitectun-BSL.4 Cppr-Divisiun R~yuirements Third Year * These courses may be completed before admission into the upper division. Landscape Architee-BSLA Lower-Division Requirements F i n t Year Fall ALA 120 Design F u n d a m e n t a l a ~............................................. ~.~ 3 nr 100 Introduction to Environmental ... ALA.... Design HU. G, H (3) ENG 101 First-Year Composition. ............................................... 3 or ENG LO5 Advanced Firs-Year Composition if qualified (3) MAT 170 PrecaiculusMA .............................................................3 SociallBehavioral Science Elective SB ...........................................3 ' Fall PLA PLA PLA PLA 310 343 361 494 History of Landscape ArchitecNre H Landscape Construction Landscape ArchitecNre ST: Plant Materials Total Spring PLA 31 1 Contemporary Landscape Architecture HU ..................3 PLA 344 LandscapeConstructian II ............................................ 4 PLA 345 Professional Practice Seminar.......................................I PLA 362 Landscape Architecture IV ............................................4 PLA 363 Landscape Planting Design ........................................ 4 Summer PLA 484 Clinical lnternship2 .......................................................2 Total................................................................................................. 2 S P ~ ALA 1W Introduction to Envimnmentai Desi n HU, G, H .........3 or ALA 120 Desien Fundamentals (3) ENG 102 First-Year Composition ................................................. 3 PLA 101 Landscape aod Society HU, G ...................................... 3 8' literacy and critical inquiry I MA mathemattss I CS computerlstatisticsi quantitative applications I HU humanities and flne arts I SB social and behavioral sciences I SG natural science--generalcore courses I SO natural scienc-uantitative I C cultural diversity in the United States I G global I H historical I See 'General Studler: page 93. L COLLEGE OF DESIGN LANDSCAPE STUDIES MINOR Fourth Year Fall PLA 411 Landscam ArchitectureThearv and Criticism L .......... 3 Total ..............................................................................................16 spring PLA 446 Landscape Consmction Ill ........................................... 3 PLA 462 Landscape ArchitecNm VI ............................................ 4 Design Rofessianal elective'. ...................................................... 3 3 Design history elective'. .........................................................- Upper-division total ...................................................................... 62 BSLA program total .................................................................... 120 I These courses may be completed before admission to the upperdivision. Studcntr complcle t k ~ntcrnsbpover th: $umrner,but regirler for ihe ;rr.dtt during Lr fall of the founh y u r , wllh (heerrcption of inten>~l~on~l ,tuJunls, u hu &re required to rr.gnner fur the internship during the summer. Pmfessionalelectiveisa 300or hieher level course. taken within Collegc oi De.>~gn ~Ar.'h~teclure.Dcslgn. wUor Planning).'The hslory clc;t#ve is a 300 or h~gherlevel ccrunc al,o taken with," the college and m u 4 hdve hisloricalhhc~~rel,c~l contenl - The minor in Landscarre Studies is desiened - for studenfs who have an interest in landscape aesthetics, but are pursuing a major in another field. The course selection is intended to provide greater understanding of landscape issues that may be relevant in related professional disciplines and to broaden knowledge about the landscape in which we live. Students must complete a minimum of 18 semester hours from the followine list of courses of which 12 hours mustbe upper-division credit. - Required Cou- PLA 101 Landscape and Society ..................................................3 PLA 310 History of Landscape Architecture H............................ 3 PLA 3 1 1 Contemporary Landscape ArchitecNre HU .................. 3 Nine additional semester hours of electives in the landscape architectural history and theory concentration must be selected from the following list for a total of 18. Consult the catalog for necessary prerequisites. PLA PLA PLA PLA PLA PLA PLA PLA PLA 394 Special Topi 410 Social Fact 41 I Landscape 412 Landscape Ecology and Planning ................................. 3 413 Southwest Landscape Interpretation .............................3 420 Theory of Urban Design HU ......................................... 3 485 International P 3 494 Special Topics 3 499 Individualized 3 ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES MINOR The Architectural Studies minor is available to nonarchilecture maiors interested in this field. A minimum of 18 semester hours are required for the minor. The courses are designed to provide an overview of architecture throughout historv while focusine u on architectural desien with the intention to explore the process of design thinking. Landscape Architecture. The minor is open to students of all majors. Students must, however, have an overall GPA of 3.00 or higher and achieve a minimum 3.00 GPA in minor classes to be awarded the minor. Required Courses BIS CONCENTRATION ~~~ ALA 200 Introduction to Architecture HU, G .............................. 3 APH 300 World Architecture Western Cultures HU, G ............. 3 APH 3 13 History of Architecture I UHU, G, H ...........................3 APH 314 Histarv afArchitecNre I1 UHU G. H ..........................3 Total ............................................................................................ 12 Six additional semester hours of electives in the architectural history and theory concentration must be selected from the followine list for a total of 18 semester hours of which 12 hours must be upper-division credit: - 394 S T Special Topics ......................................................... 3 41 1 History of Landscape Architecture H ........................... 3 414 History of the City H....................................................3 446 2Otl-Centurv Architecture I HU ................................... 3 APH 447 ZUth-Cenlury Archtteclure I1 HU ........................... 3 APH 491 ST Spcc~alTopics .................................... 3 AI'H 409 l ~ d ~ v ~ d u s lln~tmcr~on'. ~/r.J .................... 3 APH APH APH APH * These courses require a petition to the Schwl of Architecture and Landscape Architecture. A minimum GPA of 3.00 is required to pursue the minor in Architectural Studies. * This course requites a petition to the School of Architecture and Concentrations in architectural studies and landscape studies are available under the Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies (BIS) degree, a program intended for the student who has academic interests that might not be satisfied with existine maiors. Buildine on two academic concentrations (or one double concentration) and an interdisciplinary core, take active roles in creatine students in the BIS rrroeram . their educational plans and definlng their cdrecr goal9 Fur murc informat~on.see "S~huoloilnterdlsr~pl~narv . . Studies." page 139. - > INQUIRIES For more information, call a college academic advisor at 4801965-3584. e-mail caed.advising@asu.edu, or write ACADEMIC ADVISINGISTUDENT SERVICES OFFICE COLLEGE OF DESIGN ARIZONA STATE UNIVERSITY PO BOX 871905 TEMPE AZ 85287-1905 COURSES Subject matter within the school is categorized in the following instructional areas. SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE A N D LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE Architectural Administration and Management A A D courses focus on the organizational and management aspects o f architectural practice, including management cwrdination, administrative procedures, ethics, legal constrains, and the economics o f practice. Architectural Design and Technology Studios. ADE courses resuire the synthesis of knowledge and understanding gainedfrom other course work and develop an understanding of design theory and design skill through a series of comprehensive decign pr(~jecir.Students apply analytical methodc, compare alternxtivr. colutions, and Jcvelop . %aphis. ticated technical and conceptual results. - - - - Architecture and Landscape Architecture. A L A c o w provide IuwerJis ision sruJenis an tnuuduaion to b a s knouledge and sk~llsof axhirenun: m d landscape architecture Environmental Analysis and Programming. ANPcourses develop the ability to analyze and program environmental and human factors as preconditions for architectural design using existing and emerging methods o f evaluation and analysis. Architectural Philosophy and History. APH courses develop an understanding o f architecture as both a determinant and a consequence o f culture, technology, needs, and behavior in the past and present. Studies are concerned with the theory as well as the rationale behind methods and results o f design and construction. Case studies are both domestic and international. Architecture Professional Studies. ARP courses provide students with off-campus oppoltunities, educational experience in group and individual studies relative to specific student interests, and faculty expertise, including summer internships and field trips. Architectural Technology. ATEcourses develop knowledge o f the technical determinants, resources, and processes of architecture. These studies focus on the science and technolog) of dczign and concvuciton, including matcn3ls. building 5)stems. acoustics. lighting. structural syslcms, environmental c o n m l systems. computer ap~licationsto design and technology, andboth and a&ve solar system~~mphasis is on measurable and quantifiable aspects. Architectural Communication. AVC courses develop the student's understanding o f communication theory as i t applies to architecturaldesign and practice as well as skills in hawing, graphics, photography. presentation design, and the design process. The courses required in the upper-division and graduate levels of the professional program are not open to ,,onmajors and studenu not admined to the upper-division program. GRADUATE PROGRAMS The faculty o f the School o f Architecture and Landscape Architecture offer a Master o f Architecture and a M S degree i n Building Design. Concurrent application to both degree programs is possible, and each application is evaluated b y .. the~espectiv~ admission comminees separately. Also, a d;al career program, Master of ArchitectureMaster o f Business ~dministration,has been established in cooperation with the W. P.Carey School of Business. Also offered is a collcgewide, intrrdisuiplinary PhD degree In Enuironmcnial Design and Planning u ith concentrations in design: history. theory, and criticism; and planning. For more information, see the Graduare Catalog. ARCHITECTURAL ADMINISTRATION AND MANAGEMENT (AAD) M AAD 494 SpcialTopics. (14) selectedsemesters Omnlhs Courses. For an explanation of courses offered but not specifically listed in this catalog, see "Omnibus Courses:page 63. Grad~albLe~e.1 Courses. For information about courses numbered from 500 la 799, see the Graduate Catalog, or access w.asu.edu/ aadicatalogs on the Web. In some situations, undergraduate students may be eligiMe to take these courses: for more information, see 'Graduate-Level Courses: page 62. ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN ANDTECHNOLOGY STUDIOS IADE) M ADE 321 Architectural Studio 1. (5) fall Int 470 Prnfess~unalPrail~ir.tor Iudurtnal Dcrlrn L ........... 3 - Interior Design INT I I I Interior Design Issues and Theories HU .......................3 INT 121 InVoductian to Cornouter Modeline- for Interior Design CS ........................................................ 3 Environmenls ............................................................... 3 INT 310 History of Interior Design I HU, H .............................. 3 INT 3 11 History of Interior Design 11HU, H .............................. 3 INT 412 History of Decorative Arts in Interiors HU ................... 3 413 History of Textiles in Interior Design .......................... 3 BIS CONCENTRATIONS A concentration in design studies is available under the Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies (BIS) degree, a program intended for the student who has academic interests that might not be satisfied with existing majors. Building on two academic concentrations (or one double concentration) and an interdisciplinary core, students in the BIS program take active roles in creating their educational plans and defining their career goals. For more information, see "Schwl of Interdisciplinary Studies," page 139. GRADUATE PROGRAMS The College of Design offers a Master of Science in Design (MSD) degree with concentrations in industrial design, interior design, and graphic design. The faculty also participates in a collegewide, interdisciplinary PhD degree in Environmental Design and Planning with concentrations in design; history, theory, and criticism; and planning. For more information, see the Graduare Catalog. ADMISSION - Lower-Division Program. New and transfer students who have been adm~ttudto the unl\cr.!ty and who h3\,c celsctcd lndustnal D e c ~ mss a malor are admltvd to the lower-d~rlsion program. Transfer credits for the lower-division promam are reviewed by the college and evaluated for applicability to this curricufum. To beapplicable, transfer courses must be equivalent in both content and level of offering. A review of damples of work is required for studio classes. Consult a college academic advisor for further information. Lower-division students entering the program who are not prepared for certain courses in the curriculum (for example, algebra and trigonometry or a second course in L literacy and crilical inquiry I MA malhematics I CS computeristatisticsi Quantitative aoolicationr / HU humanities and line arts I SB social and COLLEGE OF DESIGN computer programming) are required to take additional courses that do not apply to the Bachelor of Science in Design degree. If such courses are required, an additional year of study may be necessary to complete the lower-division program. Completion of lower-division requirements does not ensure acceptance to an upper-division professional program. - .. Uoner-Division Proeram. When students have comoleted the lower-division curriculum requirements, they may apply for acceptance to the upper-division program in Industrial Design. The limited spaces available each year are awarded to applicants with the highest promise for professional success, as determined by each program. The faculty of the Department of lndusmial Desinn retains the rinht to admit an; meritorious student who lsnw SLuapnlS 'SBI-I la410 10 ewe x!uaoqd aql u! sdeua!l!pwd JO ua!s!medns lapun d!qsmalu! lawuns eu!l-llnj lauuns (~-1)'u6!saa Ie!lasnpul : d ~ u s w a u beb l aNI w Sd pmls .oluas el s n0ala.d leL.ruas srue.6o.o &alesn n m o DLB 83JemSr S ~ S S ~MJ m I o x a .O a 0. .u4!sap Jouaiu! jo uo!ssajoid aqi 1aJxa 01 ure~3o~d aql u! siuapnls aql is!sse as!uadxa les!uqsal pue 'saauanyu! lua!qure 'Kt![euogaunj 'sa!iaysav 'o!pms u4!sap jo ~oZ!ia q pue 'sauoaqi uZ!sap 'Jo!neqaq wmnq 'ko~s!quZ!sap u! sasinos sapnpu! 1eq1 aauauadxa Bu!urea[ qlpea~q-11nje u! paslamu! are swap aqqnd aql pue sa!l!ununuoa i!aqlol .b![!q!suodsa~ aneq sla -uZ!sap leql jagaq a q Kq pauog!puos raquq s! snaoj d!qs~a -pea[ s ! 'aleme ~ Ll[eim~napue 'Ll[e!soS 'X~@a!sLqdare i e q s@uo!ssajo~djoiuaudo[anap pun qleaq uewnq u!eisns ieql siuauuoi!nua aiouold pue ,Q!$uap! sanss! lenlxaiuo3 'yiom pue an![ sdnol%pue slenp!nFu! qsqm u! lxaluoa aql au! -mexa saslnoj .sag![enb d!qsiapea[ jo iuaurdolanap aql aZe -~nosualeqi sasmos slaruisuoJ h1nsej 'qsreasal pue uo!ies -npa u%!sap u! slapeal s v ,..ixa~uoju! %u!peq,, ~ osluapms j aredaid 01 s! ureiBoid u4!saa rouaiuj aqi jo uo!ssp a u elos 'Asled 'sauoy 'sauueqoy :sa&epossvh l n 3 e j slsle3 neaq!ql 'Japuaa :sJossaioJd l u m s ~ s s v W!M 'uosuqor '~alm3'!pJeulaa : s ~ o s s a p ~a&e!3ossy d IPUeJ0 :JOSSWOJd ':saqsmba~eii- L -~ ION oNj aas .QBI .ai"13al.& D IW . . . l o s v ONI ~ 'OSP aNI :al!s!nba~a>d' e e j o!pnls u n o q 01 'ua!w~!p walad lenp!n!pu! sa6wnwu3 'anb!uq3a1 pue s s m l d uB!sap 10 UO!leU!LUln3 'U0!13eJBlO!SUJ~ISAS U! S ! S E ~ ~ 41l UM ~ 'u~!s~ PnP01d P flllld~ 884 0 pnls s n o q 01 SPIePJelS eJolnalolo sazeeqdw3 ~ S f s e p ensonpue'uape, d e w n q 1 6 0 0 d b ~ ~6~ 1 ~e+e- 6u~nleal~0113npo~d n e w ,o a e.,i a Le se Idn pnpodd a41,o s sA1e~ealaldwa3 Nel (s)'I a=!wd uS!sea ow aNI w 'WE aNI :e!!,s!nha~eld.aaj .o!pnls unoq 01 6uun13e1nuew pue 'sleualeru ~JOWEI u e u w 's3gaq1see JO uo!ltm!~ddepue l a m s Gu!pnl=u! 'pnpold leuo!punj eleldww s olu! seap! Su!dolanap saz!st?qdru3 6uuds J!el43 'Jal&n3'W aU!EJIOl 'ESe6ed :ses,no3 snq!uruo. aas '6o!e1e3 s!q1 u! pals!! AlleJ!j!mds IOU 1"q PBle#O SBSJnW 10 ~ ~ ! l e ~ eUV l d10j.S~SJtl03 ~a SnqlUulO 'ufi!sap le!llSnPu! pep!e-landruol o l ua!gsuwl q l ! sanb!uqoal ~ pue sald!auyd Su!#wp lenuew sll!ys pue aSpa1~0uy6u!ue~pp ! u e q m w sa!lddy salsauas papalas (E).sJ!dOlle!2adS ffiP ON1 W 'LZE ON1 :Jl!S!nbJaJd 4 4 . u a ~ s ke se p a ~ n p n ~au!l l s p n p o ~ de lob $luep! ue lo lueudolenep aqlol 6u!uueld pue suogtm!ldde 6u!6ey~edsalldde pue saleS!lsenul 6uuds COLLEGE OF DESIGN DEGREES The faculty in the Department of Interior Design offers the Bachelor of Science in Design degree with a major in Interior Design. - -. Interior Desim. The Interior Desien oroeram is accredited by the Foundation for lnterior Design and Research (FIDER), the national interior design accrediting agency. The four-year curriculom emphasizes design process, pmblem solving, technical skill development, and management. Computer technology is integrated into each level of the curriculum. The promam offers an excellent environment for experimenting with sophisticated software for presentation and simulation. Studios provide a unique learning environment and opportunities for application of concepts learned in lecture courses. Studio work examines human interaction with the built environment along with sustainable design issues allowing preservation of the natural environment for future generations. Assi~nmentsoffer conceotual and practical problem solving ccallenges. Between the third and fourth year, students perform summer internships with well-known design companies in the United States. This offers students the opportunity to work with leaders in the interior design The interior design program offen a multidisciplinary approach to design education facilitated by its location with allied design disciplines: architecture, planning, housing and urban development, graphic design. and indushial design. This environment provides a living IaboratoIy for the oromam's focus uoon the context of desien. Graduates u of the program can expect to work in the profession as residential, corporate, retail, hospitality or health care designers. With their understanding of contextual issues affecting desien. eraduates will often find themselves in leadershiu roles within the profession. u . - MINORS - Desian Studies Students interested in design who do not wish to major in interior design can earn a minor in Design Studies. The courses may also appeal to students not accepted to the uouer-division of interior desien but who wish to pursue the si;dy of design within the achel lor of interdisciplinary Studies degree. Courses selected must satisfy the minimum requirement of 18 semester hours for the minor. In addition, students must take I2 semester hours in upper-division course work. To enhance understanding of the subject maser, some of the designated courses are sequential in nature and require certain prerequisites. Consequently, students should carefully note the semester in which these particular courses are offered. All designated courses for the minor in design studies are lecture courses. To pursue the minor in Design Studies, students must have a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.50. Graphic Derign GRA I I1 Graphic Design History 1 HU .......................................3 GRA 112 Graphic Design History 11............................................. 3 GRA 225 Comunicatiodnteraction Design Theory ..................3 lND 242 Materials and Desien .................................... . . . ............3 IND 243 Proeess and Design ....................................................3 IND 316 20th-Century Design I HU. H ..................................... 3 WD 317 20ti-Century Design U HU, H ...................................... 3 IND 344 Human Faeton in Design .......................................... 3 IND 354 Principles of Product Design...................................... 3 IND 470 Professional Pnctice for lndus@ialDesign L ............... 3 ~ ~~~~ ~~~ - Interior Desirm ............ 3 INT I I I Inlcnur Der~gnlr,uea .indThn,nrs HU INT 121 Intrduction I,, Computer uJcling for lnteradr Design CS................................................................... 3 INT 131 Design and Human Behavior SB ................................. 3 INT 238 1nVaduction to Computer-Aided Design of Built Environmsnts ................................................................ 3 INT 310 History of Interior Design I HU. H ............................... 3 INT 31 1 History of Interior Design 11 HU, H..............................3 INT 412 History of Decorative Arts in Interiors HU ...................3 INT 413 History of Textiles in Interior Design ......................... 3 lnterior Design History The minor in Interior Design Historv is available to students interested in design andcu~ture.The courses designated for the minor are part of the urofessional studies in interior design within t i e School ok~nteriorDesign. Moreover, the courses serve to inform the students about the importance of the global community, especially sociocultural groups, and the impact of the global community on the design of ihe interior environment.The selected courses satisfy the minimum requirement (18 semester hours, 12 of which must be from the upper division) for the minor. To enhance the understanding of the subject matter, the selected courses are sequential in nature and require certain prerequisites. Consequently, students should carefully note the semester in which any of these courses are offered. Required Course. DSC 101 Design Awareness H(i. G ............................................ 3 lNT I I1 Interior Design Issues and Theories HU .......................3 lNT 310 History of Interior Design I HU, H ...............................3 INT 3 11 Hirtorv of Interior Desien I1 HU H .............................. 3 iY1' -112 li~*luryof Dc;.,rau\e An, in lntcnon IIU . . 3 I S 1 413 Hlaury u i T ~ ~ x u lin e i lntcr~clrT)e,ozn . . . . . . . . . 3 Tom1............................................................................................... 18 The minor in Interior Design History is open to students maiorine . in Architectural Studies.. Art.. Communication. Psychology, or Sociology, and students in any W. P. Carey School of Business major or the Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies program. All other majors are considered on an individual basis and approved by the chair of the Department of Interior Design. To pursue the minor in Interior Design History, students must have a minimum cumulative - Designated Courses for the Minor Design DSC 101 Design Awareness HU. G .............................................. 3 GRA 440 Finding Purpose ............................................................ 3 BIS CONCENTRATIONS Concentrations in desien studies and interior desien histury arc arallahle under the Rachclor uf lntt.rd~\ctpl~nary Studlea IBIS, degree. A progranl ~ntcltJedfor the \luJcnt - DEPARTMENT OF INTERIOR DESIGN who has academic interests that might not be satisfied with existing majors. Building on two academic concentrations (or one double concentration) and an interdisciplinary core, students in the BIS program take active roles in creating their educational plans and defining their career goals. For more information, see "School of Interdisciplinary Studies," page 139. GRADUATE PROGRAMS The College of Design offers a Master of Science in Design (MSD) degree with concentrations in industrial design, interior design, and graphic design. The faculty also participates in a collegewide, interdisciplinary PhD degree in Environmental Desien and Planning- with concentrations in design; history, theory, and criticism; and planning. For more information, see the Graduate Caralog. - ADMISSION Lower-Division Program. New and transfer students who have been admitted to the university and who have selected Interior Design as a major are admitted to the lower-division program. Transfer credits for the lower-division program are reviewed by the college and evaluated for applicability to this curriculum. To be aoolicable. transfer courses must be equivalent in both content and level of offering. A review of samnles of work is reauired for studio classes. Consult a college academic advisor for further information. Lower-division students entering the program who are not prepared for certain courses in-the c;rriculum (for example, algebra and trigonometry or a second course in computer programming) are required to take additional courses that do not apply to the Bachelor of Science in Design degree. If such courses are required, an additional year of study may be necessary to complete the lower-division program. Completion of lower-division requirements does not ensure acceptance to an upper-division professional program. .. - Uooer-Division Propram. When students have completed -. the lower-division cumculum requirements, they may apply for acceotance to the u~wr-divisionprogram in interior design. h e limited spaces available kaci year are awarded ru applicantc wtrh the h~ghcstpromise for profession31 success 'The faculty oithe Dcp~nmentot Interior Des~gnretain tht nghr to admlt any mcntortuus student who mdy be deficientin a published d e p m e n t criterion. Such admission requires an extraordinary review of the applicant by the promam's admissions committee. Should the faculty choose to admit such an applicant, the student is placed auiomatically on a provisional admission status with stipulations as to whatis required to be removed from prodation. See "Application to Upper-Division Programs:' on this page. Students not admitted to upper-division programs are not dismissed from the university and may reapply or transfer to otherprograms. Students who intend to reapply should meet with a college academic advisor. APPLICATION TO UPPER-DIVISION PROGRAMS Uooer-Division Ao~lieation Procedures. Students should .. .. write 13 a college nsadsm~cdvisur ior thc applic.itiun form deadline. For more ~nforwell tn adiance ofthe ao~licatiun .. mation on ponfolios, students should ask a college academic advisor for a copy of the application and ponfolio guidelines. The following dates and procedures are for students applying to 2007-2008 upper-division programs. Upper-Division Application Deadlines. The following dates and procedures apply to the Interior Design program. April 16, 2007. Portfolio and application documents are due in AED 162 by 5 P.M. June I , 2007. If the spring 2007 semester includes transfer course work (i.e., course work taken at an institution other than ASU), a student must submit his or her transcripts to the Academic AdvisingIStudent Services office. ARCH 115, no later than June 1. These transcripts may be unofficial copies. A second set of official transcripts must be sent to the Universitv,Registrar's office. Aoolication is not complete until the university receives official transcripts for transfer course work. For those transfer students whose academic term ends in June rather than May, this deadline may be extended uoon the written reauest of the aoolicant. .. July 2, 2007. Acceptance notices are mailed no later than July 2. Return of Lerrer ofAcceprance. A signed receipt of acceptance of admission must be received by the department by the date indicated on the Notice of Acceptance. Alternates may be accepted at a later date if space becomes available. Marricularion. An accepted student is expected to begin his or her upper-division professional program at the beginning of the immediate fall term. There is no s o r i nu ~admission to the upper-division program, and deferrals are not allowed. - .. . - lnterior Desien Portfolio Format Reouimments. Each applicant is responsible for obtaining the following documents and including them in the oortfolio. Aoolication .. materials are ,ubnlittrd at one time in a prewttation binder onfo folio): 8.5" x 1 I ' formar onh. Item, niu.;r avoear in the Page I . The application form should be completely filled out with the first Dace visible. Aoolication forms are availi n ~ ARCH able from the colie& ~ c a d e m i c ~ d v i sOffice, 115. Pane 2. Aoolication Essav or Letter of intent. Page 3. All college transcripts for both ASU and transfer work should be included through the fall 2006 semester. Copies are acceptable An academic advisor forwards spring 2007 ASU transcripts. (Applicants wishing to transfer sorine semester 2007 work are resoonsible for submittine these-transcripts by June I so that ;hey may be added to their portfolios. The student is also responsible for getting an official transfer transcript sent directly to the Office of the Registrar.) - .. - literacy and critical inquiry I MA mathematics I CS computsrlrtatirticsl auantitative a~~lications. I HU humanities and line an0 I SB social and .. behavioral sciences I SG nalural rcienc-eneral core courses I SQ natural acienc-uanlitatiue I C cultural diversity in the United States I G global I H historicd I See 'General Studies,' page 93. L COLLEGE OF DESIGN Page 4. A certificate of admission to ASU is necessary only for those students who have been newly admitted for fall 2007 and who are applying directly into an upper-division program. The certificate is not required for students currently attending ASU. Following Pages (Usuallyfmm 10 to 20 Sheers). Students should present sufficient work to demonstrate the depth and breadth of their creative activity. This work should include (but is not limited to) examples of two- and three-dimensional design and graphics. Each project should be clearly identified (course, length of project, etc.), with a concise accomoanving descriotion of the assienment. Students should obtain an application and a portfolio euidelines form for their maior from the colleee's Academic Advising Office. ARCH 113, at the beginningof the academic year in which they intend to apply to the upper-division program. Requirements or instructions indicated in the guidelines for that academic year take precedence over any other printed material. Students are encouraged to include additional materials, written or pictorial, that provide further evidence of skills, abilities, aptitude, and commitment to the major. When any work submitted is not completely original, the source must he given. When work is of a team nature, the applicant's role should be clearly indicated. Original examples or slides must not he submitted unless specified in the guidelines. All examples must be photographs or other reproduction graphic media. Professional program .................................................................... 60 Total.............................................................................................I20 The preprofessional curriculum balances a foundation in academic subjects such as English, algebra and trigonometry, computer technology, and physics with design counes that include history and theory, as well as studio courses in drawing, design f&damentali, and conceptual design. The professional curriculum includes studio work in interior design, construction methods/structures, codes as related to materials and finishes, environmental control systems, as well as lecture courses in the history of interior design. An eight-week supervised summer internship is part of the curriculum. Graduates from the program accept entry-level professional positions in a variety of settings, including interior design firms, departments of space planning, architectural firms, public institutions, and industry. Students may also choose to continue their education through graduate studies, which provide meater enrichment in studio discidines and contribute to the possibility for postsecondary-le;el academic appointments. Return of Portfolios. Application documents (pages 1 104) remain the property of the College of Design. However, the remainder of the portfolio is returned after the admissions review, provided the applicant encloses a self-addressed return mailer with sufficient prepaid postage. Portfolios may be claimed in person after July 2,2007. If the applicant provides written permission, another person may claim the portfolio. After one year, unclaimed portfolios are discarded. While care is taken in handling the portfolios, no liability for lost or damaged materials is assumed by the college or department. Graduation Reauirements. In addition to fulfilline colleee u and major requirements for this degree, students must meet all universitv maduation and colleee deeree reauirements. See ' ' ~ n i v e Graduation ~s~~ Requirements:' 89, and "College Degree Requirements:' page 315. .,- ADVISING Advising for the lower-division curricula is through a college academic advisor in ARCH 115. Advising for the upper-division curricula is provided by the department's academic advisor in AED 162. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS The Bachelor of Science in Design degree requires a minimum of 120 semester hours for a major in Interior Design. The promam . - mav include required field trips. Students are responsible for these additional costs. Foreign study opportunities are available for students. An internship is a required part of the program. Interior Design The curriculum in Interior Design is divided into a preprofessional program (first and second year) and a professional program (third and fourth year): Preprofessional program ............................................................... 60 General Studies Requirement. The following curriculum includes sufficient approved course work to fulfill the General Studies requirement. See "General Studies:' page 93, forrequirements and a list of approved courses. Note that all three General SNdies awareness areas are required. Consult an advisor for an approved list of courses. - - - Interior Design-BSD Prepmfessional Pmgram ~ e ~ u i r e m e n t s ' Fint Year Fall DSC 101 Design Awareness HU, C .............................................. 3 ENG 101 Firstbyear Composition .................................................3 or ENG 105 Advanced First-Year Cornpasition (3) INT I I I Interior Desien Issues and Theories HU ....................... 3 INT 121 lntnxluclion~o~ u r n ~ uM t ad c l ~ n gfur lnlcriur Deign CS' ........ ......................... 3 XlAT 170 Prccrl:ulu\ MA .......................... 3 Total............................................................................................... 15 Spling ENG 102 First-Year Composition INT 120 Design Drawing and M INT 131 Design and Human Behavio PHY 1 I1 General Physi PHY 113 General Physics Laboratory SQ' ...................................I Total............................................................................................... 16 Second Year Fall INT 221 Principles of ~ e r i g n .............................................. ' 3 INT 222 Principles of Design ~ecture'....................................... I DEPARTMENT OF INTERIOR DESIGN WT 223 Drafting for Interior ~ e s i ~................................... nl 3 L elective......................................................................................... 3 3 SB clectivc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elvclne ............... ................ 3 BSD minimum total ...................................................................120 - Total .............................................................................................. 16 S P ~ S 'lhnifer rreJtls for thc luur.r-d~vt<~on program must be equivslent in balhcunlcnl dnd Icbel 01 c,lienng Samples of uudio uork to be accepted for credit must be submitted for evaluation through the college's Academic Advising Office, ARCH 115. Most studio caunes and some lecture counen are sequential. They must be taken in, and may be offered only during, Ule semester noted. ARS 102 Art from Renaissance to Present HU, H....................... 3 I N T 261 Interior Design Studio 1: ~esidential'......................... 3 3 Elective.......................................................................................... SQ or SG elective............................................................................4 INQUIRIES Lower-division total ...................................................................... 4801965.3584. send e-mail to caed.advising@asu.edu, o r For more information, I 60 write Transfer credits for the lower-division program must be equivalent i n both content and level ofoffering. Samplesof studio work to be accepted for credit must be submitted for evaluation through the college's Academic Advising Office. ARCH 1 15. Most studio courses and some lecture courses are sequential. They must be taken in. and may be offered only during. the semester noted. Both PHY lll and 113 must be taken to secure SQ credit. 611 Third Year Fall lNT 3 10 History of Interior Design IHU. H...............................3 I N T 321 Concepts for Interior Design.........................................3 WT 352 ConstructionMethods i n Interior Design ..................... 3 362 Interior Design Sadia U: Hospitality and Retail .......... 5 WT 381 Reinternship Seminar ...................................................1 Total ............................................................................................. 15 Spring WT 31 1 History o f Interior Design I1 HU, H.............................. 3 INT 351 Ambient Environment ................................................. 3 INT ............ 3 353 Interior Materials. Finishes, and Specificatio~ WT 363 Interior Design Studio El:Poetics and Materiality .......5 Total ............................................................................................. 14 Summer INT 484 Internship: Interior Design........................................... 2 - Total ................................................................................................2 Fourth Year Fall WT 341 Interior Codes: Public Welfare and Safety .................... 2 WT 464 Interior Design Studio IV: Work Environments............ 5 3 3 3 Total ........................................................................................... 16 ~. ..... I T 465 lnrrnor i>c5ipnSluJidV l n i l ~ t ~ t ~ oDesign.. nai ~0 IhT 472 Yrofc\%~an;ilRacuic for Inlenur Dc\lgn ............... ACADEMIC ADVISINGISTUDENT SERVICES OFFICE COLLEGE O F DESIGN ARIZONA STATE U N l V E R S l N P O BOX 871905 TEMPE AZ 85287-1 905 INTERIOR DESIGN (INT) MINT 111 lnterior Design issues andTheories(3) Interior Design-BSD Pmfesianal Pmgram Requirements* INT call a college academic advisor at 5 2 Interiors issues, theories, and philosophies.Emphasizes unique social and cultural factors that shape Zothcentury design concepts. General Studtes: HU M INT 120 Design Drawing and Media. (3) spring Visual thinking: Development of freehand drawing techniques as a language and t w l to explore, communicate, and process ideas. Studio. Pmrequisle: Interior Design major. M INTI21 intmduction to Computer Modeling for lnterior Deslgn. (3) he and spring Computes in interior design, induding sattware mncepts, specific packages, and problem salving, illustration, typography, modeling, and animation. Lab. Prerequisite: Interior Design major. General Studtes: CS M iNT 131 Deslgn and Human Behavior. (3) spring Applies conceptual design to issues of programming and space planning, user needs, and behavior. GeneralSfudtes: SB M INT 194 SpecialTopics. (1-4) ,",, ,m,, - Topics may include the following: Drafting for Interior Design. (3) M INT 221 Principles of Design. (3) .-., App (eovisual vocaoblary st~dooexpeuence expionng app catlons process an0 COnCePha. deve opment at the pnnctples ol oraer ana commsltron Sldd80 Prerea~lslteINT 120 Corm" s le INT 222 M INT 222 Prlnclples of Deslgn Lecture. (1) ,",, 611 &plications of the visual v-bulary: explores the principles of organizationthrough examination of historical precedence and contemporary interior design. Carequisite: INT 221. M INT 223 Drafting for Interlor Design. (3) 6 8 , Onnographlc parallne, axanometnc and pespecl ve proiccnon made3 and shaaows and bas c dcscrlpt ve geometry for Inlonor oeslgners Sud.0 Prereq~8s~le Interlor Deslgn maar literacy and critical inquiry IMA mathematics I CS computerltitatistiwl ~uantitatlveaoolications I HU humanities and fine ans I SB social and .. 0en.v ora sc eneer SG nawal r c once--genela core co.rscr SO ml.rat rc ence--q~anf$tatue C cLltL8a a wers ly n the dn lea Slates. G plooa L n n rlor ca. 1 See'Genera S l ~ a o e Jpage 93 COLLEGE OF DESIGN M INT 238 lntmduction t o Computer-Aided Design of Built E M ranments. (3) fall and spring Introduces AutoCAD mmputer-aideddesign principles and strategies for desiuners of the built environment. Lecture, lab. M INT261 lnterior Deslgn Studio I: Residential. (3) spring Studio problems in interior design related to behavioral response in personal and small-group spaces. Studio. Prerequisite: INT 221 M iNT 294 SpeclaiToplcs. ( 1 4 ) selecled semestem Topics may include the following: AutoCAD. (3) M INT 310 Hlstory of Interior Design 1. (3) - b,, .",. Design of inter@ spaces as an expression of cultural influences to 1835. Prerequisite: ARS 102. General Studies: HU. H M INT 311 History of lnterlor Design 11. (3) sorino & D ~ S 01 nler orsasan express onaf CL l ~ r ainf l uencesfrom 1855 to tne present Prereq~sle NT 310 or lnstruclar approval. General S f d e s ' hU, H MINT 321 Concern for interior Design. . (3) sprflng Concepl~aldes gn development lncl~dlngscale and propantan, fght taxtue, form vol~rne,an0 spat a nterarcny. passage and repose 1 n o ~ reclure. 4 hods lab Prereuu s tes IhT 261. admoss on lo J D D ~ C division pmgram. Corequisites: iNT341.362.361. M INT 341 lnterior Codes: Public Wenare and Safety. (2) fall Codes and regulations as performance criteria for interior design. Prerequisite: admission to upperdivision pmgram. Corequisites: INT 352,362,381. M INT351 Amblent Environment. (3) ~ en,;"" "v.,.s Surveys environmental control systems, amustics, and lighting issues. Lecture. field trips. Prerequisite:admission to upper-division program. Corequisites: INT 353, 363. . . M INT 352 Construction Methods in Interior Design. (3) '"8, ,ma, Desngn lneory re ated to ana ynr, rnalena 9, and DL ldmg lechntques 01 horizontal an0 venlca canslnctlon in ntenor deslgn .eclbre. Iteld tr ps Prereq~ ste aom ss on to ~pper-av son program Coreqb~srtes 8hT 341 362. 381 M INT 353 lnterior Materials, Finishes, and Speflflcations. (3) spring Survey, evaluation, and specification of materials, finishes, and pertormance criteria far interiors. Prerequisite:admission to upperdivision program. Corequisiles: INT 351. 363. M INT 362 lnterior Design Studio II: Hospitality and Retail. (5) &,, ,-.. Invest gates nter or des gn tssdes in nospnal ly an0 rela8 onv ronmons 10 no.rs addlo Fee Prereq~~slte admlsslon lo dpper d v ssan ,oroaram Coread sles INT 341.352 . . 381 - M INT 363 interlor Design Studio Ill:Poetics and Materiality. (5) spring Explores the poetics of materials and their assemblage in the design of public and private spaces. 10 hours studio. Fee. Prerequisite: INT 362. Carequisites:IM351. 353. M INT 381 PreinternshlD Seminar. 11) .. fall Preparal on of lnternsh p malerlals tnat prod~ceand enhance a s.messlr. lnternsh p experience Sernlnar Prereq~.slle3rd year malor in the Co.1sae of Dosoan M INT 412 History of Decorative Arts In Interiors. (3) la11 Design of decoralive ads as an expression of culbrai influences and as an extension of interior spaces. Prerequisite: INT 311 or instructor approval. General Studies: HU - M INT413 History ofTextiies in interlor Deslgn. (3) spring Cultural and historical expression of textiles as related to interiors. Possible field trips. Prerequisite: INT 412 or instructor approval. M INT 446 Furniture Design and Pmduction. (3) SelecledSemesters Design, construction, cost estimating, and installation in interior furniture and millwork. 1 hour lecture, 4 hours studio. Prerequisite: acceptance into lnterior Design professionalpmgram or instructor approval. M INT 464 lnterior Deslgn Studio IV: Work Environments. (5) h,, Srudto probems n inlemr oesgn related lssues n work envlronmenls 10 h o ~ r sslua o Fee Prereud s te IhT 363 U iNT 465 lnterior Deslgn Studio V lnstltutional Deslgn. (5) spring Advanced interior design problem soking related to institutional facilities. 10 hours studio. Fee. Prerequisite: INT 464. M INT 466 lnterlor Design Studio. (5) fall Advanced lnlenor deslgn problem solnng, desgn theory. ana cntc sm.Thcsls prqect aevelopmenl based .pon the majors concenlral on 10 noJrs s1~d.oFee Prereq~lsitcINT 465. M INT 467 Interior Design Studio. (5) .. spring Advanced senes 01 speclal zeo prqects or mnun~atlanof lnes s PrO.acI Dasm Lpon the ma,ots concenlral.on 10 hodrs SILO O. Fee. Prereu~lsteINT 466. M INT 471 Faciinles Management (3) fall Facility management process in large-scale organizations.Planning, long-range forecasting, and productivity Project management methodologies using micm-based sottware programs. Prerequisite: admissian l a upper-divisionprogram. M INT 472 Pmtesslonal Practice for lnterlor Design. (2) spring Business procedures, project mntrol. fee structures, and professional pmdud liabilities. Prerequisite: admissian to upper-division program. M INT 464 Internship: Interior Design. (2) summer Full-time Summer internship under supervision of practitioners in the Phoenix area or other locales. Students must register for INT 484 in the fall semester following their summer internship. Prerequisite: INT 363. Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of courses offered but not Specifically listed in this catalog, see "Omnibus Courses:page 63. SCHOOL O F PLANNING Many students continue to specialize in planning at the -graduate level. Students in planning- are exposed to the theo- School of Planning ries, methods, and practices of the profession of planning. aww.asu.edulcaedlsnp 4801965-7167 AED 162 - . -- Hemalsta Dandekar, Director Professors: Dandekar, Kihl. Lai, Pijawka Associate Professors: Cameron. Crewe, Guhathakurla. Kim, Yabes Assistant Professors: Balsas, Kamel, Lara-Valencia Professor of Practice: Tiger Faculty Associates: Abele, Adhikari, Boozer. Bonrshko, Brennan, Cromarty, Decker, Dollin. Dworkin, Gammage, Hartman, Holway, Keane, Kuiaga. Moya, Newcombe, Pearce, Sender. Starkey, Stephenson, Sumner PURPOSE The faculty in the School of Planning offer curricula that provide an education for careers in environmental planning. housing and urban development, urban and regional planning, and urban design. The goal of the faculty is to advance the profession of planning through scholarship, teaching, research, and community service. Planners work on proiects - in scale from site . . that range development to the design of entire communities and the formulation of policies that shaw urban and regional growth. planning graduates woik for private firms, government agencies, and nonprofit organizations. Their work typically involves fields such as land-use planning, housing, natural resource management, urban transportation, development controls, and environmental impact assessment. ORGANIZATION The pnlgrarn, are organucd b) the faculty o i the school under the d!rect~ona d admlnlstratiun of the program cuurdinators and the school director. DEGREES The facultv in the School of Plannine offer the Bachelor of Science in Planning degree in Urban Planning, and the Bachelor of Science in Desien deeree in Housing and Urban Development. - - - (ESP), Bachelor of S c i e n c e in Plannina- . The BSP degree prepares students for careers in urban plannine. Students take courses that include comprehensive planning, socioeconomic and environmental analysis, computer and analytical methods, planning law, site planning, landscape architecture, urban design, and public-policy formulation and administration. An internship or an approved elective is required between the third and fourth years. - Bachelor of Science in Design (BSD) A BSD degree with a major inko"sing &d Urban Development (HUD) educates and trains professionals to lead in the oroduction of hieh-aualitv, affordable housine. -. in the development of creatively designed and soundly planned neighborhoods and communities, in the revitalization of communities, and in the exemplification of social inclusiveness and environmental sensitivity in responsible land development. HUD graduates may pursue careers in the private home development industrv, in publicly swnsored housing and community redeveiopment, wGh ionprofit housing agencies, or in postmaduate housing and urban developm~ntrewaruh i d eiuL.atiun. I'hc BSD degree with a malor in Housing and Urban I)evelupn~.-ntis ofi.-red in conj;nction with the School of ~ x t e n d e dEducation MINOR Urban Plannina The minor in firban Planning is designed for students who are interested in the field but who wish to pursue other majors. The course selection is designed to provide an overview of the field and offer information of broad appeal. AU students must complete PUP 301 ~ntroducionto Urban Planning plus a minimum of 15 semester hours, of which nine semester hours must be from upper-division courses (for a total of 12 semester hours of upper-division course work) from the following courses: PUP PUP PUP PUP PUP PUP PUP PUP PUP PUP PUP PUP PUP PUP PUP PUP PUP 100 Introduction to Environmental Design HO; G,H ......... 3 190 SustainableCities HU/SB, G ......................................... 3 2M) The Planned Env 363 History of Planning 420 Theory of Urban 425 Urban Housing Analysis ........................ . ................... 3 430 Transpattation Planning and the Environment.............. 3 432 Plannine and Develooment Control Law ...................... 3 433 Zoning Ordinances, Subdivision Regulations, and Building Codes 434 Urban Land Ecano 442 Environmental Planmn 444 Preservation Plannin 445 Women and Environmen~C......................................... 3 452 Ethics andTheow in Plannina .L ...................................3 475 Environmental Impact Assessment ............................... 3 485 International Field Shldies in Planning G ..................... 3 510 Citizen Panicipation...................................................... 3 The minor is open to students of all majors. Students must. however. have an overall GPA of 2.50 or hieher and achieve a minimum 2.50 GPA in minor classes tobe awarded the minor. Students seeking- admission to the minor in Urban Planning must submit a minor verification form to the student coordinator in the School of Planning. L literacy and critical inquiry I MA mathematics I CS computerlrtatisticsi o~antitativeaO~liCstionEI HU humanities and fine arls 1 5 8 social and oenar.ora sc enca. 50 nalJral ~cen~e--g@nera C O W SO,~SCS SO naldra oe en~-~ant~ta!ovo. C c r trrs dlrernh in me Jn.Ied States G glooal .-~ .. H n.not ca. See 'Genera St .Bes.'pagr 93 COLLEGE O F DESIGN 81s CONCENTRATIONS A concentration in urban planning is available under the Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies @IS) degree, a program intended for the student who has academic interests that might not be satisfied with existing majors. Building on two academic concentrations (or one double concentration) and an interdisciplinary core, students in the BIS program take active roles in creatina- their educational d a n s and detin~ngthem carerr gunls. Fur more infurmation, see "School of Interdisciplinary Studies:' page 139. GRADUATE PROGRAMS School of Planning faculty offer a Master of Urban and Environmental Planning (MUEP) degree. This is an interdisciplinary, professional degree designed to prepare students for leadership roles in planning within both the public and private sectors and from local to international organizations. Four specializations are offered: community and urban development, environmental planning, international planning, and transportation planning. The community and urban development specialization provides students with knowledge and skills in areas such as housine. economic and community development, public policy analysis, transportation, land use planning, urban design, and historic preservation. The environmental planning specialization provides students with knowledge and skills in such areas as sustainable design, environmental resources, growth management, environmental policy analysis, open space design, and conservation. The international planning specialization prepares students to work in the diverse and changing urban fabric of develooine nations and in U.S. cities. with their growing multinational and multicultural popuiations. Transnortation olannine focuses on: nonmotorized transwnation. ccunonliL de\elopmenl. border 6cues. dnd the envlronmcnt Facultv also pmlcloate in ullenne a cullerewide. ~nterd~,cip l i n a j PhD degreLin Environme&I ~ e s i and ~ n Planning with concentrations in design; history, theory, and criticism; and planning. For more information, see the Graduate Cata- - - .- log. ADMISSION Lower-Division Program. New and transfer students who have been admitted to the universitv and who have selected a program in the School of planning are admitted to the lower-division program. Transfer credits for the lower-division program are reviewed by the college and evaluated for applicability to this curriculum. To be applicable, transfer courses must be eauivalent in both content and level of offering. See a college academic advisor for an appointment. Completion of lower-division requirements does not orofessional oroensure acceotance to the un~er-division .. gram. Admission to the upper division is competitive and limited to the soace available. Admission reauires formal application and acceptance. Upper-Division Program. Admission to the upper-division programs of the School of Planning is limited to applicants who have completed the lower-division program requirements and who are determined by the admissions committee to have the best potential for academic success. Spaces in the program are limited bv available facilities. facultv. and . qualified applicants. A minimum lower-division program GPA of 3.00 may be required. See "Application to UpperDivision Programs:' on this page. Students not admined to upper-division programs are not dismissed from the university and may reapply later or may transfer to other programs. Students who plan to reapply should meet with a college academic advisor. APPLICATION T O UPPER-DIVISION PROGRAMS Upper-Division Application Procedures. Students should see a college academic advisor for the application form well in advance of the application deadline. Urban Planning, and Housing and Urban Development students in good standing who will complete all required lower-division courses by the end of the spring semester of their sophomore year may apply for admission to the upperdivision in April of their sophomore year. Upper-Division Application Deadlines. April 16, 2007. Urban Planning. - and Housine and Urban Develooment application and optional portfolio documents due in the school office by 5 P.M. June 1. 2007. Urban Plannine. -. and Housine and Urban ~ e v e l o ~ m estudents nt must submit transcripts of non-ASU course work if their s ~ r i n esemester includes course work taken at another institution; These transcripts may be unofficial copies. Official Transcri~ts.A second set of official vanscriots must besent to the un~versity'sOffice of the Registrar. & application is not com~leteuntil the universitv receives official transcripts for Iransfer course work. July 2, 2 W 7 Acceptance notices are mailed no later than Julv 2. Return of Lerrer of Acceptance. A signed receipt of acceptance of admission must be received by the school by the s date indicated on the Notice of ~cceotance.~ l t e m a t e mav be accepted at a later date if space becomes available. Matriculation. An accepted student is expected to begin his or her upper-division professional program at the beginning of the immediate fall term for Urban Planning, and Housing and Urban Development. Deferrals are not allowed. - - Admission Requirements. Each applicant is responsible for obtaining the following documents: I. a statement of intent describing the applicant's specific background and interest in the major; 2. latest college-level transcript(s) (no high school vanscripts are required); . . 3. one example of written work (e.g.. a class paper); and 4. samples of individual work; team work can be included, but the contribution of the candidate must be clarified. Students are also strungly en2ouragc.d to suhrn~trvldence of olher endeavor\ rc.ls1r.dto the mqor The applicanl'r GPA based on required courses and cumulative GPA is evaluated. Housing and Urban Development students completing the SCHOOL OF PLANNING Phoenix Community College (PCC) arliculation program with the BSD-HUD program should submit similar material from PCC. Spring PUP 301 Intraduction to Urban Planning L ................................. 3 01elective ADVISING Advising for the lower-division curriculum is pmvided thmugh a college academic advisor. Advising for the upperdivision curriculum is provided by the school's faculty and advisor. ' Tr~n*fcrcredtr, arc re\,ieur.dby the collegu d n d evdusled appltiible to lhlr carn;ulum T., he applcahle. ransfcr ;ouher mu4 heequtv~lenl81, hoth ucmtent and le\el nfoifcr!ng. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Urban Planning The fir51 round uf admission to the upper-divislon iakes place atter the spring semester uf the second y e r The second round, if needed takes place after the summer semester. The Bachelor of Science in Planning degree requires a total of I20 semester hours. Preprofessional program courses ................................................ 60 Rofessional prngram courses ...................................................... 60 Total .......................................................................................... Bachelor of Science in Planoing, Major in Urban Planning Pmfgsional Pmgram Requirements I20 - General Studies Reauirement The followinz curriculum Includes sufficient spprovcd course work to fulfill the Genpage eral Studies rwuirement See "General Studies:' . - 93. for requirements and a list of approved courses. Note that all three General Studies awareness areas are reauired. Consult an advisor for an approved list of courses. Graduation Requirements. In addition to fulfilling college and major requirements for this degree, students must meet all university graduation and college . degree . requirements. See " ~ n i v e & & Graduation Requirements:' page 89, and "College Degree Requirements:' page 3 15. Bachelor of Science in Planning, Major in Urban Planning Prepmfesional Program Requirements* First Year Fall 3 ENG 101 First-Year Compori . or ENG 105 Advan PUP 100 Introduction to Envimnmental Design HU, G. H ......... 3 Third Year Fall PUP 301 Introduction to Urban Planning L ................................. 3 or Elective (if PUP 301 already taken) PUP 361 introductory Urban Planning Studio........................... 4 PUP 424 Planning Methods ......................................................... 4 Approved statistics or quantitative rearoning CS............................3 Minimum total ............................................................................... 14 Spring PUP 363 History of Planning ....................................................... 3 PUP 420 Theory of Urban Design HU ...................................... 3 PUP 436 City Svucmre and Planning ........................................ 3 Approved program electives* ......................................................... 6 Summer PUP 484 Internship ...................................................................... 3 or PUP 484 SNdy Abroad (3) or PUP 485 International Field Studies in Planning G (3) or approved program elective* (3) Total .................................................................................................3 Fourth Year Spring 3 3 3 3 4 Total ............................................................................................. 16 - - ~ ~ ~ ~ - Seeond Year PCP 434 U6.m Lrnd E;onum~cr ........................... 3 PUP 462 AJ\mlncd llrhnn Plannnnp Studio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 .................................. 3 PUP 51U Clltrcn P~nlopat~on Fall Total ............................................................................................ Fall PUP 432 Planning and Development Control Law ......................3 PUP 433 Zoning Ordinances. Subdivision Regulations, and Building Codes ...................................................... 3 PUP 442 Environmental Planning ................................................ 3 PUP 452 Ethics and Theory in Planning L ................................... 3 Approved program elective* ........................................................... 3 - 15 ana cr tlcai nq.#ry MA rnatnemalcs CS cornpLler 8181 st c6 app (cat onr HU nrrnall toes ano lane ans S 8 soc a1 ana benav oral rceneer I SG nalwal rclenc-onera sore codrrer I SO n a w a l science-quantitative I C cuitvral divsnify;n the United States I G global I H historical 1 See 'General Studies: page 93. L lleracy qdanftlal VB COLLEGE OF DESIGN Approved pmgnm elective* Preprofessional program to * Approved program elective: Select a minimum of four classes (12 semester hours) from the approved SOP list. I Housing and Urban Development The Bachelor of Science In Derirn degree - in Housing - and Urban Development requires a total of 120 semester hours R r p r u t e s ~ ~ u nprdgram d i ~ u n e .............................................. s MI Ruler\l<,nal program counes cure .................................M) Total .......................................................................................... 120 General Studies Requirements. T h e following curriculum includes sufficient approved course work to fulfill the General Studies requirement. See "General Studies:' page - 93, for requirements and a list of approved courses. Transfer credits are reviewed by the college and evaluated as admissible to this curriculum. To be admissible, transfer courses must be equivalent in both content and level of offering. See 'Tallege of Design History Courses:' on this page. If the selected course does not also satisfy the G requirement, the student must select a course that daes satisfy the G requirement either as an elective, or in conjunction with another General Studies course. College of Design History Courses. These College of Design . history courses also fulfill HU. See the course listings for prerequisites. APH APH APH APH DSC GRA GRA MD G r a d u a t i o n Requirements. In addition to fulfilling college and major requirements, students must meet all university graduation and college degree requirements. See "University Graduation Requirements," page 89, and "College Degree Requirements:' page 315. IND INT Bachelor of Science in Design, Major in Housing and Urban Development Pmpmfessional Program ~ e ~ u i r e m e n t s ' WT WT WT PUP PUP Fin1 Year Fall ENG 101 Rrst-Year Composition................................................. 3 or ENG 105 Advanced First-Year Compositian (3) HUD 161 Graphic Communication............................................... 3 3W World Architecture UWeslern Cultures HU, G ............. 3 3 305 Contemporary ArchitectureHU, H ............................ 3 313 Histon, of Architecture 1 L R U , G. H ....................... 446 20th-Century Architecture I HU ................................... 3 Design Awareness HU, 3 3 111 Graphic Design History 3 112 Graphic Design History I1 316 20th-Century Design I HU, H .......................................3 317 20th-Century Design I1 HU, H ...................................... 3 I I I Interior Design Issues and Theories HU ....................... 3 310 History of Interior Design I HU, H ............................... 3 31 1 History of Interior Design I1 HU, H ..............................3 412 Histow of Decorative Arts in Interiors HU ................... 3 2W The Planned Environment HU. H ................................. 3 420 Theory of Urban Design HU ......................................... 3 Bachelor of Science in Design. hlajur in Housing and Urban Development hefercional hugram Rquiremenrc Third Year Total .............................................................................................. 15 Spring ENG 102 First-YearComposition ................ ..............................3 HUD 201 Introduction to Housing and Urban Development ........ 3 HU. H elective................................................................................ 3 SB elective .................................................................................... 3 4 SG or SQ elective............................................................................ - .. Total ..............................................................................................16 Second Year Fall ALA 200 Introduction tokhitecture HU, G ..............................3 or any CAED history course (312 CON 252 Building " Construction Methods. Materials, and 3 3 Fall CON 383 Construction Estimating................................................ 4 HLID 301 Housing and Community Design and Development .....3 HUD 361 Housing and Urban Development Studio I: Residential Design and Development ...........................2 HLID 363 Housing and Urban Development Seminar I: Residential Design and Development ........................... 3 REA elective course ........................................................................ 3 spring CON 389 Construction Cost Accounting and Conuol CS............. 3 HLID 302 Housing Production Process ......................................... 3 KUD 362 Housing and U~banDevelopment Studio 11: Community Design and Development .......................... 2 HUD 364 Housing and Urban Development Seminar U: Community Desien and Develo~ment.......................... 3 HLID 403 Advanced Topics;n Housing a& Urban Developme 3 3 7 Fourth Year Spring ACC 230 Uses of Accounting Information I ................................. 3 1 3 Fall CON 495 Consuucrion Planning and Scheduling CS ................... 3 HUD 401 Assisted Housing........................................................... 3 SCHOOL OF PLANNING HUD 461 Housing and Urban Development Studio m: Comprehensive Housing Development Process ........... 2 HUD 463 Housing and Urban Development Seminar In: Comprehensive Housing Development Process ........... 3 PUP 452 Ethics and Theorv in Plannine L................................... 3 SP&~ HUD 402 Community Revitalization: Problems and Strategies .. 3 HUD 462 Hausine - and Urban Development Studio IV: Neighborhaad Revitalization Pmcess ........................... 2 HUD 4464 Hausine u and Urban Develooment Seminar 1V: Nc~ghlx,rhoodKcrilditrdl!un Pnxe\r ..................... 3 PUP 433 7-nlng Ordinances. SuMtr l w n Kcgulauon~.~ n d Control Law (3) M HUD 363 Housing and Urban Development Seminar I:Reoidential Design and Development. (3) kt, .-,< Affordable residential design, development, and production process. Seminar Pre- or corequisites: HUD 301. 361; upper-division HUD major. M HUD 364 Housing and Urban Development Seminar 11: Communlty Design and Development. (3) spr1ng Neighborhoodand new wmmunity design and development pmcess. Seminar Pre- or corequisites: HUD 301. 361, 362, 363; upper-division HUD major M HUD 401 Assisted Housing. (3) fall Publicly subsidized and nonprofit housing. Policy, implementation, and administration FHA, Section 6. FmHA, projects and scaner site, and tax considerations. M HUD 402 Community Revitalization: Problems and Strategies. 131 spring Pdbc pollcq an0 straleges for ne gnbohow rmla frateonano commLn fy renewa Preserval on and adaplove reuse gentrdlcatlon ne8ahbohood saiew and re ale0 soc#oeconom#c concerns M HUD 403 AdvancedTopics i n Housing and Urban Development. (3) IaN andsonno . Varylog tapnu s ~ c nas manufactureu n o ~ s n gnamelessness , mortgage an0 f nance tn n o s ng, n o ~ s ng aoraad mardelong n o ~ ng. s and s~statnaolecomm.nofy oeve opmenl M HUD 461 Housing and Urban Development Studio III: Compre hensive Housing Development Process. (2) - INQUIRIES F o r more information, c a l l a college academic advisor at 4801965-3584, send e-mail to caed.advisinn@asu.edu, or - write ACADEMIC ADVISINGISTUDENT SERVICES OFFICE COLLEGE OF DES G N ARIZONA STATE LNIVERSITY PO BOX 871905 TEMPE AZ 85287-1905 - (all Comprehensive development process simulation. Feasibility analysis. finance, design, community and permit presentation, construction, cost management, and marketing. Studio. Pre- or corequisites: HUD 302, 463: upperdivision HUD major M HUD 462 Housing and Urban Development Studio IV: Nelghborhood Revltalilation Process. (2) "n,;".. ".= --. HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT (HUD) M HUD 161 Graahic Communication. 131 fall or sptins Develops d&ng skills and understandingof the graphic communicationsystems used by planning, homebuilding,and landscape architedure professions. Sludio. Cmss-listedas PLA 161t PUP 161. Credit isallowed for only HUD 161 or PLA 161 or PUP 161. M HUD 201 lntmduaion to Housing and Urban Development (3) spting Perspectives and issues concerning HUD. Guest lectures by interdisciplinary faculty and private, public, and nanprolit practitioners. M HUD 301 Housing and Community Design and Development (3) Single- an0 mu Ifam y hodslng resaent a. nelgnbohoads, an0 plannw wmmdn~l.esAHordao Ity in o*ner.occdp ed and renta ~ O L no S Flrsl-trme,move dp, ano aod Imarkets M HUD 302 Housing Pmduction Process. (3) spting Development feasibility analysis, finance, contracts, land acquisition, community and permit presentation and negotiation, scheduling, cost wntrol, marketing, and sales. M HUD 361 Housing and Urban Development Studio I:Residential Deaign and Development. (2) fall Affordable residential design, development, and production process. Studio. Pre- or mrequisites: HUD 301. 363; upper-division HUD major. M HUD 362 Housing and Urban Development Studio II:Communitv .Deslan and Develo~ment.121 .. spring Neighborhwd and new wmmunity design and development process. Studio. Pre- or mrequisilitss: HUD 301,361,363,364; upper-division HUD major. - Housing rehabilitation, neighborhoodrevitalization, and urban infiil. CDBG, empowerment-enterprisezoning, w d e enforcement, citizen participatian, etc. Studio. Pre- or wrequisites: HUD 401, 402. 464; ~pperd~v~slon HUD major M HUD 463 Housing and Urban Development Seminar Ill: Camprehensive Housing DevelopmentProcess. (3) b,, Comprehensive development process simulation. Feasibility analysis. tinance, design, community and permit presentation, wnstruction and cost management, and marketing. Seminar Pre- or corequisites: HUD 302, 461; upper-division HUD major. M HUD 464 Housing and Urban Development Seminar IV: Neighborhood Revitalization Process. (3) cnnnn "r,...a Housing rehabilitation, neighbohood revitalization, and urban infill. CDBG, empowerment-enterprisezoning, code enforcement, citizen participation, etc. Seminar. Pre- or wrequisites: HUD 401, 402, 462; upper-division HUD major. M HUD 484 Internship. (1) summer Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of courses offered but not Specifically listed in this catalog, see "Omnibus C0urses:'page 63 URBAN AND ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING (PUP) M PUP 100 Introduction to Environmental Design. (3) fail and spring Survey of environmental design: includes historic examples and the theoretical, social, technical, and environmental farces that shape L ieraef an0 cr t ca ,nq. r f MA ~r~atnematcsCS compuar slat st cs q.ant !a( be app cationr HU n.n ant er ano tne arts SB 3 o ~ jano benav~orasmences ISG nat.ra rc anco--0eneral Cole c o m e r SO nvfwa science-quantitative IC cultural diversify in the Uniled States 1 G global 1 H histo"al ISee "General Studier,"page 93. 341 SCHOOL OF PLANNING M PUP 475 Environmental impact Aszessment. (3) spring Criteria and methods for compliance with environmental laws; development of skills and techniques needed to prepare envimnmental impact statsmentdassessments. M PUP 484 internshio.11-121 . . hll,sprjng summer sersnon 1 F~il.nmelnternsn p ~ n d e tne r s~pervlslonof practotroncrs in the Phoenix area or otner locale Crzd.1 no credo1 Toocs may incl.de tne fo lOWm.2 ~hldyAbraad. (3) Prerequisite:school major or instructor approval. M PUP 485 international Field Studies in Pianning. (1-12) summer Organized field Rudy of planning in specified international locations. May be repeated for credit with gchooi approval. Study abroad, field t r i ~Crasslisted . as PLA 485. Crsdit is aiiawed far oniv PLA 485 or PUP 485. General Studies: G (3 hours mu51be faken to secure G crdit.) M PUP 494 Special Topics. (1-4) hi1and spring Topics may include the following: EnvlronmentaiPlanning Economics. (3) Prerequisite: junior standing. M PUP 498 Pro-Seminar. (1-7) fall Topics may include the following: Senior Pro-Seminar (1) M PUP 501 The idea of Pianning. (3) faii Comprehensive review of pianning profession within a paliticai. governmental, multicultural, and gender framework. M PUP 510 Citizen Psrtki~ation.(31 . spring Theory and practice of citizen participation in pianning. Examinesand critiques participation techniques and roles of piannen. Prerequisite: upperdivision BSP, HUD, or Master of Urban and Envimnmentai Destan " maior. . M PUP 520 PianningTheories and Processes. (3) fall Reviews past and current theoretical developments related to sociai change persqenives, the mis and ethics of planners. Prerequisite: instructor approval. M PUP 524 Piannina M e t h d s 1. (3) .. faii Methods for urban planning research. Emphasizes research design, demographic analysis, forecasting, and survey research. P r e Or corwuisite: PUP 501. M PUP 525 Urban Hovslng Ansiysls.(3) fall Nature, dimensions, and problems of urban housing, government policy environment, and underlying economics of the housing market M PUP 526 Historic Preservation Planning Practice. (3) spring indepli- study of practical applications of historic preservation theory and methods. Overview of the professionalwork of the preservation field. Prerequisite: PUP 444 recommended. M PUP 531 Pianning and Development Control Law. (3) spring Case Studies on police pawer, eminent domain, zoning, subdivision controls, exclusion, preservation, urban redevelopment, and aesthetic and design regulation. M PUP 532 Advanced Urban Piannina Law.f31 .. spring Advance0 s l ~ a yon se ected s u e s in piannlng la*, slch as brban oeogn contro s exc uslonary practices. campensaole reg" atton, and IA pa X rcy Prsreq~.s#te PUP 432 or nslrJctor approval M PUP 535 Water Law and Planning. (3) spring indepth study of legal materials providing subslantive knowledge of water law, water management issues, and iand use pianning options. Crass-listed as GPH 535. Credit is aiiawed far only PUP 535 or GPH . . - ~~~ . ~ - ~. - 535. M PUP 541 Economics of Environmental Pianning. (3) spring Application and limitations of economics in environmentai pianning and paiicy making in the United States and internationally. Prerequisite:economics or microeconomicscourse recommended. M PUP 542 Environmental Admini5tration and Planning. (3) spring Environmentaladministrationof policies and their relationship to environmentai pianning practices. P ulfurr'd in the Phoenix l'niun H i r h S ~ h o o l ~i'strict.The program consists of six-week ses;ons of classroom and field experiences during the two summers surrounding the senior year, and an academic year field experience with a learning community. Students do their student teaching in the fall following their senior year. + Teacher Education and Certification Highway - . Masten in Education option:kacher Educ3tlon and Ccnitirati<,n H t-g h w ~ )+ hla,tcr, in Edu~atlon(TL.,\CHTMEJ I\ a cellpaced postbaccalaureate program geared toward working adults interested i n achieving elementary (K-8) teaching certification or current teachine orofessionals who do not possess elementary education cenification. The program offers students an m y of experiences. Students leam the most recent teaching strategies and become an interactive force in the development of a professional teacher education model. Students also participate in teaching experiences with a mentor teacher and students in desinnated urban schools. ~ -. - Teacher Education for Arizona Mathematics and Science. Teacher Education for Arizona Mathematics and Science (TEAMS) is a 10-month program, with course work leading to 7-12 certification and an optional middle school endorsement. I t is a combined postbaccalaureate/master's oroeram soecializine in mathematics. science. and technology, and i s based on?echnology, field-based experiences, internshios. and course work. Students attend classes fulltime during daytime hours. . - UNIVERSITY GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS I n addition to fulfilling college and major requirements, students must meet all universitv. eraduation reauirements. For more information, see "University Graduation Require- - ...-...", m e n t ~ ' ".-0 ' QQ -,. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS A minimum of 120 semester hours is required for the Bachelor o f Arts in Education (BAE) degree. The BAE degree consists of four areas: 1. General Studies: 2. College of Education core requirements; 3. academic specialization (Secondary Education only); and 4. Initial Teacher Certification (ITC) program courses. COLLEGE OF EDUCATION The College of Education expects degree candidates to meet individual course assessment standards, field-experience observation criteria, courses required for teacheicertification, and other proficiency standards and performance criteria required to demonstrate howledge and skill in the areas listed under "Bachelor of Arts in Education," ---" pa&= 2 ~ " ,>L. The degree program also includes courses and academic content required for teacher certification by the State of Arizona. Students seeking certification in one of the fine arts must complete degree requirements in the Katherine K. Herberger College of Fine Arts and specified courses fhrough the ITC program. General Studies Requirement All student\ enrolled in a baccalaureate deyree pruprarn must satisfy a university requirement of a minimum of 35 hours of approved course work as described in "General Studies," page 93. Note that all three General Studies awareness areas are required. General Studies courses are listed in "General Studies Courses" table, page 96, in the course descriptions. in the Schedule of Classes, and in the Summer Sessions Bulletin. Preprofessional students should complete as many of the General Studies courses as oossible before admission to the ITC program. Students are encouraged to consult with an academic advisor to ensure they comply with all necessary requirements. College of Education Core Requirements The Initial Teacher Certification program prepares students for teacher certification and requires students to complete semester hours selected ftom specific core courses pertinent to the teaching area. Courses listed under this portion of the academic major are governed by the general ASU "Guidelines for Determination of Catalog Year." For more information, see "Guidelines for Determination of Catalog Year:' page 89. InitialTeacher Certification Prooram Courses The Initial ~ e a c h eCertification r (GC) program is a sequential program consisting of 36 to 55 semester hours. Ranging from nine to 19 hours per semester, the courses for one semester must be completed before enrolling in the next semester. In other words, courses for one semester usually may not he taken at the same lime as those scheduled for another semester. In addition to ITC courses, students continue completing the General Studies requirement and core requirements or academic specialization requirements through the third semester of the program (except for students applying to the Apprentice Teacher Program in Elementary Education). Courses Listed under this portion of the academic major are governed under an alternative catalog year, and students should consult with an academic advisors before applying to the ITC program of their choice, to determine the ITC courses for their designated admission date. ~~~~~~ ~~~ ~ Declaration of Graduation Undergraduate students must file a declaration of graduation during the first semester of enrollment in the ITC program. Preprofessional students completing 87 hours (the university limit for registering without a program of study) who have not been admitted to the ITC program must meet with an advisor to obtain a registration waiver by the College of Education. See "~nivirsityGraduation Requirements:' page 89. Field Experience Requirements In addition to course work, students admitted to the ITC program are required to participate in directed field experiences during each of the four semesters of the program. The oromess from short-term observation and field exoeriences . participation to long-term supervised practice teaching. School districts require fingemrint - . clearance of all adults working in classrooms. Subsequently, such clearance is required in the ~rofessionalDromams. ~tudenlcshohld c x p c t theccfield expcnences to hc ahove and brjund the class l i m o ltsted in the S~.heduleof Classes for each semester. Such field experiences typically take place in schools throughout the greater Phoenix area. Regular attendance is required during all field experiences. Students should plan extra travel time and expect to confer with placement teachers and field facilitators before or after scheduled field experiences. To meet field experience requirements, students must plan to have their own transportation and be available during regular school hours. Teaching is a highly demanding and extraordinarily complex profession. Students desiring to become teachers must maintain academic standards and demonstrate requisite qualifications for successful teaching, including effective interpersonal skills, basic communication skills, apprnpriate professional conduct, and satisfactory performance during field experience assignments. Observation and participation assignments in the schools during first, second, and third semester field experience placements are designed to prepare students for the highly demanding performance-based student teaching during semester four. School districts require fingerprint clearance of all adults working in their classrooms. Therefore, fineemrint - . clearance is required of students in the professional programs. - - Student Teaching. The culminating field experience, called student teaching, occurs in the final semester of the ITC oroaram and is a full-day. full-semester oblieation. Student ;edFhing lakes p1aL.e onl; during fall and sp&tng>emeslers. Sludent teaching 15 a full-time. 15 week. con~n~itment under lhc ,upervision o i n menlur teacher. To bc sltgible for a student leaching placement. ~ndlvldualsmust apply hy the deadline determined each semester bv the Office uf Professional Field Experiences. Students must complete all promam a student teaching- requirements before beginning a\slgnment. Student teachers must adhere 1,) the celendar. regulations. and philosophy . . of the 'ichool'i in which they we placed. Beg~nningand endtng davc for student teaching are dtlcrmtned by the Oflice of Pn>fessiondlField Experiences e in cooperation with the participating school. ~ e c a u s student teaching is on a full-day schedule, 8 A.M. to 4 P.M. Monday through Friday for15 consecutive weeks, student - L ~i~eracy and critical inquiry I HA mathematics I cs computerlrtatisticsi quantitative applicalions I nu humanities and tins arts I SB social and behavioral sciences I SG naturcll ssienc-enera1 core courser i SO natural scienc-uantitat~ve i c cultural diversity in the United stater I G global I n historical I see "~eneratstudier: page 93. COLLEGE OF EDUCATION Academic Specializations Academic Specialization Page Art education' Biological sciences Business Chemistry Dance education' Economics English Family and human developmentZ French Geography German History Japanese Mathematics Music education3 Physical education Physics Political science Social studies Spanish I An educat~onand Jmcc educ~ttunconcmuallonq 3rc unJC 415 'lhchang Phonbcs ......... RUG 194 SI': '?cachingRc~Jbn@ra;t~;urn (ir3de.i K- 3. ............ 3 . . I SPE 416 Qual~t)PT=ctiir.,11, h e Collahoratlve CIa~\,room SPF 401 Theary and Practice in Education ................................. 1 Total ........................................................................................ Total............................................................................................... Total .............................................................................................. ~ ~~~ ~ 13 ~ ' 13-15 ITC program course total ........................................................ 52-54 A minimum grade of " C (2.00) is requited in all courses. Apprenticeship is for nine weeks, four half days per week. These methods courses may be team-taught in pairs far seven weeks plus one Saturday session. .I SNdent teaching, K-3, during Black4, is for 12 weeks. Each week requires four full days per week, with the fifth day for course meetings. SPE 416 may be taken before Block 4 and may be tailored for early childhwd. I Elementary E d u c a t i o n ( P a r t n e r s h i p Program)-BAE The Partnershirr oromam - includes three semesters of field placement in classroom settings, drawing on the rich resources of the Phoenix metropolitan area. The fourth semester is a 15-week, full-time student teaching capstone experience. Course content is in place to qualify all students in this program for a provisional ESL endorsement. & . Course Requirements. Many courses are held at local elementary schwls during the regular school day. Field Experience requires a minimum commitment of six hours a week during the reeular school dav. Field-based courses are taken in semester blocks in sequential order. Program courses and reauirements are snbiect to chanee - depending . - on the ITC a d h s s i o n date. - - Required Fint-Year Composition................................................................... 6 35-37 General Studies ....................................................................... - Total ........................................................................................ Electives...................................................................................... 4143 0-5 ~ ~~ ~~~~ ~ ~~~~~ Semester II BLE 408 SEI far Linguistically Diverse Learners........................3 EDT 300 Camputen in Education ................................................ I EED 455 Social Studies Methods, Management, and Assessment in the Elementary Sehwl .......................... 3 EED 496 Field Experience ........................................................... 1 EED 498 PS: Inteerated Children's Literature.............................. 1 RDG 494 ST: ~earhingReadingiPracticumGrades 4-8 ............... 3 SPE 416 Quality Practices in the CollaborativeClassrwm.........I Total............................................................................................... 13 Semester III EED 420 Science Methods, Management. and Assessment in the Elementary School ..............................................3 EED 480 Mathematics Methods, Management, and Assessment in the Elementary Schwl .......................... 3 EED 496 Field Experience ........................................................... 2 SPE 416 Quality Practices in the CollaborativeClassrwm ......... 1 SPF 301 Culture and Schooling L ...............................................3 Total ...............................................................................................12 Semester N 12 EED 478 Student Teaching in the Elementary School ............... ITC program course total .............................................................. 50 * A minimum grade of " C (2.00) is required in all courses Elementary Education ( A p p r e n t l c e T e a c h e r P r oa r a m,b B A E Offered jointly with local school districts, the Apprentice Teacher Program (ATP) is a concentrated, full-time, daytime certification program option that is completed in one calendar v e w with all course work based in the participatIng s c h k l i . 'lhis full-immersion program beeins each j m u ary and leads to K-8 teacher ceniticalion College of Education Requirements* Course Requirements. The l n ~ t ~Teacher al Certification EDP 303 Human Development U S B............................................ 3 or CDE 232 Human Develaoment SB (3) or ECD 314 The ~evelo~img Child: Theory into (ITC) pnlgmm is complctcd in one calendar yew, cpnng admissiun only. All course work (General Studies and ................ Pnrtice: K-3) (3) or El>P 313 Childhwd and Adolcsccnoe (31 EDP 310 Educrtnond Psycholag) SB ............................ 3 C ........ 3 MCE 446 Undrnlandlng theCulturdlly DnemeCl~~ld 13 L letacy an0 call cal onqd ry q~an!tat~e applaealtons I HU MA malnemaf sr CS U l m P I e I slal8~11~1 hlman8fer and hne arts r SB social and benav om rcoence, SG natua w enco--gsnoram cone c o m e s SO nabla sc~ence-q.ant tat ,e C C, !>rat o rerr.ty n ine Ln.tco Stater G g ooal H n.lfo#.cI 588 -General S l ~ eos ' page 83 COLLEGE OF EDUCATION College of Education requirements) not included in the ATP program, must be completed before beginning the program. ~ d d i t i o n a l lundergraduate ~, students must complete 70 semester hours by the start of the program. The program schedule conforms to the public school calendar rather than the calendar, extending the academic year by eieht weeks. The . oroeram is intense but efficient. Students are actively engaged in classroom experiences or ASU course work for at least seven hours every day (MondayFriday) for 46 weeks. Field-based cour&s are taken in^ semester blocks in sequential order. Program courses and requirements are subject to change depending on the ITC admission date. - - Required First-Year Composition ................................................................ 6 Gewral Smdies ....................................................................... 35-37 Total ...................................................................................... 41-43 Electives .................................................................................... 9-14 College of Education Requirements* 310 Educational Psychology SB .3 180 Theory of Elementary Mathematics ..............................3 181 Theory of Elementary Mathematics .............................. 3 3 1 1 Orientation to Education of Exceptional Children SB, C ......................................3 9 Fine arts requirements .................................................................. - EDP M E MTE SPE Total .............................................................................................. 21 * A minimum grade of " C (2.W) is required in all courses ITC Program Courses* Semester I: Spring 3 I 3 2 3 3 SPF 301 Culmre and Schooling L ............................................... 3 SPF 401 Theory and Practice in Edncation .................................1 Elementary Education (MultilinguaVMultlcultural Education Concentration)-BAE Language Proficiency. Language proficiency requirements be met for each endorsement the Initial Teacher Certification (ITC) professional program. Bilingual endorsementfor Spanish. Students are required to pass the Arizona Classroom Teacher Spanish Proficiency Exam administered through ASU's Department of Languages and Literatures. For more infomution, call 4801 965-6281. The exam is administered at several colleges in Arizona. Bilingual endorsementfor an American Indian language. Proficiency for this endorsement must be verified in writing by an official of the appropriate tribe. English as o Second Language. Students admitted into the MultilinguaVMulticulturalProgram who are pursuing the English as a Second Language Endorsement must fulfill a Students are second laneuaee - oroficiencv . . reauirement. . required to submit p m f of language proficiency to the Office of Student Services before an Institutional Recommendation is provided to the student. English as a Second Language guidelines are available on the Arizona Department of Education Web site. - Course Requimments. Many courses are held at local elementary schools during the regular school day. Field Experience requires a minimum commitment of six hours a week during the regular school day. Field-based courses are taken in semester blocks in sequential order. Program courses and requirements are subject to change depending on the ITC admission date. Required First-Year Composition ................................................................... 6 General Studies ....................................................................... 35-37 Total....................................................................................... 4143 Electives ..................................................................................... &5 Colleee - of Education ~eauirements' -. 310 Educational Psrcholoev SB .......................................... 3 , 180 Theory of Elrmmrar) Mathematic\ .............. 3 181 Theory of E I ~ . m m t qMall~ematics................... 3 334 Ch~ldrm'sLntrmture and Elementw SScml Curriculum .................................................................... 3 SPE 31 1 Orientation to Education of Exceptional Children SB, C .......................................... 3 Fine am requirements .................................................................... 6 Language pmficieney2 .............................................................. M Semester II: Summer EDP MTT. Mm. RDG EED 420 Science Methods. Management, and Assessment I" the rlementary Srhml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ................... I EEU U-l Orgmvnnp thc Cld,rruum Cullurn. EEU 455 Social Srudle, Methd,. Mmaecmcnt, and Assessment in the E l e m e n w School .......................... 3 EED 480 Mathematics Methods. ~ana&ment. and As,c.i,mea ~n the F l e r n e n ~Schaol . .3 ........ 3 TED 496 Field Expen*ncc .................. SPC 416 Qu~lllyhctnces on ~ h e C u l l a b ~ n t i ~ c C l ~ r s r o o. m . 3. - ' 446 A minimum grade of "C" (2.00) is required in all courses. MCE Understanding the Culturally Diverse Child (3) is smongly Total .............................................................................................. Tatal 19 .............................................................................................. 16 Semester III: Fall BLt 408 SKI tor l.~ngu~,t!callyDivemclxamm. . . . . . 3 kEl) 178 Student Teaching in the tlcmcnur) Sshml . ITC program course total ............................................................ * A minimum grade of '%" (2.00) is required in all courses 358 12 50 re~ommendedas an elective. For information on language proficiency, see "Language Proficiency," an this page. ITC Program ~ourses' Semester I: Living the Scholarly Life of a Multicultural Citizen BLE 4W Principles of Language Minority Education ................. 3 BLE 455 Social Studies Methods. Management, and Assessment in Elementary BLUESL Settings.............. 3 COLLEGE OF EDUCATION BLE 496 Field Experience MCE 447 Divenil) in Families and Communities in MulticulNral Senin SPF 401 Theory and Practic 1 Total ..........................................................................................I I Semester 11: Lirinl: the Scholarly 1.ife of Science and \lath RLt 108 SKI for l.~ngu~rl~cally l)trcr,r L e ~ r n e h.................... 3 B1.E 420 Scnence .Uclhcd\. \lanagcmenl. and A,ro,munt in BLUESL Settings ........................................................ 3 BLE 480 Mathematics Methods, Management, and Assessment in Elementary BLEJESL Seuings ............. 3 1 RLE - - - 496 Field Exoerience ......................................................... b.l)T 300 Cump8.ters in Fdu;~t:on.. . . . . . . . . ............... I SPE 416 Q u ~ l ~ Practnce~ ty $07IheCollrbor~!~\~c ('lasworn ........3 ~ ~ Semester Ilk Living the Scholarly Life of LiteracylSiliteraey BLE 335 Language Diversity in Classrooms ............................... 3 BLE 414 Reading Methods, Management, and Assessment in BLEJESL Settings..................................................... 3 BLE 433 Language Arts Methods, Management, and Assessment in Elementary BLEJESL Seuings ............. 3 BLE 481 Reading Practicum ....................................................... 3 BLE 496 Field Experience ........................................................ I Semester IV BLE 478 Student Teaching in the Elementary ~chool* 12 .............. ITC program course total .............................................................. 50 ' A minimum grade of " C (2.00) is required in all courses. Student teaching requires students to student teach in multicul~ r a lmultilingual , school settings-without exception. Multicul~raVmultilingualschool faculty identify classrooms that meet the above requirement. Elementary Education (Indigenous Educationb BAE Course Reqnimments. Many courses are held a t local ele- Fine a n s requirement * - A minimum made of " C 12.00) . .is rewired . in all courses. ITC Program Courses* Semester I EDP 310 Educational Psychology SB EDT 300 Computers in Education E D 410 History of American In E D 455 Social Studies Methods, Management, and Assessment far Indigenous Classrooms C ....................3 E D 496 Field Experience: Classroom Management and Semester 11 E D 414 Reading Methods, Management, and Assessment for Indigenous Classrooms ................................................. 3 E D 422 Methods of Teaching Indian Students C ....................... 3 E D 433 Counseling the Indian Student ...................................... 3 E D 496 Field Experience: Classroom Management and Organization................................................................ 1 SPE 418 Quality Practices in the Collaborative Indigenous Classroom.................. . ........................... 3 Semester Ill BLE 408 SEI far Linguistically Diverse Learners........................3 E D 420 Science Methods, Management, and Assessment for Indigenous Classrooms 3 IED 430 Issuer in Language and Literacy of Indigenous Peoples HUISB, C ......................................................... 3 IED 480 Mathematics Methods. Manaeement. and .h~se*~mcnt far lndiycmuu, Cl,\rru\~,pddtr".\.djemlc Spci~dlrrt~on" ,heel for clrclli; Intnrcnacld'muauadxa ptab e u! ua!led!3!uedlelnfia~ seJ!nben '6uwm pue Gu!pew $0sanb!uq3al laua!l3nllsul 'sanb!uqcal uo!IenlBne eA!lellllq 6u!pn13u!'uowrulsu!jo fdan!lap pua ua!lez!ue6~0 6uuds poe lfq (El '~UIWM PUB B u ~ ~ e :sa!Ea~s~s an pus lueua6aueyy leuolionrlsul PLP 3 d s w UO!SS!~PB 311:el!s!nbamd wno!ueid hl!ep seJ!nbau .6u!q3ea1an!1d!~3sadu! esn lq sls!laieu pue 'senb!uqlel 'spoqlaW 6uuds DUE f t q (E) .uwp11q3l~uoidaaxi! rot JIWIIWV pue16ulpean'afienfiu~1u! spoqiaw EU 3 d s w .uo!ss!wpe 3JJ :el!s!nbaleId wn3!uad Ll!ep sa~!nbeu.uo!m!ldde segseqdu3 .ua!lsnlena an!!elruoj 6u!pnl3u! 'eanb!uq3al3!lsau6e!p prnue~ajal-uo!,el!J3pue an!leuloN 6"Ud~Due Us ... ~ saipnls Aqod pue d!qs~apealleuo!leanpg jo uo!s!~!a ~~ ~ 29 a6ed :sesno3 lane1 alenpwg. aas 'JoneLm,u a.0- 10, 'seuno3 asaqi ehelol e!qdn,a aq Aed s l ~ e ~ nedenoe.&ao~n l.s 'suosenl E 8-109 JI. OOM . ~ U. uoI BO ppa~~seMMM sseme JO :fiole1e3 &e"pws aql aes ' 6 6 ~01 OOSLO>J , , .. . palaqunu sevno3 lnoqe uo!~sw~qu! l o j 'sawn03 la~ai-elenpslg wn~nqun3uo!le3npj le!Gds o!sea .CS e6ed:seuno3 snq!uwa, aes 'Balela3 s!ql u! pels!l $leql!=ds :~UWO(IO~ a q apnpu! ~ Leu s>!do~ iou inq pa>el)osavnm $0 ua!~eue!dxaue ~ o.saw103 j snqluuo 6u!vds pue fiq -eaj 'uolew (b-L).F3ldOllBldS m E 3dS YY I!ew u ! ~ ! M sluaprus pauenpe 10) qaeesa, pue @ms dno~61lews -uo!n!upe 311:evs!nbe>e~d Bu!wwwBO~d 6uods pue flq !euo!le3npa pua ' l u s u d o ~ a ~*&lou!w~el p sez!seqdu3 (L-L)'lBU!~aSord BBP 3dS W 'segl!qe~!p6~!ulea101 o!y3ads luawssassa pue ~!rsue13weq3 ,auuns '6ui1ds 'i,q 'uo!ss!mpe 311:el!s!nba>wd- a a j'luawssesse pue 'uopn,lsu! 6uuen!lap pue 6u!uus!d '1uewa6euew l!dnd 'uogwesqo (E) .sa~&~(!qssla 6u1tusai 04 uo!banpoliul 1 s t 3ds vv saz!seqdw3 '6u!uas uogeznpe lepeds e u! luehuo3 a v n m se!lddv sletsauaspat3afes (HI) .=ua!lodx3 P!ald 96b 3 d s w 'uo!ss!UPe 311:al!s!nbaJeld . .. .. . -. . rbwwns '6upds 'i,i (E) 'se!pnlS le!mSia3ue!= :sewvya4uo3 u! ua!uwlsul :SU!MOIIO, aw apnpu! Leu =!do1 (E)'UWP1143 U! SWalqOId lBUOlPW3 PUE l W O l A ~ l l 09EE ~ 3dS W 6u!~dspue a q 'uo!SS(wpe 311:el!s!nbeld 'uelp!!q3 L v r ) ' s q d o l l e l d s pev 3 d s w pddw!pueq 1wn11n3!l!nuflen6~!1!q $0 uo!lwnpa aql Su!plefia~ $ens! le~aua6jo uonel!!dde !el!peJd pua punalBy3sq IaqlaJoaql .UO!SS!UPE 311:el!s!nba~aId‘sad 'Lluo apw6 A, ,awns '6u~ds'ffq 6uuds pue rq (E) 'Uoll (SL-E)'UOIISJ~P~ la!aads u! f i u ~ q a s a l i u a ~ nBLP s 3ds w -sanp3 l e ! d s ~ w n ~ n a ~ u n ~ l a nofi iuolmnpaAiul u ~ ~ ~ a PLE 3 d s w .uo!ss!wPe 311:al!s!nba~wd' s a ~ p !ne~! m pue eDue!os 01 pelela, spwu ls!mds 411~ sluapnls lo$se!6elwls .uo!ss!wpe 311:el!s!nba~a>d a ~ n p a m 3!1nadaaw ~d Pue 'Su!www&d (eqe3npa 'iuewdo!anap '&lou!ruJai saz!seqdru3 Bu!uIea! Pue spowau leua!unusu! sluawa@u!pue sdo!enea 6u.uds pus fiq uqleplaa, lmuaw 01qucads iuawmsse pue E3!lS!Jel3Weq3 ,euuns '6u,lds 'iiq (E) 'selpns IB11OS PUB BJUal2S :SWVlUa(U03 UI Y0!13NlSUI 6LP3dS W (E) 'uo!lewelan IelueyY ZLE3 d s w . ... . . - . DIVISION OF PSYCHOLOGY IN EDUCATION Graduate Programs The faculty i n the division offer several graduate degrees in a number of majors. For more information, see the "College of Education Graduate Degrees and Majors" table, page 362, and the Graduate Catalog. Division of Psychology in Education coe.asu.edu/psyched 4801965-3384 EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION (EDA) Gmd~albLeveI Courses. For intormation about munes numbered fmm 500 to 799. see the Gradual* Catalog, oar access wwasu.edul aadcatalogs on me Wen In some s#t~atlons, undergraduate stdents may bee tgsbe to take thcse courses. lor mare lnformallon see -Graouate-Level Co~rses'page 62 EDUCATION POLICY ANALYSIS (EPA) GraduatPLevel Coursps. For information about courses numbered from 5W to 799, see the Graduale Catalog, or access w.asu.edul aadcatalags on the Web. In some situations, undergraduate students may be eligiMe to take mese courses: for more information, see %raduate-Level Courses: page 62. HIGHER AND POSTSECONDARY EDUCATION (HED) GradusteLevel Courses. For information abom murses numbered from 5aa to 799, see the Graduate Catalog, or acesss w.asu.edul catalag an Ihe Web. In same situations. undergraduate nudents may be elioible to take these munes: for more intormation. see 'Graduate ~wel?aurses: page 62. SOCIAL AND PHILOSOPHICAL FOUNDATIONS (SPF) M SPF30t Culture and Schoollng. (3) fall sorlno - and . . ~~ For me p;of&ional teacher preparation program. Overview of the cultural, soeial, and pol'*cal milieus in which formal schooling takes place in the United States. Lecture, recitation. Prerequisite:education major. General Studies: L M SPF 401 meory and Practice In Education.(l-2) fall andsorino For me ~ife;sionaiteacher PreDaration program. Analysis and interpretationof classroom behavior from perspectivesderived from philosaphy, sacial science, and law. Prerequisne: education major. M SPF 402Teachers and the Lew In IndinenousCommunHiea. (1) .. fall Examines the legal rghls of students, teachers, and the dblrict while preventinginjury to students In indigenous communities. Lecture, discussion. Omnibus Courses. For an explanallon of mdrses onered wt not spec tical y lhsted n tnls catalcg. see 'Omnibus Cadrses: page 63 GraduatbLevelCourses. For lrltormat on awn courses nbmberea from 500 lo 799, see tne Gfaduale Catalog or access w a s , edLl aadcatalogs on the Web n some sttuatons undergradbate slLoenrs mav be el o Die to ta6e tnese co4rses for more nlormaton,see -~kduate."~wel Courses: Page 62. ~ - EDB 302 Elsle G. J. Moore, Director Regents' Professors: Berliner, Glass, Smith Professors: Arredondo, Bernstein. Bilter, Bianchard, Claiborn, Green, Hackelt. Hood, Horan, Kinnier, Klein, Moore, Robinson Kurpius, Strom, Sullivan, Tracey Associate Professors: Arciniega, Brem, Brown, Ladd. Nakagawa, Savenye. Wodrich Assistant Professors: Arzubiaga. Atkinson, Gorin, Husman, Nelson. Rayle. Thompson Clinical Associate Professors: Caterino, Glidden-Tracey, Homer, Stamm Program Areas Counseling Counseling Psychology Counselor Education Educational Psychology Leamine ~ifespa; Developmental Psychology Measurement, Statistics, and Methodolorical Studies School Psychology Educational Technology - Degreg: M A . MC, M E 4 PhD Graduate P r o g r a m s The facultv i n the Division of Psvcholo~v -,in Education offer graduate degrees i n a number of majors. For more information. see the "College o f Education Graduate Degrees and Majors" table,-page 362, and the Graduore Catalog. COUNSELOR EDUCATION (CED) For mwe CED mumes, see me -Course Pre18res"table. or access m m a r u . c d w a a ~ ' c a r a I o g s / m u ~The s campus dessgnarnxlopponunlttes hy whtch they may achieve excellence in the major branches o f engineering, i n computer science, and i n construction management. The Fulton School takes pride in its diversity, its economic and cultural heritaee. .. and i n the aualitv, o f its ueraduatcs. I t smve.; to he an integral pan ofthe community i t servel and a lifelong [he lives lhoce ,hlnits compass. 'The schoul's educdtion~land reirarch programs are built srounJ the follu\\,ing principle,: entrepreneurship; use-tt~spircdresearch and scholarship, a fucus on the indiv~dual,~ntellectuxlfucion of unique and distinct disci~lines. social embeddedness in the local: national, and international community; and global engagement. For more information, access the school's Web site at www.fulton.asu.edu. . T H E FULTON ASPIRATIONS Gradu~tccfrom any u f the ,chool's programs will be techn~cally\ound. In addluon to teshniial competency. the Fulton School aspires to develop leaders who are aware of biological issues, well read and well spoken, and knowledgeable about current business practices. To this end the school enhanced curricula, special courses, and curricular activities to enrich the student's stay and to offer Del E. Webb School o f Construction Department of Chemical and Materials Engineering Department o f Civil and Environmental Engineering Deoartment o f Comouter Science and Eneineerine Department of Ele~.tncalEnglneennp De~artmenlof Industrial Ene~neer~nc ~ebartmentof Mechanical &d ~ e r & ~ a c e Engineering Harrington Department o f Bioengineering - Research Centers. The *chool i s com~nittedto the develop. men1 o f reseuih programs of nattonal promlnencc and to the concept that reaedrch is a impun;mt pan u f its eduidlional role. The school encourages the participation u i qual~fiedundcrgrxduate and graduate studcnts in iariou, research dcti\ ~ties.Mo\t faculty arc invc~lvedin governmerit- or industry-sponsored research Programs in a wide variety o f fields. This research is carried out i n the academic units and in a number o f interdisciplinary research instilutes, centers, and programs. A list of centers is available on the Web at www.fulton.asu.edulfultonJresearchJcenters.php. Center for Professional Develooment. The Center for Prufessiunal Development (CPD) pruvides engineerr :%nd technical ~rofcss~onali the skllls and knowledce necessluv to master new methods, to lead projects and teams, and to - L literacy and critical inquiry IMA mathematics 1 cs computerlstatisticsl quanlitaflve applications I HU humanities and finsarts I SB social and behavioral sciences / SG natural scienc-eneral core courses ISQ natural sciense-quantitative I C cultural diversiw in the United States IG global I H historical ISee 'General Studies: page 93. IRA A. FULTON SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING Fulton School Admission Reqnirements for Freshmen and lhnsfer Students Smdent Admission Level Admission Criteria - Preprofessional Freshmen Minimum transfer GPA of 3.00 if any No mioimum number of transfer horn No high schaol math or science deficiency and Class ranking in upper 25% or ABOR GPA of 3.W minimum or ACT minimum combined score of 24 or SAT minimum combined math and verbal score of l I40 Professional Minimum transfer GPA of 3.50 if any No minimum number of transfer horn No high schwl math or science deficiency && ~.-.....-. ~~ Wansf& d P ~ d3.f,w 4 transfer houn or more lo high school math or scieiance deficiency Trans and ACT minimum combined score of 32 or SAT minimum combined math and verbal smre Of 1400 - - linimum transf&G~~ of 3.W ers than 24 transfer houn lo high whool m3U1 or sere8ncc deficienq -." lass ranking in upper 25% or BOR GPA ol'3.00 minimu or ore of 24 AT minimum score of 114 advance orofessionallv. . Roerams are offeredin traditional clascroom environments and through distance learning. CPU works with the nationallv renowned facullv of the Fulton School of ~n~ineerin&daffiliate expeis to administer short courses and conferences, professional certification programs, and graduate degree programs. These online programs allow students with complex schedules to complete advanced work fmm remote locations. CPD also administers customized programs at company sites. For more information, call 4801965-1740, or access the center's Web site at www.asuengineeringonline.com. ADMISSION The Fulton School is home to a number of rigorous professional oromams. To helo ensure student success in these programs the Fulton School has higher admission requirements than those for the university. High school students are expected to have completed a college preparation curriculum including math thmugh precalculus and at least three years of high school lab science preferably in biology, chemistry, and physics. Transfer students are likewise expected to have performed well in their postsecondary work. Students interested in degrees within the schwl are encouraged to consult an advisor to help ensure that a proper set of high school andlor postsecondary courses are being taken. All the programs within the Fulton School are divided into two The freshmen and sophomore years of the program are designated as the preprofessional portion while the junior and senior years are designated as the professional portion. Students in the preprofessional program are only permitted to register for lower-division (100- and 200~ ~ . - ith and verbal level) classes within the school. Pmmotion from oreorofessional to professional status is competitive and not aitomatic (see "Promotion to Professional Status:' pare 373). The following material defines the admission standards for different categories of students. Direft Admission at the F'rofesional Level. A few high performing freshmen are admitted directly to the professional level. These students will still take the freshmen and sophomore courses hut will not have to compete for promotion. If a directlv admitted student fails to maintain acceotable academic hrformance the student may be demoted back to the preprofessional level. Direct admission at the professional level is reserved for freshmen who have completed a college preparation curriculum, have scored 1400 or higher for the sum of the verbal and math portions of the SAT or 32 or higher for the combined ACT, and, if any post secondary transfer work exists. have a transfer GPA of at least 3.50, as shown in the "Fulton Schwl Admission Requirements for Freshmen and Transfer Students" table. on this page. Freshmen. Most freshmen are admitted to the preprofessional level. Admission to the Fulton School requires high school students to have completed a college preparationcurriculum, to have a transfer GPA of 3.00 or higher (if any transfer courses exist) and to satisfy at least one of the high school performance criteria (see "Fulton Schwl Admission Requirements for Freshmen and Transfer Students" table, on this page). Freshmen who are not initially qualified for admittance may still gain admission to the school via the transfer student or change of major mute. IRA A. FULTON SCHOOL O F ENGINEERING Transfer Students. All transfer students are initially admitted to the preprofessional level but some may be eligible to apply for promotion to professional level (see "Promotion to Professional Status:' on this page). The admission standards have been set to select students who are ready for one of the professional programs (e.g., demonstrated math and science Eomoetencviand who have demonstrated the abilitv to suc,. ceed in a postsecondary environment (at least 24 hours of work with a GPA of 3.00 or higher). Transfer students with less than 24 transfer hours must also satisfy one of the high schwl performance criteria. Upon admission to one of the school's programs it is highly recommended that transfer students make an appointment to meet with the program's academic advisor toassess their status and deveiopi plan for success. International Students. Foreign nationals must meet the same admission requirements shown in the "Fulton School Admission Requirements for Freshmen and Transfer Students" table, page 372 with the possible additional requirement of a minimum TOEFL score. If the universitv. reauires . a TOFFL score (we "TOEFL," page 731 then admissiun tu the i-ullun Schoul require, s ~nininiumTOFFL score of 550 ( p p e r hacd). 2 13 (computer hawd). 79 on IBT (internet bayed) or a mlntmum IELTS >Lureo i 6.5. a net loss in units that count toward the degree. Thus it is imponant for students who contemplate transfemne- into thii ich,)ol from another in$tituuon. whether a cumn~unity college or four-)ear 1nitLtuun)n. 10 .'arefull\ stuJ) the satalog material to the particular prbgr&to get a sense of what courses may transfer. Credit is granted for transferred courses deemed equivalent to corresponding courses in the selected program of study, subject to grade and ASU resident credit requirements. No grades lower than "C" (2.00) are accepted as transfer credit to meet the graduation requirements of this school. Credits transferred from a community college or two-year institution are applied only as lower-division credits. For a listing of the acceptable courses transferable to the various degree programs, prospective Arizona transfer students should consult their advisors and refer to the ASU transfer tools available on the Web at www.asu.edu/provosU articulation. It should be noted that some courses taken in other ASU colleees or other universities mav be acceotable for eeneral university credit but may not be Hpplicablk toward the degree requirements of this school. Determination of those particular courses applicable to a specific degree program is made within the appropriate academic unit with the approval of the de&. ' - General Kducation Ikveloprnmt. Students admltted to the unl\,cr,tty aftrr cuccessful ~ompltrionu i the General Educa~i~rn Devclupment exaniination are adm~tted3s preprofe,sion31 students uithin their m.ljor prov~dedthey meet the m~nilnumACT or SAT scabre requlred fur admission as listed in the"Fulton School Admission Rcqu~rcmentslor Freshmen andTranifer Students"tahlc. page 372. Currency of C o u n e Work. Courses taken more than five years before admission to degree programs in this school are not normally accepted for transfer credit at the option of the department in which the applicant wishes to enroll. Courses completed within the five years preceding admission are judged as to their applicability to the student's cuniculum. Admission by Change of Major. Students moving into the Fulton School from an ASU program outside of the school are admitted at the preprofessional level. Students who are changing majors must meet the admission standards established for transfer students. Students interested in changing majors are encouraged to make an appointment with an advisor in the program of interest to discuss the probability of success and to develou. a plan . of action to ensure successful prulnotlon Change o i major is not guwmtced and may be denied h;i\ed on lack of evtdence that thc student can successfully complete the program. PROMOTION T O PROFESSIONAL STATUS Readmission. Students who have been gone from the university for one or more semesters and want to return to the school will need to have a cumulative ASU GPA of 3.00 or hieher. Students returnine to the same oromam in Fulton are readmitted to the program at the same level (preprofessional or orofessional) thev had before leavine the school. Students rctumtng to a ncu program in Fultun arc readmitted at thc prcpruiessional le\cl. Returning students who have a cumulitive GPA of less than 3.00 may request review by the Office of the Associate Dean of Academic Affairs. As with transfer students it is strongly recommended that each readmitted student consult with an advisor in the program they plan on pursuing to determine the likelihood of being promoted to the professional level. - - . - Evaluation of Previous Course Work. Transferring from one institution to another or between programs can result in Promotion from the preprofessional to the professional level is competitive. All programs within the school use the r are same eeneral Drocess but the ~ d c u l a reauirements program specific and are listed under each department. Promotion is based on a combination of facton defined bv each program but as a minimum consists of the cumulative GPA (ASU and transfer courses if anv) for a set of specific courses (referred to as the skill-set). Some programs augment the skill-set criterion with other materials (e.g., a cumulative ASU GPA, essay, exam, etc.). The minimum GPA required for promotion is program specific. The skill-set for each program has the following characteristics: 1. courses are all lower division (100- and 200-level) courses required by the pmgram for graduation; 2. courses give some prediction of success in the upperdivision courses; 3. set includes at least 24 semester hours of course work; and L I lerac) an0 c r l c a l nq.#f) MA mllncmatcs CS camp-tor stax rl cr 0,anlalal l e a m cat ons HU nLman ifer an0 I ne arlr SB sor a ano behavioral ~ciineeeI S G nalural science-general core course9 I SO natural Ecisnce-quantitative / C Cultural diversity in the United Slates I G global / H historical I See 'General Studies: page 93. IRA A. FULTON SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING 4. courses are all included within the first three semesters of a program as shown in the "Typical Four-Year ~equenck"(see departmental materiii). Students must apply for promotion and are only permitted to request promotion in the program in which they are currently enrolled. The application period is open for the entire semester and closes with the beginning of final exams. The earliest semester a student can apply for promotion is during the semester they are completing a program's skill-set. A typical promotion sequence would be 1. student completes skill-set during third semester; 2. student applies for promotion during third semester; 3. student enrolls for fourth semester course work during third semester; 4. student's request for promotion is processed during the earlv. part . of the fourth semester: and 5. student (if successful) is promoted to professional level and registers for fifth semester (first semester of upper-division Fulton course work). Students completing some of the skill-set courses at institutions other than ASU will need to have course results for promotion transferred to ASU before their application .. can be considered. The skill-set courses for each program can be found in the departmental write-ups or at www.eas.asu.edu/fulton/ transferslprofessional-programs-genedphp. ADVISING Successful completion of a program in the Fulton School requires careful dannine. - While final responsibilitv for becoming familiar with and understanding academic degree requirements lies with the student, each department employs professional academic advisors who work with students in setting academic and career goals; understanding school and university policies and procedures; meeting degree requirements; and becoming familiar with the universitv's and the school's sources of academic suown. Studentskay also work with a faculty advisor famili'a; with the chosen field of specialization. Students should consult with an advisor before registering each semester. Eamine promotion in a timelv manner requires careful planning.-~ormallypromotion requests are made during the thud semester and promotion decisions are made during the fourth semester of typical four-year sequence of classes. This ensures that the student has classes they can take while the promotion decision is being made. All students are encouraged to meet with a program advisor when they are admitted to a program to discuss promotion and how best to proceed. Many students find it necessan to work while attendine ASU. The working student shoulh endeavor to create a careful balance of work and class responsibilities to avoid academic problems. Students should inform faculty and professional advisors of any outside work or activity so that course loads may be adjusted accordingly. Advisors and staff in the Office of the Associate Dean for Academic Affairs in the school are available to assist individual students with many different types of advising issues. They work with students to answer general questions regarding policy and procedure; help with registration transactions; administer the probation, disqualification, and readmission processes; oversee disciplinary actions; hear grade grievances; and assist with other administrative matten. For more information, access the school's Web site at fulton.asu.edu/fulton. REGISTRATION Students are required to register for courses using one of the university-provided proceises. As part of the registration process, the school enforces the following registration restrictions, Mandatory Advising. AU Erst-year students, all student athletes, and students who are found to be havine academic difficulty are required to be advised before they register for classes, including.summer sessions. Some .oromams relax the 3d\i\ing requlrcmcnt after the first year, so studenrs should coniult their dcpdnment tu detcrmlne if adviring is required. Maximum Hours. Students enrolled in an undermduate " degree program In t h ~ schwl s ma) regliter for a maxlmum of 19 semester huurs each ,enle,ter Any ctudent wantlng to reghter for more than [he mdxllnum must suhm~ra peurlon ind have an appro~alon file hcfore rep~slenng for the o\rr. load. ~ ~ Probationary Status. Students who have been placed on academic probation must be advised bv a facultv,or professionk advisor from within the academic unit of their maior and then advised bv an advisor within the Office of thL~ssociateDean of ~ c i d e m i Affairs, c who will issue a special permit allowing them to reeister. Students on probation are limited to 13 semester hours. Generally the special permits are not issued until after mades have been posted (see, "Probation:' page 377 for details). ~~ Undergraduate Noodegee Status. Students who are enrolled in an undergraduate nondegree status in this school must obtain advising and approval to register before registering each semester from the Office of the Associate Dean of Academic Affairs. For more information, see "Admission of Undergraduate Nondegree Applicants:' page 74. Course Prerequisites. Students should consult the Schedule of Classes and the catalog for course prerequisites. Students who register for courses without the designated prerequisites may be withdrawn without the student's consent at any time before the final examination. Such withdrawal may be initiated by the instructor, the chair of the department offering the course, or the dean of the college. In such cases, students will not receive monetary reimbursement. P d a i l Grades. Students enrolled in the school do not receive degree credit for passifail courses taken at this institution. In addition, no course in this school is offered for passifail credit. Students requesting credit for passlfail courses taken at another institution must file a Petition for Adjustment to Curriculum Requirements to the department of iheir major. Each request is judged on its partic;lar merits. IRA A. FULTON SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING Ira A. Fulton School of Engineering B a d a u r e a t e Degrees and Majors Major Degree concentration1 Aerospace Engineering BSE Administered By - . BioengSeering BSE Chemical Engineering - BSE - Civil Engineering .. -. . BSE ~ . .,. -- ~ Optional: mistroction eng&&riog'or environmental engineering1 Ootional: software eneineerinel Comouter Science - ....-: Computer ~ ~ s t e m . ~ n ~ n & r i ~ , Construction -. ... ~ - EIectIiiiI ~ n g i n e e ~ g Engineering Interdisciplinary studies2 ~ngineerineSoecial ~ G d i e s Industrial Engineering Materials Science andEngineering Mechanical Engineering BS General building construction, heavy construction, residential construction, or specialty construction -. - BSE BS Department of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering Ianington Department c Bioengineering Department of Chemical and Materials Engineering .. Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering )eoartment of Comouter Science and Engtneemg Apartment of Computer Science and Engineenng Del E. Webb School of Construction Department of Electrical ~ n g i n e e r i n ~ Ira A. Fulton School of Enpeering Ira A. ~nItonSchool of E&neering BSE BSE- - BSE - and the Hanington Department of Bioengineering Depamnent of Industrial Engineering kpartment of Chemical and Materials Engineering department of Mechantcal and Aerospace Engineering If a major offen concenmlions, one must be selsted unless noted as optional * Applications for this program are not being accepted at this time. Non-Fulton School of Engineering Students. Students who are not admissible to programs in this school and who enroll in another school at ASU may not register for any 300- or 400-level courses in this school unless they are required in their degree - promams . - and the students have the proper course prerequisites. UNDERGRADUATEDEGREES The facultv in the Fnlton School of Eneineerine offer programs leading to the RS and RSE degrers with majors in the subiects shown in the "Ira A. Fulton School of Engineering ~aicalaureateDegrees and Majors" table, on thispage. Each major is administered by the academic unit indicated. For detailed information on the demee reauirements of a major in the Lra A. Fulton School of EnginLring, refer to thal academic unit's individual deccnptlon on tie following pages. - - GRADUATE DEGREES The faculty in the Fulton School of Engineering offer master's and doctoral degrees as shown in the ''Ira A. Fulton School of Engineering Graduate Degrees and Majors" table, page 376, in^.^^ facultyparticipate in offering the Master of Engineering W n g ) as a collaborative degree program offered by Arizona's three state universities. For more information, see the Graduate Caralog. SCHOOL OF EXTENDED EDUCATION The universitv-wide School of Extended Education orovides an interactive link between ASU and the diverse communities it serves. The college assesses lifelong learning requiremens and works in parmership with campuses, other colleges. - and the communitv to serve learners. using- a network uf locations, programs, schedules. and tu!hnulogies. For more information, see "School of Extended Education:' page 134, or access the Web site at www.asu.edu/xed . UNIVERSIN In addition to department and school requirements, students must meet ali university graduation requirements (see "University Graduation Reguircmenrs." pace 89). A wcllplanned pr&gram of study enables studentsto meet all requirements in a timely fashion. Students are encouraged L literaoy and critical inqu~ryI MA rnathemaHC8 I cs rnrnputer/statis~ics/ quantitative applications I HU humanities and line anr I SB social end behavtorsl sciences ISG natural scienc-sneral core courses /SO natural science-quantitative I C cultural divenily in the United States I G global I H hisloricat I See 'General Studier.'page 93. IRA A. FULTON SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING Ira A. Fulton School of Engineering Graduate Degrees and Majors Major Degree concentration1 Administered By - Department of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering -~ Hanington Department of Bioengineering Bioengineering MS, MSE,PhD Department of Chemica1 and Chemical Engineering Materials Engineerin, Department of Civil anc Civil and Emironmental Envimnmental Engineenng Engineering Department of Computer Science MCS Computer Science and Engineering Optional: ans, media, and engineering1 Department of Computer Science MS. PhD and Engineering I optid:construction science, facilities, Del E. Webb School of 1 Construction I or management1 Optional: arts, media, and engneenngl Department of Electrical Engineering MS. PhD Electrical Engineering Department of Electrical Engineering MSE - Ira A. Fulton School of Engineering Engineering Ira A. Fulton School of Engineering MS Engineering Science Ira A. Fulton School of Engineering MSE Executive embedded systems PhD Materials science and engineering Department of Chemical and Materials Engineering Department of Industrial ~ n ~ i n - n ~ Industrial Engineerinz Materials Engin, rlS, MSE Depamnent of Chemical and Materials Engineering Zs2 Committee on the Science &d " -~ Materials Scienc Engineering of Materials Department of Mechanical and Mechanical Engineering IrlS, MSE, P Aerosoace En~ineerine -.. >F-..:-.-2-7 ~ciencc a. rnu cng~s~nug ?hd .esolution nanomucture analysis Committee on the Science and .did-stare device materials desim Encineerine, of M~terials of Matcnals Aerospace Engineering MS. MSE, PhD ~ - ' - -. - -- If a major offen concentrations, one must be selected unless noted as oprionnl. This program is administered by the Division of Graduate Studies. to consult with an academic advisor in planning a program to ensure that they comply with all necessary requirements. required by the appropriate d i i t o r or department chair to take additional course work. General Studies Requirement All students enrolled in a baccalaureate degree pmgram must satisfy a university requirement of a minimum of 35 hours of approved coune work in General Studies. General Studies courses are listed in the "General Studies Courses" table, page 96, in the course descriptions in this catalog or on the Web, in the Schedule of Classes, and in the Summer Sessions Bullerin. Consult with an advisor for an approved list of courses. ACADEMIC STANDARDS The school has developed and enforces a number of academic standards, these are designed to support students who are smggling academically and to insure the quality of the school's graduates. First-Year Compositlon Requirement As aminimum, completion of ENG 101 and 102, or ENG 107 and 108. or ENG 105 with m d e s of "C" (2.00) or ~ ~iny ~ baccalau. higher is required for g r a d u a t i o i f r o m in reate oroeram as described in "First-Year Comoosition Requirement" page 89. Any student whose written or spoken English in any coune is unsatisfactory may be . 376 - Student Responsibilities Students have to make many decisions as they complete their degrees. While the school and the university make a number of resources available (e.g., faculty, courses, advisors, and Ntors) to help in making the decisions, students are expected to take responsibility for making them. Satisfactory Progress Students are expected to select and successfully complete courses that lead to the timely completion of their degree. SNdents are said to be making satisfactory p m p s s if they (I) maintain an acceptable GPA and (2) complete courses IRA A. FULTON SCHOOL O F ENGINEERING each semester that are applicable to their degree. Students who are making satisfactory progress are said to be in good standing. PROBATION Some students do not make satisfactory progress and these students generally need extra attention and resources to help them get back on track. Such students are placed on probation to help ensure that they get the necessary help. There are many reasons why students fail to make satisfactory progress and meeting with a program academic advisor to work out a program for success is crucial. Students may be required to reduce their course load (13 semester hours maximum), retake courses, or even take courses outside of the program if the advisor judges these measures will help bring the student back to good standing. Registration for Next Semester Classes. Before students on probation can register for classes in the next semester they must receive advising in their department and then obtain a special permit from an advisor in the Office of the Associate Dean for Academic Affairs. Permits are also required for summer school registration. Generally permits are not issued until final erades for the current semester have been recorded by the registrar but the school may issue the permits immediately following preregistration to some eligible students. Student on probation should check with their department's academic advisor to see if they are eligible for an early permit. - Conditions for Probation. A student is placed on probation when specific academic expectations are not met. Some conditions trigger an automatic placement on probation whereas others trigger an automatic review of the student's case to determine if probation is warranted. When a probation review is triggered, the final decision is made by the student's department, which also determines any conditions of probation. Automatic probation is triggered by any of the following: 1. a semester or summer session with a GPA less than or equal to 1.50; 2. two successive semesters with GPAs less than 2.00; and 3. an ASU Cumulative GPA below 2.00 (for more than 55 semester hours). Automatic review is mggered by any one of the following: 1. an ASU cumulative GPA less than 2.00 (0 to 55 semester hours); 2. a cumulative GPA in the major of less than 2.00; or 3. a failure to complete any courses appropriate for the degree during each semester. Courses completed during summer sessions are not used to reevaluate a student's fall semester probationary status. Disaualification. Students who are on academic orobation and fail to meet the school's retention standards become inelieible to continue workine toward a deeree within the school. Disqualification occurs if the probationary student - - 1. does not attain a semester GPA of 2.25 or higher; or 2. has a cumulative GPA below 2.00 at the end of the probationary semester; or 3. has been placed on probation for two consecutive semesters. Students who have been disqualified are subject to the following limitations: 1. Students who change colleges may not register for courses in engineering unless the courses are required by their new major. 2. Students who register for courses in the school may be withdrawn from these courses any time during the semester they are registered. Students who have been disqualified are encouraged to consider these options: 1. They may be eligible to change their major to another college if they have an acceptable cumulative GPA. The acceptable GPA level depends on the number of hours completed course work. Students should check with an advisor in the Office of the Associate Dean of Academic Affairs to determine if they are eligible. 2. They may take nonengineering courses during summer and winter sessions. 3. lhey may reque\t a review oftheir stltus by contacting the Ofnse of the Arcociate Dean for Academic Reinstatement The school does not accept an application for reinstatement until the disqualified student has remained out of this school for at least a 12-month period. Merely having remained in a disqualified status for this period of time does not, in itself, constitute a basis for reinstatement. Proof of abilitv to do satisfactorv colleee work in the chosen discipline is required, for example, completing at least 15 semester hours of oertinent courses in the discinline at a community collegehith a GPA of 3.00 or high&, and a cumulative GPA of 2.50 or higher for all courses completed. - SPECIAL PROGRAMS ' Joint Bachelor's and Master's Degree. Several programs within the school offer an opportunity to their highly motistudents to start a master's urovated and hieh-~erforming " . gram uhilr ~ t t I .I ~ m ~ l e the l t last ~ ~ year ufthe RS or BSE degree Interested student, should contact their mdlor depamnent for details. Undergraduate Research. l h e Fulton tindergrdduate Research Iniliatibe (FUKI). .urogmni - allow, undcramduae students to participate in university-level researchr~tudents, in collaboration with menton, make proposals to FUR1 to fund the research work they want to perform. Students are eligible to apply after only one semester of work. Projects range from one semester to several years. A research poster symposium is held each semester to present the results of literacy and critical inquiry I MA mathematics I CS computedstatisticol quantitative applications I MU humanities and line arts I SB social and behavioral sciences I SO natural science-general core courses I SO natural science-quantitative / C cultural diversity in the United States I G global I ti historical I See "GeneralStudies,"page 93. L IRA A. FULTON SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING the research. For more information, access the school's Web site at eas.asu.edu/fulton/depaRmentslfuri/index.php. Certificate Program in Technology Entrepreneurship. Engineers and scientists around the globe launch high-tech comoanies to move their ideas to the market. Studies show that the majority of innovative prcducts and services in the vrovideconomv evolve from entrevreneurial ventures. BY .. ing knouledp and \kill, tmpanant to the creallon and leader,h~poi w i h .t.i~up\.the :ertllicate program in Technolog, Lnlrcprcncur\h~paim; to tran the founder, and leaders oilolnorruu '\ hlgh-tech venlurer The cen!hcate program I\ dc*~gnedspec~fic~lly for engineers (:ourses are approached irom the w r r p c a n c otthe student whose primary interest I \ in technoiogical innovation, whose concentration is on engineering, and who has little or no prior business education. For more information, call 4801965-9480. Science Math Engineering Compelition Awards (SMECA) Scholarshios. The school has a limited number of scholarships available to students who competed during hieh school in reeional or national science. mathematics or engineering competitions (e.g., National Science Fair. FIRST). The scholarship is renewable up to five years. Interested students should access the school's Web site at www.fulton.asu.edu/fuIton~~~dentdsadschol~hivs.vhv for details. - - Tne ArIs, Med a. ana Eng~neeringprogram 1s onered of F,ne co aoorat,ve by tne Katner,ne Hebrger Arts and the Bra A Fdlton School 01 Englneerlng -7- Fulton Scholan. The Fulton Scholars are a erouo. of hiehlv -. motivated, talented students who have the opportunity to vanicioate in enriched intellectual. cultural. and social orogrsms dunng thcir collegr )car, Membersh~pI \ comptlt n e and h! invlrarlon. students ulnnlnr SMECA rholarship receive automatic membership. .I Fulton A m h a w d o n . The Fulton Ambassadors is composed of undergraduate students representing all disciplines within the school. Originally called "Student Ambassadors:' the name was changed in fall 2003 to "Fulton Ambassadors" in recognition of Ira A. Fulton's contribution to the school of engineering. Fulton Ambassadors promote and advance the school at ASU and serve as student liaisons between current students, administrators, alumni, and industry. For more information, access the Web site at www.fulton.asu.edu/sa/fa_website. SORP. The Student Outreach and Retention Program (SORP) houses student diversitv oroerams in the Ira A. ~ull'onSchool of ~ n ~ i n e e r i i ~ . . S Coffers k P programs and services to imorove the climate for. and to attract. suoport, and retain m;nority and women students in enginee;ine. Proerams included in SORP are the Women in Science and rn&necnng Progrsm. the M~nunt)Englnccnnp Pru gram. and the C o a l ~ t ~ ootn Fngcnecnnr M~nontySoclut~e\ and the Society of Women Engineers (cEMsW~). CEMSWE encourages the minority englnwnng organvatlons: American Indian S c ~ e n i canJ Enginccnng Stxlety. Nat~onalSnctety oi Black Engtncen. Suctely of tli advisors in cumplrting the prc\cr~bedbackground and skill course5 In prepar3tion ior ps\,agc to the professional program. The skiil courses & COM 225 Publ~;S p a L ~ n gL . . . . . . . .. ......... 3 CON 221 Appl~edFng~nrcnngMcchanncs: Slallo . . ............. 3 CON 211 lied\) Cun,lrucuun ~ulpmenl.hlelhods. SPECIAL PROGRAMS The Del E. Webb School of Construction maintains a cooperative agreement with community colleges within Arizona and also with selected out-of-state colleges and universities to smcture courses that are directly transferable into the construction program at ASU. Student Organizations. The school has a chapter of Sigma Lambda Chi, a national honor society that recognizes high academic achievement in accepted construction programs. The school is also host to the Associated General Contractors of America student chapter, the National Association of Home Builders student chaoter. the Construction Women's Alliance, and the ~ e c h a n i c kcontractors Association of America. Scholarships. Apart from those given by the university, a number of scholarships from the construction industry are awarded to students registered in the construction program. The scholarships are awarded on the basis of academic achievement &d participation in activities of the construction program. Business Minor. The school, in conjunction with the W. P. Carey School of Business, offers a business minor for students who have an interest in additional business courses while pursuing a degree in construction. The courses available for the minor are designed to appeal to and inform the nonbusiness student. Courses cover a broad range of topics important to modem managers. See a construction undergraduate advisor for minor requirements. ' Both PHY 111 and 113 must be taken to secure SQ credit. The Professional Program. The iunior and senior v e m constitute the professional proof the undergraduate curriculum. Admission to the professional program . - is competitive and limited by available resources. Admission is awarded to those applicants demonstratinz.the highest promlsc ior profes,ional sucseai. The adm~ssionscommltv e cuns~dcr,overall transtcr GPA and ASU GPA as well as gradct achieied in the slull courscb l~stedabove. Students seek~ngproiess~onslslslus niusl habe completed all of the skill counes before epplving. Students who wish l o a p ~ l vlo the Del E. Webb ~ c h & l b fConstruction professionaiprogram must submit an application during one of the three annual application peribhs. candidates-are strongly encouraged to visit with their faculty and staff academic advisors at the beginning of the semester in which they wish to apply to obtain information regarding academic qualifications, admissions criteria. and application deadlines. The application form can be found on the department's Web site at construction.asu.edu. All applicants must be admitted to ASU by the time they submit their professional program application and must provide official SAT or ACT scores and must have completed all the skill-set classes. ~ ~ DEL E. WEBB SCHOOL OF CONSTRUCTION ' , BASIC REQUIREMENTS Students complete the following basic requirements before registering for advanced courses: (1) All first-semester, first-year courses and the university First-Year Composition requirement (see "University Graduation Requirements," page 89) must be completed by the time the student requirehas accumulated 48 semester hours of program . . menu, and (2) all second-semester, first-year courses must be completed by the time the student has completed 64 semester hours of program requirements. Transfer students are given a one-semester waiver. Participation in a summer field internshin activitv is reauired for all students between the second and third years of the program. Participation in a summer management internship is required for all students between the third and fourth year of the program. Any student not making satisfactory progress is permitted to register for only those courses required to correct any deficiencies. Literacy and Critical Inouirv CO.U 225 Public Speaking L- .................................. CON 496 Conrtructlo~lCoar.~ilAdmin~rlr~llon L ........... L. C awareness subtotal .............................................................. 3 3 6 Natural Sciences PHY I I I General Yh) SQ' '. . . . . . . . . . 3 .............. I PHY I I3 General Ph)s#;\ i:aburatory 50' Physi~aI5 c r n u r ele.tne .SQ/.S(i ...................................... 4SQ awareness subtotal..................................................................... 8 ' 3 MA1 294 ST Calculu*tor Englnecr, 1' STP 226 Elements of Sut#rtnr\CS' 3 MA, CS awareness subtotal ............................................................ 6 General SNdies/school requirements total .................................... 35 Courses in Major Requirements Common tom Concentrations ACC 394 ST: Financial Analysis and Accounting for Small DEGREE REQUIREMENTS A minimum of 120 semester hours with at least 45 hours at the upper-division level is required for graduation from the nromam. Students in all concentrations are required to . complete a construction core of science-based engineering, construction, and management courses. - CON 241 Surveying CON 251 M~crhnmpuwrAppl~csuansfur ~dn,tru~llon' 3 GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS A student must eam a grade of "C" (2.00) or higher in the mathematics and ~ . h.v s i c scourses listed in the nromam . - of study. In addition to fulfilling school and major requirements, majors must satisfy the General Studies requirements as noted in "General Studies," page 93, and all university graduation requirements as noted in "University Graduation Requirements," page 89. Note that all three General Studies awareness areas are required. Consult an advisor for an approved list of courses. SCHOOL COURSE REQUIREMENTS First Year Composition ~equirements' Choose one of the following combinations..................................... 6 ENG 101 First-Year Composition (3) ENG 102 First-Year composition2 (3) -or- .................................. CON 484 Managerial Internshi CON 495 Consuuction Planni LES 305 Legal. Ethical, and Regulatory Issues in Business ........3 Courses in common requirements subtotal ................................... 52 Concenvdtion requirements subtotal5.......................................... 27 Major total ..................................................................................... 79 Program total ...............................................................................120 I ENG 105 Advanced First-Year Composition (3) Elective chosen with advisor (3) -. ENG 107 English for Foreign SNdenls (3) ENG 108 English for Foreign SNdents (3) Fin1 year composition total ............................................................6 General studies3 Humanities and Fine AWSocial and Behavioral Sciences CON 101 Construction and Culture: A Built Environment HU, G.H ................................................. 3 ECN 21 1 Macroeconomic Principles SB ...................................... 3 ECN 212 Micmeconomic Princioles sB2..................................... 3 HUISB and awareness area course.................................................. 3 3 HUISB (upper division) and awareness area course .......................HUISB awareness area subtotal .................................................... 15 A minimum grade of "C"(2.03) is required. This is a skill-set course. StuJcnli areencuurag:d to vlecl HUIStl cuuncs tui~mplernent thur lechnncal pruprm. kor mofe infomat~on.*ec "General Studies," page 93. Both PHY I 1 1 and 113 must be taken to secure SQ credit. For details an concentration requirements, see "Concenuations:' on this page. Concentrations There are four concenbations available in construction. the course requirements are given below. L literacy and critical inquiry I MA malhsmatics I CS computerlstatisticJl q~antitativeapplications I HU humanities and tine arts I SB social and behavioral sciencesI SO natural rcienc%--generalmre courser 1SO natural w;ience-quantitative I C cultural diversity in the United States I G global I n historical I See 'General Studies: page 93. IRA A. FULTON S C H O O L OF ENGINEERING Concenlration in General Building Construction. The general huildinr con\uuclion concentration pror ides a Foundation for &dents who wish to pursue careers as estimators, project managers, project engineers, and eventually, owners of firms engaged in the construction of induslrial, commercial, and institutional structures. Educational focus is on building svstems required for the mass development and production of large-scale projects. General building construction is addressed as an integrated process from conception through delivery of compleied facilities to users -- ~~ Requirements CON 194 ST: Introduction to Consmctian .................................. 1 CON 273 Electrical Consrmction Fundamentals.......................... 3 CON 310 Testing of Materials for Consmction ........................... 3 CON -. 345 Mechanical Svstems.................................................. 3 CON 172 Dc$elop~net~t Peaclhtlit) Kepns L ........................... 3 CON 483 AJvmceJ H~ild~ng tstlmdring ............................... 3 CON 4.14 ST Irider\lb~],.hl~nagcmenr,and Enlrepreneunhtp in Construction ........................................................2 PUP 432 Planning and Development Control Law ...................... 3 REA 380 Real Estate Fundamentals .............................................3 Upper-division elective 3 ~ ~ Concentration in Heavy Construction. The heavy con. struction concentration irepares students for careers related to the public works discipline. Typical projects in which they are involved are highways, railroads, airports, power plants, rapid transit systems, process plants, harbor and waterfront facilities. oioelines, dams, tunnels, bridges, . canals, sewerage and water works, and mass earthwork. .. Requirements CON 194 ST: Introduction to Construction .................................. 1 CON .. 273 Electrical Construction Fundamentals ...................... -.-- 3 CON 310 Testing of Materials for Conswction ........................... CON 345 Mechanical System CON 486 Heavy Conswction CON 494 ST: Heavy Consmction P CON 494 ST: Leadenhip. Management, and Entrepreneuship . In Conrl",ct,on .............................................................. L Upper-division electives.................................................................. 9 Total ............................................................................................. 27 Concentration in Residential Construction. The residentidl construct~oncunccnuation prrpdres students fur careers ~nrhu rcridcnli~l,ectur of the industry. This concuntmt~on covers the soecific methods and orocesses during --the plan. ning, production, mxketing, and business-related activities common to residential construction. Requirements .................................. CON 194 ST lntroductian taConsmction CON 273 Electrical Consmctian Fundamentals.......................... 3 CON 310 ~estingof ater rials for Consmcdon ........................... 3 CON 345 Mechanical Syst 3 CON 377 Residential Cons CON 477 Residential Cons ................ 3 CON 494 ST Leadenhip, Management, and Entrepreneurship in Construction ................................. 2 MKT 382 Advertising and Marketing Communication................. 3 PUP 432 Planning and Developmen 3 REA 380 Real Estate Fundamentals Total Concentration in Specialty Construction. The specialty construction conientraliun prepsrcs btudents for carccrc with specialty cOnStNCIOIS, such as mechanical and elecuical construction firms. It emphasizes the construction process at the trade contractor level. Requirements CON 194 ST: Introduction to Construction................................... I CON 273 Electrical Construction Fundamentals .......................... 3 CON 310 Testing of Materials for Consmction ...........................3 CON 345 Mechanical System CON 468 Mechanical and El CON 471 Mechanical and Electrical Project Management........... 3 CON 494 ST: Cleanrwm Conswetian ......................................... 3 CON 494 ST: Leadership, Management, and Upper-division electives Total..............................................................................................27 Typical FirstTwoYear Course Sequence Advisor-approved alternates/transfer credits for these courses may vaw from the total required semester hours indicated. such k i a n c e s do not reduce the minimum of 120 semester hours required for the degree. The course work for the first two years is similar f& all concenwtions. First Semester CON 101 Construction and CulNre: A Built Environment HU, G, H ................................................. 3 CON 194 ST: Introduction to Construction................................... I ECN 21 1 MacmeconomicRinciples SB ...................................... 3 ENG 101 First-Year Comoosition................................................. 3 MAT 294 ST CaLului h r Ell Lnecn I .......................... 3 ........................... 1 PHY I I I General Ph! it.'i SV 1 PHY 113 General Ph)rict Idhor3log 50' ............................- k Total ...............................................................................................17 COM 225 Pub . 3 CON 252 Buil Equ 3 ....................................... 3 ECN212Mic ENG 102 Fint-Year Composition ................................................. 3 HUlSB and awareness area course.................................................. 3 Total............................................................................................... IS ........... -.. ~ h ~ rsernxtor r l CON 221 Applied EnglnccnngMeihsni;r: Stat!cs . . . . . . . . . . 3 CON 243 Hea y Canarucu.,o F.qunpmcnl. Methd,. and Materials ........................................................................3 CON 251 Microcomputer Applications for Consmction .............3 CON 273 Electrical Consmction Fundamentals .......................... 3 STP 226 Elements of Statistics CS .............................................. 3 Total............................................................................................... IS ~ ~ Fourth Semester CON 223 Streneth of Materials..................................................... 3 CON 241 ~urueiin HUISB and awareness areacourse SQ elective wiIh lab ' Both PHY I I I and I13 must be t&en to secure SQ credit. Physical science elective with lab required to secure SQ credit. DEL E. WEBB SCHOOL OF CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION (CON) M CON 101 Construction and Culture: A Buin Environment. (3) far and spmg Analyzes the culturai context of construction, emphasizing its centralihr in the evolution and exoansion of built environments as expressbns of ethical and histor'ical value systems. Lecture, speakers. General Sfudles: HU, G. H M CON 194 SpecialTopics. ( 1 4 ) selectedsemesfers Top w may include tne fol owng ntrwdcnon to Construct on (1) M CON 221 Auplled Englneerlng Mechanncs: Statncs (3) fall and spring. Vectors, forces and moments, force systems, equilibrium, analysis of basic structures and structural cornwnents. friction. centroids. and moments of inertia. Prerequisites: MAT 270'(or 2 9 4 ~calculus ~ : for Engineers I): PHY 111,113. M CON 223 Strendh of Materials. 13) fall and sorinq Analyzes stringln and ng d ly of str~ctdralmembers in res stmg app led forces Strcss slra n shear moment def ectrons camo8ned stresses and connect ons 60th U S and SI ~ n r t of s measurement - ~ - ~ .. M CON 241 Surveying. (3) fall. sorino. summer ~ h e oa;o i f e d Nor* n conslr~noonano lano sLrveys Cross Isteo as CEE 281 Cred I s a lowed tor on y CEE 281 or CON 241 Fee Lecture ao Prereq~s le MAT 270 (or 294 ST Ca~cuus for Eng nee= M CON 243 Heavy Construction Equipment, Methods, and Materials. (3) Ian andspring Emphasizes "Harizantal'canstrudion.Fleet operations, maintenance programs, methods, and pmcedures to construct tunnels, roads, dams, and the excavation of buildings. Lab, field trips. Fee. M CON 251 Micmcomuuter A~ulications for Construction. (3) .. .. far and spring Applies the microcomputer as a probiem-solvingtool for the constructor. Uses spreadsheets, information management, and multimedia software. Lab. Fee. M CON 252 Building Construction Methods, Materials, and E q u i p ment. 13) fall and ipring Emphasizes"Vertica1"wnstruction. Methods, materials, wdes, and equipment used in building construction correspondingto the 16 division 'Master Format: M CON 273 Electrical Construction Fundamentals. (3) fall and spring Circuits and machinery. Power transmission and distribution, with emphasis an sewndary distribution systems. Measurements and instrumentation.Lecture, field trips. M CON 296 Field Internship. (1) summer Participationas interns on wnstruction projects to observe and experience the daily activities. Internship. Fee. M CON 31OTestino of Materials for Construction. 13) fall and s ~ r l n q Slrbcsra an; benav ora cnaracter 5t.c~.eng neenng propen es meas.remenls and app catoon of conslrdct on mater a s Not open to cnaoneer na 3tboOnlS Lecture. lab Fee Preroa~8slleCON 223 M CON 345 Mechanical Systems. (3) hll.m d .o"no . .Design parameters and equipment related to heating and cooling systems for mechanical construction. Computer-aidedcalculations Lecture, field trips. Prerequisites: CON 252: PHY 111. 113. M CON 371 Construction Management and Safety. (3) fall and s ~ r i n ~ Organ zatlonand management theory app led to tne construction pracess. LeadershP f ~ n n l o n sSafety proced~lesand equipment. OSHA requ remenls for canslrLnton Prerequ s le: COh 252. ~ ~~ ~~~ ~ ~ - - - 7 ~ . M CON 377 Residential Constructlon Production Procedures. 13) .. spnnq Pracess USM n resdentral~onstruct~on. How a hodse is b 0. t desgn. permtls, w h w ~ng, l cwes, contract ng, slte managemenl. mechanlcai e ectr cal. Prerea~lste:CON 252 M CON 383 Construction Estimating. (4) lab and sorho Analyzes wnstruction drawings and specfications. Methods used in estimating process. Quantily surveying techniques for CSI divisions. Lecture. project workshops. Prerequisites:CON 243. 252. M CON 389 Construction Cost Accountina and Control. 131 ~~. - hal~re of WnSlrLCllOn cost Depreclal on and tax theory and varoao e eadlpmenl costs Cash f o* theory. onvestment models profrtabrlty and analvs s Como~teraoollcalons F ~ n na a soLrces and anangeients. Buiider's i k r a n c e . ~rerequiGtes:ACC 230 (or 394 ST: Financial Analysis and Accounting for Small Businesses); CON 251. General Sfudles: CS M CON 394 SpecialTopics. ( 1 4 ) fa/f and spring Tooics mav include the followino: ~ro~ogl& Cons oeratrons in Eons~ructan Gender. Race Class m the Conslnct~onlna~stryWorkiorce Megapro ects The r Impacts on Soc ety M CON 424 Structural Design. (3) fall Ewnomic use of wncrete, steel, and w w d in building and engineered strunures. Design of beams, wlumns, wncrete farmwork, and connections. Lecture, field trips. Prerequisite: CON 310. M CON 450 Geotechnical Applications for Construction. (3) lad and sorlno Soti formal on eng neerlng propertes and use as bd orog maler a s Soils onfluence on wnstrLct!on of o.tll env ronmenl ncl~dlng SpeCdlCal10"S Lect~re,lab slte vls#lsFee Prereq~lslleCON 310 M CON 453 Construction Labar Management. (31 . .. fall andspring Labor and management history, union, and open shop organizationof building and construction workers; applicable laws and government regulations; goals, economic power, iurisdictional disputes, and griemnce procedures.Prerequisites:CON 371: ECN 212. M CON 455 Construction Project Management. (3) fall and spring Study of hetiads for coordinating people, equipment, materials. money, and schedule to complete a project an time and within approved cost. Ledure. class projects, CPC exam. Fee. Prerequisite: CON 371. Prs- or coreauisite: CON 495. M CON 468 Mechanical and Electrical Estimating. (3) fall Analysis and organization of performing a w s t estimate for bath mechanical and electrical canstrudian projects. Computer usage. Prerequisites: CON 273, 345. 383. M CON 471 Mechanical and Electrical Pmiect Manaaement. 131 .. SDnflg Spec arm mntracts an0 agreements scnedu mg, matenal hand1ng. labor brill analys s. and lob costlng for mechan cal ana o cclncal COnSlNctlOn Plereo~lStleCON 371 M CON 472 Development Feaslbllity Reports. (3) fa# and spring Integrateseconomic location theory, development w s t data, market research data, and financial analysis into a feasibility report. Computer orientation. Prerequisite: REA 380. General Studies: L M CON 477 Residential Construction Business Practices. (3) . - .. en,;"" ,a -v. Topics addressed include development, marketing, financing, legal issues, and sales. Prerequisites:CON 389; MKT 382. - .- L lhteracy ana er tea nqa. r y U A rnatnematcr CS cornp~lerstat st c r wanllal.,e app calonr HU h ~ m a nter ano lhne arts SB roc a ano oehdv~ulase ~ C B I 5 0 natlral rc enec-genefa core ro.rscr SO nat.ra rc ence-a,anllat.,e C c. t ~ r ad uerrlly n tne Jnllea Slates G g ooal H nlelor cal See 'General Sl.d er 'page 93 I R A A. FULTON SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING M CON 483 Advanced Bulldlng Estimating. .(3) .. fall and spring Concepts of pricing and markup, development of hisforic costs, life cvcie mstino, chanae order and conceotual estimatim. and &~hasilln~mi~ro~m methods. ~ ~ t e rbrereauisite:C? 383. IN M CON 484 Internship. (1-12) fall, spring, summer Structured praclical experience following a contract or plan. supervised by faculty and practitioners. May serve with industry participant or government agency. May be repeatedfor credii.Topin may include lhe following: Managerial Internship. (1) Fee. Prerequisites:CON 296; school approval. M CON 486 Heavy Construction Estimating. (3) lab Methods analysis and cost estimation for construction of highways, bridges, tunnels, dams, and other engineering works Lecture, field trips. Prerequisites:CON 241, 383. M CON 492 Honors Directed Study. (1-6) selected semesters M CON 493 HonorsThesis. (1-6) Selectedsemesfers M CON 494 SwclalTo~ics.1141 . fad andsprini . . , -. Topics may include the fallowing: Cleanrwm Cansruction. (3) fall Heavy Construction Proiect Management. (3) Leadership, Management, and Entrepreneurship In Construction. (2) M CON 495 Construction Plannlna and Schedulina.131 far and spring Various nerwork methods of project scheduling, such as AOA, AON Pert, bar-charting, line-of-balance, and VPM techniques. MicrmmDuters used for schedulina. resource allocation. and time1 cost analysis. Lecture, lab. Fee. ~r&quisites: CON 383: STP 226. Pre- or corequisite: CON 389. GennralStudes .- - - ..... CS .. M CON 496 Construction Cohtract Administration. (3) fall and spring Surveys administrative pmcedures of general and subcontractors. Studies documentation, claims, arbitration, litigation, bonding. insurance, and indemnlfcetion. DiSCusseS ethical practices. Lecture, field trips. Prerequisites:COM 225:senior standing. General Studies: L M CON 499 lndivlduallzed Instruction. (1-3) selected semesters Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of courses onered bul not specificallylisted in this catalag, see "Omnibus Cau-:page 63. Graduate-Level Courses. For information about courses numbered from 5w lo 799, see the Graduate Catalog, or access www.asu.edul catalog on the Web. In same situations, undergraduate students may be eligible to take these c0urses;for more information, see "GraduateLevel Courses: page 62. - and social consequences of engineering activity. The goals of the programs include the promotion of the general welfare o f the engineering profession. The courses offered are designed to meet the needs of the following students: 1. those who wish to pursue a career i n engineering; 2. those who wish to do graduate work in engineering; 3. those who plan to pursue a nonengineering career but want the technical background associated with a BS or BSE; and 4. those who wish to take certain electives in engineering while pursuing another program in the university. ADMISSION A l l engineering and computer science programs are divided into two parts: a preprofessional program and a professional program. Students are generally admitted into one o f the preprofessional programs. For information regarding requirements for admission. transfer. retention.. disoualification. and reinsutemrnt i n the Fulton Schuol of Eng~nrenng. see "Admis,ion," page 372 and ''Academic Sundards:' page 376 For information regarding the proiessiunal programs see ""Pmn~uliun to Pn>ieisionalStatus:' naee 373 or departmental material. Students who are beginning their initial colleee work in cnglncering shoulJ have comjleted a ngorous uiivenlty preparation curriculum in secondary schuol. Such a cumiculum would gener~ll)conslst of four years of English; tour yean of mathematics lhrough at least precalculus. including a rlab s science; a course with mgonometry; and ~ h r e e ~ ~ eof including chemistry and physics. Biology, calculus, and computer programming are recommended. Students who do not meet subject matter requirements may be required to complete additional university course work to meet the orerequisites for required course;. One or more of the tolluhing courses may he required l o satisfy omissiont or deticiencies upon admission: C H M 113 General Chemistry, CSE 180 Computer Literacy, CSE 181 Applied Problem Solving with V~sualBASIC, M A T 170 Precalculus, and PHY 105 Basic Physics. . .- DEGREES The Bachelor of Science i n Engineering (BSE) degree and the BS degree in Computer Science consist o f two parts: 1. university requirements (e.g., General Studies, FintYear Composition); and Engineering Programs 4801965-1726 PURPOSE Students studying engineering at ASU are expected to acquire a thorough understanding o f the fundamentals of ~natl~einaric~ a n i l h c sciencci and iheir applications to the ,oluli,ln o f prs~blemsin the vlinoub eng~neerinp,nelds. The programs &e designed to develop a balance between science and engineering and an understanding o f the economic 2. a major. The courses identified for each of these parts are intended to meet requirements imposed bv the universitv and bv the professlonil ac;redlung ~ g m c ) , ~ c c r e d ~ t a u o nfor ~~o~d Eng~neenngand rcchnolo~y. -. Inc (ABET). . for rrrorrama in engineeringahd computing science, respectively. I n addition to First-Year Composition, the university requires, through the General studies requirement, c o k e s in literacy and critical inquiry; humanities, fine arts and design: social and behavioral sciences; mathematical studies; and natural sciences (see "General Studies:' page 93). There are also requirements for historical awareness, global . - ENGINEERING PROGRAMS awareness, and cultural diversity in the United States. ABET imooses additional resuirements, oa~icularlvin mathematics, the basic sciences, and in the courses for the maior. The majors available are of two program types: ( I ) those associated with a oarticular promam (for example, Electri) (2jthose cal Engineering and Civil ~ & i & e r i n ~and offered as concentrations in Engineering Special Studies (for example, premedical engineering). Some of the credits in the major are reserved for the student's use as an area of study. These credits are traditionally referred to as technical elecrives. Majors and areas of study are offered by the seven engineering departments within the Fulton School of Engineering: Department of Chemical and Materials Engineering Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering Department of Computer Science and Engineering Department of Electrical Engineering Department of Industrial Engineering Department of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering Hanington Department of Bioengineering The maior in Engineering Special Studies is administered . Special Studies by the office of t h e ~ e a nEngineering makes use of the general srmcture of the engineering cumcula noted above &d provides students withan oppoPOmnity for study in engineering concentrations not available in the traditional engineering curricula at ASU. The first two years of engineering and computer science studv are the oreorofessional years and are intended to develop the foundation upon which the professional program is built. The preprofessional courses include a number of the university general studies courses as well as the skillset courses that are used to help determine if a student can be promoted to the profession& program. The final two years of the program are the pn~tcss~onal y e a s during which depth and breadth in the major is achieved. The semester-hy-semester selection of councs varirs from one field to another and is determined by the student in consultation with a faculty or professional advisor. See the 'Tvoical Four-Year Seauenee" tables in each of the deem, ment sections of this catalog for example courses for a fulltime student. Well-prepared students who have no outside commitments can usually complete the program of study leading to an undergraduate degree in engineering in four years (eight semesters at 15 semester hours per semester). Many students, however, find it advantageous or necessary to devote more than four years to the undergraduate program by pursuing, in any semester, fewer courses than are regularly prescribed. Where omissions or deficiencies exist--e.g., in chemistry, computer programming, English, mathematics, and physics-the student must complete more than the minimum of 120 semester hours. Therefore. in cases of inadequate secondary preparation, poor health, or financial necessity requiring . - considerable time for outside work, the undergraduate program is extended beyond four years. .. . DEGREE REQUIREMENTS The degree programs in engineering and computer science at ASU are intended to develop habits of quantitative thought having equal utility for both the practice of engineering and other professional fields. In response to the opportunities provided by changing technology, educational research, and industrial input possible improvements of various asmcts of these oromams are routinely considered. It is the inient of the fachlty-that all students be appropriately prepared in the four areas described below. 1. Oral and written English. Communication skills are - an essential comoonent of an eneineerine education. All englnecnng students mu\t complete the unlvers ~ l \Ftrrt-Ycar C o m ~ o , ~ t ~reuulremenl un (see ' Unlvenity Graduation ~e~uiremenis:.page 89). and the literacy and critical insuirv component (see "Five Core Leas:' page 93) bf the unkersity General Studies requirement, which involves two courses beyond ~irit-yearComposition. 2. Selectednonengineering topics. This area ensures that the eneineerine student acquires a satisfactory level of basic l&owledge in the humanities and fine arts, social and behavioral sciences, mathematical studies, and the natural sciences. Courses in these subjects give engineers an increased awareness of their social responsibilities, provide an understanding of related factors in the decision-making process, and also provide a foundation for the studv of eneineerine. Reauired courses go toward fulfilling the university General Studies reauirement. Additional courses in mathematics and the basic sciences are selected to meet ABET requiremenu. Becausr of oc.credito,ooonrequirernmrs, aerospace studie~(AESj ond mditur, sciencr (MIS)cuunes are not acceptable for engineering degree credit in fulfilling the humanities andjine arts and social and behavioral science portions of the General Srudies requirement. 3. Fulron requirements. To help ensure its students achieve the school's aspirations for its graduates (see "The Fulton Aspirations," page 37 I) all engineering programs are required to have an lnmduction to Engineering course: a course with significant biological content, and a course that exposes students to cutrent business practice. Each program uses a different selection of courses that are scattered throuehout the four years. In addition to these three specific courses, the programs have included leadership development modile8within some of their courses.. 4. Specifir engineering discipline. This area provides a depth of understanding.of a definitive body of knowledge that IS appropriute fur a specific engineering dlsc~pline.Cuur*es build upon the background provided b; the earlier completed portions of the cumculum and include a major design experience as well as - - . L telacy and c r l l ca ongr r) I MA lnalhemal6Cr I CS CompLlel %la1511~s. lal ve applcallonr nu hLman fter and line arts I SB roca sno benau o m rc~enccs 50 natdral rcenc-eneral coro courser SO n a t m sc~enc-~anf 1 . 1 ~ ~C C- twa d6$erSlly in the ~n 180 Stater 0 g obal I n htno~.cat,see .conoral s t ~ d r e r 'page 93 grant I R A A. FULTON SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING technical electives that may be selected by the student with the assistance of an advisor. The catalog material for the individual engineering majors describes specific departmental requirements. Harrington Department of Bioengineering GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS fulton.asu.edu/-bme 4801965-3028 ECG 334 tor graduation. 3 student must have a miniTo qu;~l~fy mum cumulative ASU GPA o f 2.00 in addition to having -a GPA of at least 2.M) for lhe courses in the major field. - PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION The undergraduate programs i n Aerospace Engineering, Bioengineering, Chemical Engineering, Civil Engineering, Computer Systems Engineering, Elechical Engineering, lndusmal Engineering, Materials Science and Engineering, and Mechanical Engineering are accredited b y the ENGINEERING ACCREDITATION COMMISSION OF ABET 11 1 MARKET PLACE. SUITE 1050 BALTIMORE MD 21202-4012 The commission may be called at 4101347-7700, The BS program in Computer Science is accredited b y the Computer Science Accreditation Commission of ABET. FULTON SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING(FSE) M FSE 105 College Adiustmem and Suwlval. (1) fall and spring Explores career goals end majors. Emphasizes organization and develooment of stud" skills. indudiw time management, stress manadernent, and uke of the library.M FSE 194 SpecialToplcs.(1-4) fall - Topics may include the following: MEP Academic Success. (2) M FSE 200 Elements of Engineering Dssion. . . (3) .. fall and spring - Advanced version of introduction to engineeringfar students who have not taken an introduction to engineering course. Credit is allowed for only FSE 200 or various program introduction to engineeringcourses. Lenure, lab. Prerequisites: ENG 101 (or 105); MAT 270 (or 294 ST: Calculus for Engineen I): PHY 121. 122. Pre- or wrequisite: CHM -- Eric J. Guilbeau, Chair CORE FACULTY Olin Endowed Professor: Guilbeau Protessors Akay, Garc~a.He, Towe Associate Professors Abbas, lasem dls. dosh , Jung, Massla, P zz con!. Ste~nmetz Assistant Professors B ~ n e oCaplan, . Helms-Tlllery, Muthuswamv.. Vernon Research Professors: Brophy. Herman, Panitch Assistant Research Professors: Furnish. Shimanskv Senior Researcn Professlona Brandon Research Sclent sts Ehtesnam., Pa~lcen Assistant Research Scientist: La Belle Senior Lecturer: Coursen . AFFILIATED FACULTY Electrical Engineering Professor: Kozicki Electronics and Computer Englneerlng Technology (Polytechnic Campus) Associate Professor: Macia Kinesloloav -. Associate Professor: Santello Assistant Professor: Dounskaia fab The faculty in the Hanington Depamnent o f Bioengineering offer the BSE degree in Bioengineering. The major builds on a broad base of knowledge in mathematics and science. The major offers graduates excellent career opportunities. Faculty within the department also participate i n the Engineering Specla1 Studies progum in prcmcd~calengineertng, w h r h i s d:auribed separately in "Programs in Engineering Spec~alStudies:' page 434. Omnibus COY-. For an explanation of courses offered but not specifically listed in this catalog, see "Omnibus Courses: page 63. BIOENGINEERING-BSE . . . . . - . .- . General Studies: CS M FSE 399 Cooprative Work Experience. (1) faff, spring, summer Work periods with industrial firms or government agencies alternated with full-time course work. N d open to studenls from other colleges. May be repeatedfor credit. Prerequisites:45 haun mmpleted in major with 2.50 GPA; dean approval. M FSE 494 SpecialToplcs. (1-4) Bioengineering (synonyms: biomedical engineering, medical engineering) is the discipline o f engineering that applies principles and methods from engineering, the pbysical sciences, the Life sciences, and the medical sciences to understand, define, and solve problems i n medicine, pbysiology, and biology. The mission o f the bioengineering program at ASU is to educate students to use engineering and scientific principles and methods to develop insuumentation, materials, diagnostic and therapeutic devices, artificial HARRINGTON DEPARTMENT O F BIOENGINEERING organs, or other equipment and technologies needed in medicine and hioloev -.and to discover new fundamental orinciples regarding the functioning and structure of living systems. The overall goal of the program is to produce highquality graduates with a broad-based education in engineering and the life and natural sciences who are well prepared for further graduate study in bioengineering, a career in the medical device or biotechnology industries, a career in hiomedical research, or enVy into a medical or other health profession school. The o r o m ' s mission is achieved bv bavine its faculty and &du& teachers fulfill the followihg objectives: to nrovide students with a strong foundation in mathematics, ;he physical and life sciencesyand basic engineering; and to give students a balance of theoretical understanding and ability in order to apply modem techniques, skills, and tools for problem solving at the interface of engineering with the hioloeical and medical sciences. Students demonstrate an ability to make measurements on and interpret data from living systems, addressing the problems associated with the interaction between living and nonliving materials and systems. Students are able to design systems, devices, c o m p nents, processes, and experiments with an understanding of manufacturine-. ormesses to meet real-world needs for solutions to problems in the biomedical device industries, medicine, and the life sciences. Students are able to communicate effectively as bioengineers in oral, written, computerhased, and manhical forms. Facultv seek to instill in sNdents a sense i f commitment to pr~fessionalismand ethical resoonsibilify as bioengineers. Students are given opoortunit& to inteiact wtth &d gnin real-world experience-u ith Ihal and nattunal medical device and technology ~ndustrles. health-care organizations, educational institutioiIs, and constituent populations. Faculty seek to develop within students an understandine of and oositive aooroach toward continued lifelong learning of new technologies and relevant issues in the discioline of bioeneineerine. Graduate degree programs in Btoenglneerlng are offered at ASll at the md\ler'\ and dmtural levels For more information, consult the Graduate Catalog. -or- BID 188 General Biology 11' SQ (4) BME 294 ST: Conservation Principles in Bioengineering ............3 CHM 114 General Chemistry for Engineers SQ ............................ 4 or CHM 116 General Chemisq 11S Q ~(4) MAT 294 ST: Calculus for Engineers I ......................................... 3 MAT 294 ST: Calculus for Engineen ll ........................................ 3 MAT 294 ST. Calculus for Engineen III ...................................... 3 PHY 121 University Physics 1: Mechanics S@ ........................... 3 PHY 122 UniveniN, Phvnics Labomtow, I ~d , - ............................ I PHY I 31 u n l ~ r . ~ Ph)\c, ) II r.lc;tn;,t) and hlapnut~\m.$.;lonr:qulremcncs. premcdlcal ,tudentsgcnenll) .huuU;hoo\eCIIM 116. Note ihalCllhl 113 is required by many medical schools in addition to CHM 116 CHM 113 e m o t be used for degree credit. ~ 0 t CHM h 231 and CHM 235 must be taken to secvre SO credit To fulfill medicdl rchml 3dmwon rzquiremencs, premedical srudenb generally chould r h m w CHM 2331237 Nol~.thalCHM 234/238 .ue rewired h) many mudiral whoolr in idditiun lo CHM 2331237. If CHM 2331237 are taken to satisfy the natural science requirement, these comes are not eligible to be applied as technical electives Both PHY 121 and PHY 122 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Both PHY 131 and PHY 132 must be taken to secure SQcredit. Both BME413 and BME 423 must be taken to secure L e d i t . The major BME courses require a grade of "C"(2.00) or higher to advance in the program and to receive a baccalau- reate degree. Bioengineering Areas of Study Technical electives should in general be selected f m m one of the emphasis areas. Students can elect to emphasize biochemical engineering, bioelecmcal engineering, biomaterials engineering, biomechanical engineering, biomedical imaging engineering, biosystems engineering, molecular and cellular bioengineering, or premedical in their studies. A student may also, with prior approval of the department, select a general area of study or combination of courses that support a career in bioengineering not covered by one of these areas. Lawe~DivisionEngineering Courses BME - ~-1 M Introduction to Bioeneineerine C S ............................... 3 BME 235 PI~)\#olog)for Fngneers. ................................... 4 BMC 294 JI: Canwnatlon 1'nnctplr.s ~nRtncngn=ring. ........ 3 4 EEE 202 Circuits 1................................................................... IEE 280 Probability and Statistics for Engineering Problem Biochemical Engineering. This area is designed to MAE 212 Engineerin BME 434 Applications of Bioengineering Transpon Phenomena .................................................................. 3 Lower-division courses to Upper-Division C o u m in Major BME 3W Bioenginee BME 318 Biamalerials BME 331 Biaeneineerine" Transmn Phenomena .......................... 3 BME 350 Signals and Systems for Bioengineers ..........................3 BME 370 Microcomputer Applications in Bioengineering........... 3 BME 413 Biomedical lnrmrmentation L' ..................................... 3 - strengthen the student's knowledge of chemistry and t ~ a n s pon phenomena and i s particularly well suited for students interested in biotechnology. Students must take the following major sequence course: Students should choose technical electives From the following: BCH 361 Principles of Biochemistry............................................ or BCH 461 General Biochemistry (3) ......................... BCH 462 General Biochemistry ..................... CHE 475 Biochemical Engineering.............................................. CHM 234 General Organic Chemistryn ....................................... . . 3 3 3 3 HARRINGTON DEPARTMENT OF BIOENGINEERING CHM ?3b tieneri Organic (:he~nt\lgLahoraog I1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I MIC 4211 lm~nu~!ology. M ~ I t i t ~ and b r Cclltllrr h~undaiun, 3 Bioelechieal Engineerins This area is designed to strengthen the student's koowledge of electriial systems, electronics, and signal processing. Students considering a career in bioelectric phenomena, biocontrol systems, medical insnumentation. neural engineering, or electrophysiolom,should consider this area of studv. Students must take the following major sequence course: BME 419 Biaconvol Systems ....................................................... 3 Students should choose technical electives from the following: 1 EEE 203 Stgnal\ md S)\temr I EEE 230 Cumputcr Org~nt,dln~nand Asacmhly language Programming............................................................ 3 EEE 433 Analog Integrated Circuits............................................4 Binmaterials Engineering. This area integrates the student's knowledge of materials science and engineering with biomaterials science and e n ~ n e e r i n econceots for the design of materials intendedto be used for ihe development of medical and diagnostic devices. It emphasizes structureproperly relationships of engineering materials (metals, volymers, ceramics, and composites) and biological materi2s;biomaterial-host responsd phenomena, technical and regulatory aspects of biomaterials testing and evaluation. Students interested in careers in the biomaterials, medical device, or hiotechnology industries should consider this area of study. Students must take the following major sequence course: BME 434 Applications of Bioengineering Transpon Phenomena ....................................................................3 Students should choose technical electives from the following: BME MSE MSE MSE MSE MSE MSE 494 ST: Biopolymeric Drug Delivery .............................. 3 353 Intmduction to Materials Processing and Synthesis..... 3 355 Materials Smcture and Microstructure........................3 431 Corrosion and Corrosion Conuol .................................. 3 441 Analysis of Material Failures ........................................ 3 470 Polymers and Composites ............................................. 3 471Inuaduction to Ceramics............................................... 3 Biomechanical Engineering. This area is designed to strengthen the student's knowledge of mechanics and contml theom. Students interested incareers related to biomechanical analyses, the design of orthotic/prosthetic devices and oriho~aedicimolants. forensic biomechanics. and rehabilitation &neering should consider this area of study. While students ma) chuo\r any combination of the follouing techntcal electives, 11 is recommended that cour,es be selected from one of three subareas: movement biomecbanics, rehabilitation engineering, or orthopaedic biomechanics. The movement biomechanics area is designed to strengthen the student's knowledge of dynamics and control theory. Students interested in analyzing pathological movement disorders. soorts technisues. and neuromuscular control should select courses from this area. Rehabilitation engineering emphasizes the design of highly functional products for people with disabilities. Biomechanical, elec- tical. and m c c h a n ~ c dcltgn ~l prm-cdurcc are used to dc\,clull new assistis,c Je\ ices, onhose\, 2nd unrsthcscj. The studeni primarily interested in the material properties of bones, cartilage, - soft tissues, and the design . of implants for tissue repair and rrplacement should \elect coursu> frum the unhopaedi: biumeihanicj area. Studentc must take tlle following major sequence course: BME 416 Biomechanics ................................................................ 3 Recommended subarea selections are as follows: Movement Biomechanics BME 419 Bioconuol Systems* .....................................................3 KIN 334 Functional Anatomy and Kinesiolagy ........................... 3 KIN 414 Elecvomyagraphic Kinesiology L ................................ 3 Rehabilitation Engioeering IEE 437 Human Factors Engineering......................................... 3 or DSC 344 Human Factors in Desien (3) .. IND 351 Pnnr.iplri u i Prvddcr Dc,ign. .......... 3 KIN 334 Funvltonrl Andlom) md K~ncrwlog).. . . 3 . . . . . . . . . MAE 311 Mechrnl\m A n d l y a ~ ,dnJ kslgn 3 - Orthnpnedic Biomechanics KIZ 112 Hiorncclaullc~of the Skeletal Syrtem. ................ 3 hlAl: 104 Cnnlle Elcn,?ntr I" Engiueenng . . . . ....... 3 Biomedical Imaging Engineering. This area is designed to strengthen the student's knowledge of radiation interactions, health physics. medical diagnostic imaging (MRI, PET, x-ray, CT), radiation protection, and nuclear insmunentation. Students considering careers in medical engineering or health physics should consider this area of study. Students must take the following major sequence course: BME 419 BiocontrolSystems ..................................................... 3 Students should choose technical electives from the following: HMt 491 ST. Scanning Rube hl~m,r~.~,py. ........................... 3 t t t 460 NlAear Concepts lor the 21st Century . . . . . . . . . . 3 I'HY 361 inaoJuulury M~*lernPhlrlo . . .. 3 Binsvstems Eneineerinz. This area is designed to strengthen the backgrouid of students interested in pbysiological systems modeling and analysis and design and evalua%on of artificial organs and medical devices. ;\nalyring physiological systems and designing artificial organs reauire knowledze in inteeratins u u u electrical. mechanical. transport, and thermofluid systems. Students considering careers in medical device industries. clinical eneineerina. or artiticidl organ, should consider thl, area o i ctudy. Students must take the fulluwi~~g -ni3ior . requcncc course: - - BME 419 Bioconvol Systems ....................................................... 3 Students should choose technical electives from the following: mathematics i CS computeristatlsticsi quantitive applications / HU humanities and me ans I SB social and behavioral sciencesi SO natua~science--general core couroes I SO natural seience-quantitative 1 C cultural diversifyin the United States i G global i H historical i See 'Geneal Studies: page 93. L literacy and crilical inquiry i MA IRA A. FULTON S C H O O L O F ENGINEERING Bioengineering Program of Study Typical Four-Year Sequence BME 434 Applications of Bioengineering Transport EEE 480 Feedback System MAE 318 Sensors andcontrol First Year MAE 417 Control System Desig * This course may be applied as a technical elective if not already taken as the major sequence course. Molecular a n d Cellular Bioengineering. This area is designed to strengthen and integrate the student's knowledge of molecular and cellular biology, biochemistry, and biomaterials science and engineering for the design of biomolecular- and cellular-based hybrid medical and diagnostic devices. It is particularly suited for students interested in pursuing graduate studies in molecular and cellular bioengineering and health-related biotechnologies. Students must take the following major sequence course: BME 434 Applications of Bioengineering Transport Phenomena .................................................................. 3 Students should choose technical electives from the followinp: BCH 361 Principles of Bi BIO 340 General Genetics or PLB 350 Applied Genetics (4) BIO 343 Genetic Engineering and SacietyL............................... 4 BIO 353 Cell Biolo BME 451 Cell Biote CHE 475 Biochemical Engi Premedical Engineering. This area is designed to meet the needs of students desirins envv into a medical. dental. or veterinary school. The course sequence provides an excellent background for advanced study leading to a career in research in the medical or life sciences. Students must take the following courses: - . CHM 234 General Organic Chemistry U ...................................... 3 CHM 238 General Organic Chemistry Laboratory I1 .................... I Students should choose one major sequence course from the following: BME 416 Biomechanics* ............................................................ 3 BME 419 Biacantrol Systems* ..................................................... 3 BME 434 Applications of Bioengineering Traospon First Semester BME IW Introduction to Bioengineering CS ............................... 3 CHM 114 General Chemistry for Engineen SQ ............................4 or CHM 116 General Chemistrv , I1 SO' - .141 . kiVG 1111 rlrrl-Yu~r Comp,~,~t~c,!> ................ 3 ............... 3 MAT 294 Sl' Cal;ul~$l l l r Fnginrers I . Total.............................................................................................. 13 Second Semester ENG 102 First-Year Composition ................................................3 Choose from one of the fallowing groups.......................................4 BME I1 I Engineering Perspectives on Biological Systems (3) BME 194 ST: Biology for Engineering Laboratory (I) -or- BIO 188 General Biology II S Q ~(4) MAT 294 ST: Calculus for Eneineers II ........................................3 PHY 121 University Physics ~echanicsS@ ........................... 3 PHY 122 university Physics Laboratory 1 S@ ........................... 1 - < Total ............................................................................................. 14 Second Year First Semester BME 294 ST: Conservation Principles in Bioengineering............3 Choose kom one of the following groups................................. . 4 CHM 231 Elementary Organic Chemistry S Q (3) ~ CHM 235 Elementary Organic Chemisfry Laboratory S@ (I) -or- CHM 233 General Organic Chemistry 15.6 (3) CHM 237 General Organic Chemistry Laboratory 15.6(1) CSE 1W Principles of Programming with C++ CS .....................3 MAT 294 ST: Calculus for Engineers I11 ...................................... 3 PHY 131 University Physics If: Elecwicity and Magnetism SQ7. 3 1 PHY 132 University Physics I1 Laboratory SQ7 ........................... 17 Total Second Semester BME 235 Physiology forEngineers ..............................................4 EEE 202 Circuits I ...................................................................... 4 IEE 280 Probability and Statistics for Engineering Problem Solving CS.....................................................................3 MAT 275 Modem Differential vations MA ...............................3 HUISB and awareness area course ................................................ 3 - % Total............................................................................................... 17 Third Year First Semester BME 318 Biomaterialr .................................................................. 4 CHM 341 Elementary Physical Chemisuy .................................... 3 MAE 212 Engineering Mechanics 4 3 MAT 343 Applied Linear Algebr HUISB and awareness area 3 17 i h l , coLrse may he appI#e.i3) a le;l~n#iid~.I~.il!\r 11"21 illedd) I d e n a i lhz m3jor .equen;e iounr. Note: To fulfill medical school admission requirements, B10 187 General Biology I is required in addition to BIO 188 General Biology ll as well as the other degree requirements and cannot generally be used as a technical elective. BME 3W Bioengineering Product Design .................................... 3 BME 331 Biwngineering Transpon Phenomena ..........................3 BME 350 Signals and Systems for Bioengineers..........................3 BME 370 MicrocomputerApplications in Bioengineering...........3 HUISB and awareness area course Total HARRINGTON DEPARTMENT OF BIOENGINEERING Fourth Year First Semester Biomedical Insrmmentatian L9................................... 3 Biomedical Engineering Capstone Design 1.................4 Biomedical Instrumentation Laboratoly L9 .................. I Applications of Bioengineering Transpan Phenomena 3 or BME 416 Biomechanics (3) or BME419 Bi6conUol Systems (3) HUISB and awareness area course8................................................ 3 BME BME BME BME 413 417 423 434 - Total .............................................................................................. 14 Second Semester BME 490 Biomedical Engineering Capstone Design 11................4 Technical elective Total degree requirements ........................................................... 120 ' To fulfill medical school admission requirements, premedical students generally should choose CHM 116. Note that CHM 113 is required by many medical schools i n addition to CHM 1 16. C H M 113 cannot be used for degree credit. To fulfill medical schwl admission reauiremeots. rem medical student$ eenerallv~ should choose BIO i88. Note &at BIO 187 is ~-~ , required b) many n~edn:al .;hauls ~n aJJttion tu RIO I X X BIO 187 rannut be used A technical cicctivr. Buth PllY 121 and PHY 122 mu51 bc t&en 10 < c a r e SQcrcdit. "0th CHM 231 and C H M 235 must be taken to secure SQ credit. To ful6ll medical school admission requirements, premedical students eenerallv shouldchwre CHM 2331237. Note that CHM 2341238 &required by many medical schools in addition to C H M 2331237. If C H M 2331237 are taken to satisfy the natural science requirement, these courses are not eligible to be applied as technical electives. Both PHY 131 and PHY 132 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Engineering students may not use Aerospace Studies (AES) or Militan Science (MIS) . . courses to fulfill HU or SB requirements. Both B-ME 413 and B M E 423 must be tzken to secure L credit. ~~ ' ' BIOENGINEERING (BME) M BME 100 Introdunion t o Bioengineering. (3) fall and spring lntmdu- profession of bioengineering:bioengineering design process, teaming, computer models in bioengineering. communications skills, career planning. Fee. Prerequisites:high %hod mmputing and physics and algebra courses (or their equivalents); BME major (or department approval). Pre- or corequisite: ENG 101 or 105 ar 107. General Studies: CS M BME l o 1 Introduction to Bioengineering.(3) fall and spring Impact of bioengineering an society. Develops an awareness of lhe contributions of bioengineering to salve medical and biological ~mbiems.Fee. Pre- or mreouisites: ENG 102 (or 105 or 108): BME major (or department approval). M BYE 111 Enaineerina on Biolasical Svstems.(3) - Perswctives . .. fall and spnhg Biological whcepts for the emerging engineer. introduces biological and earth systems engineering, materials, structures. fluid mechanics. biaelectricitv.and the dvnamic. nonlinear nature of nature. M BME 112 Engineering Pempctives on Biological Systems LaboraoIy. (1) fall and spring intmduces biological concepts for the emerging engineer in a lab aening: biological and earh systems engineering, materials, - - structures, fluid mechanics, bioeiectricity,and the dynamic, nonlinear nature of nature. L a Prerequisite: BME 111. M BYE 194 SpecialTopics. ( 1 4 ) selecled semesters Topics may include the fallowing: Biology for Engineering Lab.oratory. (1) M BME 200 Conservation Principles i n Bioenglneerlng. (3) far and s p r i g Applies bioengineering analysis and pmMem solving of mass, energy. and charge balances to medical and biological systems. Prerequisite: CHM 114 or 116. Pre- or wrequisites: PHY 131.132. M BME 202 Global Awareness Within Biomedlcal Engineering Oeslgn. (3) selectedsemesters introduction to ethical, legal, social, economic, and technical issues arising from the design and implementationof bioengineering technolosy Lecture, critical discourse. Prerequisites: ECN 211 (or 212): ENG 102 lor 1051. ~ e & r a l~ i u d l eUHU' ~: M BME 235 Physiology lor Engineers. (4) fall and s~rino ~hysioloiy oithe nelwus, muscular, cardiovascular, endocrine, renal. an0 resp ralov Systems Empnasoes bse of qLan tat ve metnads in noe erst and ng phystolog#casystems Lect~rn.lab Fee Prarequ s les B O I88 CnM 115lor 1161 Pre orcormusle PHY 131 M BME 294 SpecialToplcs. ( 1 4 ) ~elecfedsem.siers Topics may include Vle following: Conservation Principles in Bioengineering. (31 M BME 300 Bioengineering Pmduct Design. (3) fall and spring The fundamentals of financial and organizationalstrucfure of business and how it influences bioengineeringanalysis, design, and decision making: biomedid eVlics and device and drug regulation: and fundamentals ot business and technical management. Prerequisites: BME 1W: ENG 102 lor 105 or IMO: iunior StandinQ. . . M BYE 318 Biomaterials. (4) fall and spring Material properties of natural and artificial biomaterials. Tissue and blood biowmpatibility Uses of materials to replace body parts. Prerequisite with a grade of 'C'(2.00) or higher: BME 235. M BME 331 BioengineeringTransport Phenomena. (3) fall andspring Transporf phenamcna w th omphasrs on momentLm energy. and mass lranspon in lvlng systams mcdtca devices, an0 other IheraDB~tdotaonost c aoo catcons Prereo-sres ChM 341 MAE - . M BME 350 Signals and Systems lor Bioenglneem. (3) fall and spring Applies principles of calculus and ordinary d'lfterential equations to analysis and wmputer processingof biosignalsand linear modelingof biosystems. Prerequisites: EEE 202: MAT 274 (or 275). P r e or mrequisile: MAT 343. M BME 370 Microcomputer Applications in Bioengineering. (3) fall and spring Uses micwcomouters for real-lime data collection, analvsis. and control of expeiments inwiving actual and simulated p~siaiagical systems. Lecture, lab. Fee. Prerequisite wilh a grade of C" (2.00) or higher: BME 235,350. M BME 411 Blomedical Engineering 1. (3) once a year Reviews diagnostic and prosthetic methods using engineering methodology. Introduces transport, metabolic, and autoregulatory processes in the human body. Prerequisite with a grade of "C"(2.W) or higher: BME 434. L 11ecsct and crtca nqr 8 ) MA matnefnatfcr CS computer8rla! sl.cr tat 18 o p p 1 ~ 1 ~ nHU~ nuuan aer ano lmne arts SB sor s ano oenavqora sc onccs SO na!.ral ICB~C-enera core COJ~SBI SQ n a l ~ r a . sc ence-~~anl!a!a,e C CL f ~ r adhers t) n the .n lea Stales G goo8 n nmstofcal Scc 'Gmara Strater' page 93 Q L ~ ! IRA A. FULTON SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING M BME 412 Biomedical Englneerlng 11.(3) once a vear f l & ~ w ~ ~ e c t m u h v ~and i o l nerve w uscins auulications. Introduces 0 omechan cs andlo nt mb rap acemenl t&n"ilogy, cardtovasc~lar and pLlmonary ildo mecnanlcs. an0 tne appllcat80n of malnemalcal madelino. Prereo~isite:.nslrLctor aooroval , M BME 413 Blomedlcal InstNmentatIon. (3) fall and spring Princi~lesof medical instrumentation. Studies of medical diaanostic instruments and techniques for the measurement of physiolc&c variables in living systems. Prerequisites with a grade of 'C" (2.00) or higher: BME 235.350. Corequisite: BME 423. General Studjes: L (if credjt also earnedin BME423) M BME 415 BlomedlcalTranSpOR Processes. (3) . 0 ~7 - ~~ ~ -- - ,-- 0°C- s ma, Pnncfptesoi momenlJm neat and mass transpon wltn app. catlons to m a cal and o 0 3-1 systems and m e d a l deuce deslgn Prereqd~snesMAT 274 PrlV 131 M BME 416 Biomechanics. (3) fall Mechanical properties of bone, muscle, and son tissue. Static and dynamic analysis of human movement tasks such as lommotion. Prerequisite: MAE 212. Prerequisite wlth a grade of 'C" (2.00) or higher:BME 318. M BME 417 Biomedical Englneerlng Capstone Design 1. (4) fall Technical. reoulatarv. economic. Itwal. Mcial. and ethical as~ectsof medical &i& sys&ms engineerinb design. ~echlre,lieid tnps, Prerequ s te w th a grade of 'C'(2 00) or nlgher BME 300 P r e or coreqL s les w th a grade of -C"(2 00) or nlgher at least 5 of the 7 Iolo*~noco~mes BME 318. 331. 350. 370 . 413. CHM 341. IEE 280 M BME 419 Blocontml Systems. (3) fall Applies linear and nonlinear wntrol systems techniques to analysis of neurnmusculoskeletal, cardiovascular, thermal, and mass transfer systems of the bady Prerequisite with a grade of "C" (2.00) or higher: BME 350 (or its equivalent). M BME 423 Biomedical lnsbumentatlon Laboratory. (1) fall Laboratory experience wlth problems, concepts, and techniques of biomedical instrumentation In static and dynamic environments. Lab. Fee. Prerequisite: EEE 334. Prerequisite wlth a grade of 'C" (2.00) or higher: BME 235. Corequisite: BME 413. General Studies: L (if credit also earned In BME 413) M BME 434 A p p l i m t i i m ot B ~ g i ~ n g R a n s p oPhenom rt ena. (3) spring Develops mathematiceJ models of transpon phenomena in phy~iologlcalsystems, rnedical devices, and pharmacokinetlc analysis. Prerequisite: IEE 280. Prerequisite with a grade of %" (2.00) or higher: BME 331. M BME 451 Cell Biotechnology Laboratory. (3) - Infroductionto Molecular. Cellular, andTissue Engineering. (3) Smnnina Probe Microscow. ,, (31 M BME 4% Professional Seminar. ( 1 3 ) fat and spring Pmfessional and ethical aspects with a discussion of responsibilities. Lecture, field trips. Prerequisite: Instructor approval. .. M BME 499 IndRidualized instruction. (1-3) selected ssmeste~ Omnibus Courses. For an explanation of courses offered but not Specifically listed in this catalog, see "Omnibus Courses: page 63. Graduate-Level Courses. For information about wunes numbered from 500 to 799, see the Graduate Catalog, or access www.asu.edu/ catalog on the Web. In some situations, undergraduate students may be eligible to take these courses: for more information,see 'Graduate Level Courses," page 62. - Department of Chemical and Materials Engineering fulton.asu.edu/-erne 4801965-3313 ECG 202 - .-.. h,, Mammalian cell culture techniques, including mouse embryonic stem cells, the use of bioreacton, cell fractionation, and digital video imaging. Lecture, lab. Cross-listed as 810 451. Creda is allowed for only BME 451 or 810 451. Prerequisites: BIO 353; instructor approval M 440 Biomedical Engineering Capstone Deslgn 11. (4) spring individual projects in medical systems or medical device design and development. Fee. Prerequisite wlth a grade of "C'(2.00) or higher: BME - 417. M BME 492 Honors Dlre=ted Study.(lb) selecled remesrers U BME 493 Honorsmesis. 11-61 . . selected semesters M BME 494 SpclalTopbs. (1-4) selecfedsemesters Topics may include the following: Biopolymeric Drug Delivery. (3) Blotechnotogy Laboratory Techniques. (3) Cell Biotechnology Lab. (3) BME - Fee. .. Subhash Mahalan, Chair Regents' Professor: Mayer Professors: Adarns, Alford. Dey, Jabbour, Krause. Lin, Mahajan, Newman. Raupp. Sieradzki. Van Schilfgaarde. Wang, Zenhausern Associate Professors: Beckrnan. Burrows, Chawla, Rivera, Sierks Assistant Professors: Allen, Friesen, Heys, Park Research Professor: Picraux Associate Research Professors: Kotani, Mitkova, Singh Assistant Research Professors: Chowdhury, Dillner - The faculty in the Department o f Chemical and Materials Engineering offer the B S E degree in Chemical Engineering and i n Materials Science and Engineering. Each of these maiors builds o n a broad base o f knowledee within the basic and mathematical sciences and the engineering core. Each offers excellent cmeer opportunities. Chemical engineers design and operate processes that may include chemical change. They combine the science o f chemistn, w i t h the discioline o f eneineerine u in order to solve complex problems in a wide variety of industries. Challeneine iob o ~ ~ o n u n i t i exist e s not onlv in the chemical and petroleum industries, but also i n the plastics, electronics, computer, metals, space, food, drug, and health care industries. In these industries, chemical engineers practice in a wide variety o f occu~ations.includine environmental control, surface-treatmenis, energy and materials transformation, biomedical applications, fermentation, protein .. recovery, extractive metallurgy, and separations. I n the - - -- .. lTMENT OF CHEMICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING environmental area, chemical engineers develop methods to reduce the pollution created in manufacturing processes, devise techniques to recover usable materials from wastes, design waste storage and treatment facilities, and design pollution control strategies. Materials science and engineering uses fundamental knowledge in chemistry and physics to correlate relationships between the structure and processing of materials and their properties. Students educated in this discipline decide how to optimize existing materials or how to develop new advanced materials and processing techniques. Students who major in materials science and engineering will find employment opportunities in a variety of industries and research facilities, which include aerospace, electronics, energy conversion, manufacturing, medical devices, semiconductors, and transportation. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING-BSE Chemical engineers are generally concerned with transfer within and between liauid, . gas. and solid phases and the chemical changes that may also occur. Engineers design and operate processes that accommodate such changes, including the chemical activation of materials. Typically this involves complex multicomponent systems wherein the interactions &tween species have to-be considered and analyzed. The new challenge in chemical engineering is to annlv the, nrincinles of fluid dvnamics. mass transfer. solu. ~ r ~ tion thermodynamics, reaction kinetics, and separation techniaues to technoloeical endeavors such as ~ollutioncontrol within manufacturing and the environment, integrated circuit desien. - . solid-state surface treatments. and materials processing. Consequently, . . in addition to the chemical and vetroleum industries, chemical engineers find challenging opportunities in the plastics, solid-state, electronics, computer, metals, space, food, drug, and health care industries, where they practice in a wide variety of occupations, such as environmental control, surface &eatments. energy and materials transformations, biomedical applications, fermentation, protein recovery, extractive metallurgy, and separations. While a large percentage of the industrial positions are filled by eraduates with bachelor's deerees. . there are lucrative and creative oppomnities in research and development for those who acauire ~ o s t m d u a t eeducation. ~ubs&ci&atLns have developed within the profession. However, the same broad body of knowledge is generally expected of all chemical engineers for maximum flexibility in industrial positions. The preparation for chemical engineering is accomplished by a blend of classroom instruction and laboratory experience. The chemical engineering faculty are committed to fully developing the potential of students by providing a unique learning environment that encourages them to take responsibility for their education; exposes students to a diversity of students viewnoints and teachindearnine. stvles: . . prepares . to work in teams tu solve real-world, multid~sciplindry oroblems. and sets them on a path ullifelonr learning Thc iaculty demand high quality work. They arefair, honest, courteous, and professional. They are sensitive to students' needs and dedifated to student s;ccess. They are interested in capitalizing on the nontraditional student demographics, - . . - - - including cultural background, age group, and the full- and part-time employed, to develop a vibrant and flexible education and research environment. To achieve this commitment, the following program educational objectives were established by the chemical engineering faculty: I. Graduates will have a strong foundation in mathematics, science, and engineering with a balance of theoretical understanding and ability to apply modem techniques, skills, and tools to solve real-world chemical engineering problems. 2. Graduates will have the skills and experience necessary to design component systems and processes for the manufacturing of chemical engineering products. 3. Graduates will have the skills and experience necessary to communicate effectively in oral, written, and graphical forms to various types of audiences. 4. Graduates will have the skills necessary to perform as engineers in a professional and ethical manner. 5. Ciraduarcs w ~ l hd\c l the ikills and a1t1tudeslor continued l~fe-long .learning .u l new tcihnolugies . and concepts. 6. Graduates will have opportunities to interact with local industries, educational institutions, and constituent populations. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The Pmnrofessional Propram. Each student admitted to .. the Chemical Eng~nccnngprogram ir des~gndteda preprofe\cicmal student. Students lullo\\ the first-year sequence of courses listed in the curriculum outline. 1nLluded *the first two semester schedules are all skill-set courses or equivalents: 194 ST: InIraduction to Chemical Engineering CS.............. 3 113 General Chemistry 1 S 116 General Chemistry ll 101 First-Year Compositio 102 First-Year Compositio MAT 294 S T Calculus for Eneineers I ........................................ 3 MAT 2241 ST (:3lrulu\ for tnplneer. ll ................................. 3 PHY 121 Un~!cr<~ly Phystcs 1. .Mechantus 30. ........................... 3 PHY 122 Unl>entlyPh)sio Lnhomrov I SQ' ............................-I Total........................................................................................... 27 CHE CHM CHM ENG ENG * - Bath PHY 121 and 122 must be raken to secure SQ credit. The Pmfessional Program. Admission to the professional program is competitive and granted to those applicants demonstrating the promise for professional success in Chemical Eneineerine. The admissions committee considers overall t r a k f c r a n d <;PA ~ ~ ~numhers as uell as the vdnsfer and ASU (;PA number> in Chemical Enxineering skill-\et status must be in courses. All students seeking the process of completing all of the skill-set courses and then follow the apilicati& procedure as described on the I C I ~ C V and rr foca nq.,ry MA rnalnetnat8cs CS COrnp.lar ~ t a t sCI l q~antatat~,e app cat ons HU nrrnan tlas m o i n e arts SB sot a ano ~ n a v . o r a IC l cnces SO natrral sclenc-eneral core codrrer 1 SQ nafrtal rc snc-dantnasve c CL u a dlrcr. h in tho "ntca St~xer G globa H n rtor cal see Ganara Sl~a.ea'page 93 L IRA A. FULTON SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING - Chemical Engineering Web site. Comoletion of the soeci. tied courses does not guarantee admission to professional status. Only students who have been admitted to ASU are eligible to apply for the professional programs. Candidates are encouraged to visit the Chemical Engineering undergraduate advising office before beginning the application orocess. All aoolications materials can be found o n the Web .. at fulton.asu.edu/-cme. MAT 294 ST Calculus for Engineers UI ......................................3 Total............................................................................................... General Studies/pro- 14 requirements toral ................................. 54 Major CHE 194 ST: lnucduction lo Chemical Engineering CS..............3 CHE 21 1 Introduction to Chemical Processing ........................... 3 CHE 231 lomaduction to Transpon Phenomena I: Fluids ............ 3 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS A minimum of 120 semester hours is necessary for the BSE degree in Chemical Engineering. A minimum of 45 upper-division semester hours is required. Students must attain a GPA of at least 2.00 for the courses in the major field. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In addition to fulfilling school and major requirements, majors must satisfy all university graduation requirements. See "University Graduation Requirements:' page 89. - Major courses total ........................................................................ 60 COURSE REQUIREMENTS The course work for the undergraduate degree can be classified into the following categories (in semester hours): First-Year Composition Choose among the course combinations below ..............................6 ENG 101 First-Year Composition (3) ENG 102 First-Year Composition (3) - o r - ENG 105 Advanced First-Year Composition (3) Elective chosen with an advisor (3) - o r - ENG 107 English for Foreign SNdents (3) ENG I08 English for Foreign Students (3) Total ................................................................................................6 General Slndies/Srhool Requirements H u ~ n i t i e rand FineAnr/Sociol nndBehovioro1 Sciences HUISB and awareness area courses' ............................................ IEE 220 Business and in MAE 38-4 Nummcd Method5 fur Engtnrers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Engineering eluctivr. 1200 levclj ....................... 3 ..1 5 Tcchntcsl rlect~vcs5.. ........................................... 15 - Total 15 Literacy ond Critic01 Inquiry Sin hours of literacy and critical inquiry credit is satis6ed by courses in the major Norurol Sciences/Bnsic Sciencer CHM 113 General Chemis 4 4 CHM 116 General Chemis ...................................... 3 CHM 233 General Organi CHM 234 General Organic Chemistry U ....................................... 3 CHM 237 General Organic Chemistry Laboratory I ..................... 1 PHY 121 University Physics I: Mechanics S@ ........................... 3 PHY 122 University Physics Laboratory IS@ ............................ 1 PHY 131 Universi Magneti 3 Bioscience electives 3 Progam total ............................................................................... I ? ' Engineering \rudenu ma) not 2 % arn>lpaceituhircs (AES) or mblatq science (MIS, counc, tu fullill HU or SR requiremear. Bath PHY 121 and 122 murt he taken t u ~ w u r SQrred~t. r Both PHY 131 and 132 must be lakrn tosecure SQcred~t Sue 'Bioscicncc Elect~ve\:' un tht, pagc ior a list uf elc;t~ter Students must complete n tc~t*Iof 15 remester huun of upperdlr lrwn wchnical clccr~ve\~nt I r natural sciences, math, ur enginecnnp. Thcse mu.1 lncludc a, leasr SIX haun or CHE iuurscs and at least six hours of advanced chemistry content. Counes with advanced chemistry content include CHM,BCH. and approved CHE courses. Bioseieoee Electives BCH 361 Principles of Biochemistry (3) BCH 461 General Biochemistry (3) BCH 463 Biophysical Chemistry (3) BIO 188 General Biology I1 (4) BME 235 Physiology for Engineers (4) BME 318 Biomaterials (4) BME 41 1 Biomedical Engineering 1 (3) MBB 245 CellularandMolecular Bioloev -, SO - .14). MBB 247 Applied Biasciences: Biotechnalogy (4) Microhioloev MIC . .......205 ...... . -,SG 13) MIC 220 Biology of Microorganisms (3) CHE 475 Biochemical Engineering (3) ..... Students should consult with their department academic advtrors to emure that all requirements are met ' h e technical eleclive courses must be selected fmm upper-division courses with an advisor's approval and must include two three-semester-hour chemistry courses; a threesemester-hour natural science or materials course; and a three-semester-hour chemical engineering course. To fulfill accreditation reauirements and to oreoare adequately for the advanced chemistry courses, Chemical Engin e e ~ majors g are required to take the CHM 113 and 116 introductory chemistry sequence (CHM 117 and 118 are acceptable substitutes). Other freshman chemistry courses are &t acceptable, and transfer students who have taken .. MAT 242 Elementary Linear Algeb MAT 294 ST: Calculus for Engineers I ....................................... 3 MAT 294 ST: Calculus for Engineen U ....................................... 3 I?O DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING Technical Electives another chemistry course may be required to enroll in CHM 113and 116. BME CHE EEE MSE MSE MSE MSE C h e m i c a l Engineering A r e a s of Study Students who wish to specialize may develop an area of interest through the use of technical electives and selective substitutions for required counes. Substitutions must be approved by the advisor and the Department Standards ~ o m m i t t e e m dmust be consistent witli ABET acsredilation cnte~ia.Nu substitution of CIIF: 462 1s allowed The following are poss~blcelective a e a s wit11 cuggcsrcd cuurses. A .;tudent may chuuse electi\es withln the general department guidelines and does not have to select one of the m a s listed. to mend mcdlcal sch,ml prrmedicd. al.tudent, should s e l e ~cour%c.; t hum thuie listed under the biomedical area. In addition, BlO 187. 188. and CHhl 238 must be taken to satisfy medicnl-school rcqu~rcmentshut arc not counted tow& the Chemical ~ n ~ f n e e rbachelor's in~ degree. Biochemical. Students wishing to prepare for a career in biotechnology, fermentation, food processing, pharmaceuticals, and other areas within biochemical engineering should select from the following: Chemistry Electives BCH 361 Principles of Biochemistry.......................................... 3 or BCH 461 General Biochemisey (3) BCH 462 General Biochemistry ................................................... 3 Technical Electives CHE 475 B~whemaalEngnnrenng ............................ 3 CHE 494 ST R,otechnolog) 'Terhnlques ...................... 3 ~~~ ~ Biomedical. Students who are interested in biomedical engineering but wish to maintain a strong, broad chemical engineering base should select from the following: Chemistrv Electives RCll 361 Rinciples of B!u;hml~,tg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 or BCH 461 Gmcrdl Rnrhcm~srr)r3, BCH 462 Gcncrrl B~ochnsl fuundat~onin m.rerlals \clcnce and mglncering that promotes success in the broad range of career . - - DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING onoortunities available in graduate school, industry, and will have the personal skills G e m m e n t ; and (2) and values that promote their success in the rapidly changing, culturally diverse workplace that reflects the needs of contemporary society. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The Preprofessional Program. Each student admitted to the Materials Science and E n g i n e e ~ gProgram is designated a preprofessional student. Students follow the firstand second-vex sequence of courses listed in the cumculum outline.~lnclud~d in the first three semester schedules are all skill-set courses or equivalents: CHM 114 General Chemistry for Engineers SQ ............................4 Calculus MAT . . 294 - ~ ST~ ~ for Eneineers I ......................................... 3 MAT 294 ST Cdculus for Engineer>11. . . . . . . . . .3 MAT 294 Sli C3lculus for Engineen Ill . . . . . .3 MSE 100 tntrodurtion lo Material, Pnylnxnng (.'.S . . . . . . . . . . 3 PHY 121 University Physics I: Mechanics SQ~'........................... 3 PHY 122 University Physics Laboratory I SQ' ............................ 1 PHY 131 University Physics U:Elechicity and Magnetism s @ . 3 PHY 132 University Physics Laboratory U S@ ...........................1 ~ COURSE REQUIREMENTS The undergraduate cumculum requires that students take a series of interdisciplinary courses of fundamental importance to an understanding bf all engineering materials.-~ollowing these are additional courses that may be taken as technical electives to develop an area of study. The courses for the undergraduate degree can be classified into the following categories (in semester hours): First-Year Cornpition Choose among the course combinations below .............................. 6 ENG 101 Fit-Year Composition (3) ENG 102 First-Year Campositian (3) 4 The Professional Program. Admission to the professional prugrtnl is ~ o r n ~ e t t t ~ v e grinled and to thobe applicants demunsvatlng the promtie fur professional succes.; ln Materials Sctznsc and hgineering. The ndmtrslunr committer considers overall transfer and ASU GPA numben as well as the transfer and ASU GPA numbers in Matcnals Science and Eng~neeringskill-,el cuur,es. All \tudcnts sccking prufessional cwtus must be in the process uf cun~plctingall of the skill-set courses and then foilow the appliAtion procedure as described on the Materials Science and Engineering Web site. Comoletion of the soecified courses does not guarantee r~~ admission to professional status. Only students who have been admitted to ASU are eligible to apply for the professional programs. Candidates are encouraged to visit the Materials Science and Engineering undergraduate advising office before beginning the application process. All applications materials can be found on the Web at fulton.asu.edu/-cme. ~~~~ ~ - - o r - ~ Both PHY 121 and 122 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Both PHY 131 and 132 must be taken to secure SQ credit. 7 ENG 105 Advanced First-Year Composition (3) Elective chosen with an advisor (3) EX(; 107 kngl~qhior Forelen Studenu r3, EN(; IOU Enpl,*h for Foreten Studcnh ( 3 , General StudidSchwl Requirements Ilumonror, om1 F;np Anr/Sotral ond flrho,,ir,ml Sriznre, HUISR and nuarmess arc3 rourre\ ............................IS HUISB subtotal 15 Literacy nnd Critical Inquiry Six semester hours of literacy and critical inquiry credlt a satisfied by courses in the major. Norural Sciences/Bosic Sciences CHM 114 General Chemistry for Engineers S q ............................ 4 PHY 121 University Physics I: Mechanics SQ ........................... 3 PHY 122 University Physics Laborato~yI SQ' ............................ 1 3 PHY 132 University 1 Math or science elective -3 Natural sciencebasic sciences subtotal......................................... 15 ~ ~ ~Studiesh ~ ~ ~ i ~ ~ MAT 275 Modem Differential Equations M A ............................... 3 MAT 294 ST: Calculus for Engineers I ......................................... 3 MAT 294 ST: Calculus for Engineers U ....................................... 3 3 MAT 294 ST: Calculus for Engineers I11 MAT 343 Applied Linear Algebra................................................. -3 Mathematical studies subtotal ....................................................... 15 General Studieslschool requirements total .................................... 45 Major DEGREE REQUIREMENTS A minimum of 120 semester hours is necessary for the BSE degree in Materials Science and Engineering. A minimum of 45 upper-division semester hours is required. Students must attain a GPA of at least 2.00 for the courses in the major field. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In addition to fulfilling school and major requirements, majors must satisfy all university graduation requirements. See "University Graduation Requirements:' page 89. BME IEE MSE MSE MSE 111 Engineering Perspectives on Biological Systems ......... 3 220 Business and lndusuial Engineering ............................. 3 1W IoIxoduction to Materials Engineering 211 Introduction to Mechanics of Material 215 Materials Synthe ' MSt 335 Mitenal, Klnelic, md Pra;ur,lnp .................. 3 41% 355 Maiendl, Srruuturr. mJ M~iro,tru;ture.. . . .3 literacy and critical inquiry I M A mathematics I cs oomputedslatisticsl quanriative applications I HU humanities and fine arts I SB social and behavioral sciences1 SG natural scienc-enerai core couner I SO natural rcience-quanlitative I C cultural diversity in the United Stater I G global I n historical I See 'General Studies.' page 93. L l IRA A. FULTON SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING MSE 356 Materials Structure and Microstrucrure Lab ................. 1 MSE 358 Introduction to Electronic, Magnetic. and Optical Properties MSE 420 Physical Metallurgy MSE 421 Physical Metallurgy Laboratory.................................... I MSE 440 Mechanical Properties of Solids ................................... 3 MSE 450 Introduction to Malerials Characterization................... 3 MSE 451 tnhnductian to Materials Characterization Lab ............ l MSE 470 Polymers and Compsite MSE 471 Iotmductian to Ceramic MSE 482 Materials Engineering MSE 490 Capstone Design Project .............................................. 3 Select two 300- or 400-level science courses from biology. chemistry, geology, or physic Technical electives they are processed to achieve the desired properties should choose from the following technical electives: CHE EEE EEE EEE 458 435 436 439 3 Semiconductor Material Pmcessing........................... Micmelectronics............................................................ 3 Fundamentals of Solid-State Devices ........................... 3 SemiconductorFacilities and Cleanroom Practices...... 3 Manufacturing a n d Materials Proeessig. Students interested in the manufacturing and processing of materials for a broad base of applications should choose from the following technical electives: Technical electives may k selected from one or more of the following areas. A student may select a general area or a set of courses from engineering, mathematics, or science that would suowrt a career obiective not covered hv the following categories. CHE 458 SemiconductorMaterial Processing..............................3 IEE 300 Economic Analysis far Engineers.............................. 3 IEE 360 Manufacturing Pracesse 3 or MAE 351 Manufactu IEE 361 Manufacturing Processes Lab ...................................... I IEE 368 Facilities Analysi IEE 369 Work Analysis and Des IEE 43 1 Engineering Administra IEE 437 Human Factors Enginee IEE 461 Production Contr IEE 463 Computer-Aided MAE 322 Mechanics of Ma MAE 342 Principles of Desi ......................................... 4 MAE 442 Mechanical Syste MSE 43 1 Corrosion and Corrosion Control .................................. 3 MSE 441 Analysis of Material Failures........................................ 3 Binmaterials. Students interested in the materials used in the body and other living systems to improve or replace bod" commnents should choose from the following technical electives: Mechanical Metallurgy. Students interested in undentanding the design, processing, and manufacturing of metals for svuctural applications, such as autos, airplanes, and huildings, should choose from the following technical electives: Total Program total ...............................................................................120 I * Both PHY I21 and 122 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Both PHY 131 and 132 must be taken to secure SQcredit. Materials Science and Engineering Areas of Study .. BME BME BME BME BME MAE MAE MAE MAE MSE MSE 318 Biomaterial. 41 1 Biomedical 412 Biomedical 413 Biomedical 416 Biamechanic * Both BME413 and423 must be taken to secure L credit. Ceramic Materials. Students who want to develop an undentandine of the chemistri and ~ r o c e s s i n ethat control ~~the structure and properties of ceramics and their application should select from these technical electives: ~ ~ - . . CHM 233 General Organic Chemistry I ........................................ 3 CHM 234 General Organic Chemistry 11....................................... 3 CHM 471 Solid-State Chemistry ..................................................3 EEE 435 Microelectronics ........................................................... 3 EEE 436 Fundamentals of Salid-State Devices ........................... 3 EEE 439 Semiconductor Facilities and Cleanroom Practices...... 3 Energy Systems. Students interested in the materials used in energy conversion systems such as solar energy or nuclear energy should choose from the following technical electives: MAE 342 Principles of Design ..................................................... 3 MAE ~-442 Mechanical Svstems ~,~ Desien ......................................... 4 MSI: 431 Currurtun anJ Currostun Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ................. 3 MSE 4 4 1 An~ly\lsoiMarenalFa~lurcs.. ~ ~~ lutegrated C i r m i t Materials. Students interested in the materials used in the semiconductor industry and in how 398 322 Mechanics of Materi 342 Principles of Desi 415 Vibration Analysi 442 Mechanical Syste 431 Corrosion and Ca 441 Analysis of Material Failure 4 3 3 4 3 3 Metallic Materials Systems. Students interested in huilding an understanding of the basis for the design and processing of metals and alloys should choose from the following technical electives: .................... 3 MAE 351 Manufas~unndPrnCuntml.. ................. 3 MSE UI Anrlysii ufhlaterlsl Fd'rllurr., ............................ 3 Polvmers a n d C o m ~ o s i t e s Students . who desire to build an understanding of the-chemical and processing basis for the properties of polymers and their applications, including composite systems, should select from the following technical electives: Chemistrv I ........................................3 CHM 233 General Oreanic " CHM 233 tienerd1 Org~niuChemastr) I1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 CHhl 471 Solid-Slat: Chcm~rtq ............... . .3 MSE 441 Ansl),~ruiMncrialHllurr., . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Materials Seienee and Enginering h g r a m of Study Typical Four-Year Sequence F i n t Year FiFSt Semester CHM 114 General Chemistry for Engineers SQ......................... DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING ENG 101 Fint-Year Compositi M A T 294 S T Calculus for Engi 3 MSE 100 Introduction to Materials Engineering CS .................... 3 HUISB and awareness area course 16 To Second Semester MSE 490 Capstone Design Project ............................................... Advanced science electiv HUISB awareness area course Technical electiv 3 Tot Seeond Semester ENG 102 First-Year Compositi 3 MAT 294 S T Calculus for Enei ........... 3 MSE 250 Srmcture snJ ~ u p c n i e s*I ~ . t t c n r l a . . . . . . . . . . .3 PIIY 121 Uni\enity Ph),~c* I M e c h m ~ oSQ' .........................I PHY 122 Unlvcnlt) Phy,lc\ labontory IS@ HUISB and awareness area course' ..............................................3 ~ ~~ ' tngineerlng student>ma) not u u aemrpdce nudicr (AES) or m t l ~ u r yscience (%!IS) course* tu fulfill HU and SB rcq~iremcntr. Both PHY 121 and 122 must be taken to secure SQ credit. Both PHY 13 1 and 132 must be taken to secure SQ credit. .... 16 Total Second Year First Semester B M E 111 Engineering Perspectiveson Biological Systems ......... 3 M A T 294 ST: Calculus for Engineers 111...................................... 3 MSE 215 Materials Synthesis ....................................................... 3 PHY 131 University Physics 11: Electricity and Magnetism S@ .......................................................... 3 PHY 132 University Physics Laboratory I1S@ ........................... I Total ........................................................................................ 13 Second Semester M A T 275 Modem Differential Equations MA ............................... 3 MAT 343 Applied Linear Algebra ................................................. 3 MSE 21 -~1 Introduction to Mechanics of Materials ........................ 3 HUISB awareness area course' ....................................................... 3 Science or mathematics elective ..................................................... 3 Total .............................................................................................. 15 Third Year 16 S m n d Semester MSE 335 Materials Kinetics and Processing................................ 3 MSE 358 Introduction to Eleceonic. Magnetic, and Optical Properties ..................................................................... 3 MSE ~~- 420 Phvsical Metallurev .................................................... 3 .. I MSE 121 Phyricd Mrt~lldrg)Labraor).. . . . . . . . .3 MSE 150 lntrdxluclion l u Matenri, Chuartcrl,allon MSL 451 lnrr.,.lu;tnon lo Mslernls Chuactenrdll~n Lab .............................................................................. 1 -. Total Engineering also offer graduate programs leading t o the MS, MSE, and PhD degrees. These programs provide a blend of classroom instruction and research. Many diverse topical and relevant research projects are available for thesis topics. Students interested inthese programs should contact the department for up-to-date descriptive Literature. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (CHE) M CHE 1W lntroduction to Chemical Engineering. (3) fall Introduces design in chemical engineering, teaming, chemid engineering profession, computer models, brnrnunication skills. quality and customer satisfaction. Fee. Prerequisites: high school algebra and computing and physics courses (or their equivalents). General Studies: CS M CHE 211 Introduction to Chemical Pmcesslng. (3) - IEE 220 Business and Industrial Engineering............................. 3 MSE 315 Mathematical and Computer Methods i n Materials ...................................................................... 3 MSE 330 lbermodynamics o f Materials ...................................... 3 MSE 355 Materials SrmcNre and Microsrmcture ........................ 3 MSE 356 Materials Svucture and Microsrmcture Lab ................. 1 HUlSB awareness area coursei 3 Total ........................................................................................... GRADUATE STUDY The faculty in the Department of Chemical and Materials fall First Semester . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Fourth Yea, First Semester MSE 440 Mechanical Propenies o f Solids ................................... 3 MSE 470 Polymers and Composites ......................................... 3 MSE 471 Induction to Ceramics............................................... 3 L ................................... 3 MSE 482 Materials Engineering - Design Advanced icicnw cl'vllvc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Tulal ................ Total degree requiremen ........................................ I 5 Apples cnemlcal engoneer ng analysns ano probem sov ng lo cnemlcal processes mater a ano energy oa ance metnods and sal s Prereq~~stes CHM I t 6 MAT 271 (01 294 ST C a c J ~ sfor Engoneen 11). M CHE 231 lntmductlon toTransport Phenomena I:Flulds. (3) sprrng Transpan phenomena. wan empnasls on Ruld systems C l w t s a lowed tor on y CHE 231 or 501 Prereq~tsllesCHE 21 1. MAT 271 lor 294 ST Caicu us for Enameers 11) M CHE 334 lntmduclion t o m n s p o r t Phenomena I!:Heat and Maashnster. (3) tali Applies heat and mass transport principles. Design of heat exchangersand wntinuous wnfacton. Credit is allowed for oniy CHE 334 or 502. Prerequisite: CHE 231. M CHE 342 Introduction to Applied Chemicalmermodynamlca. - EL Applies conservation and accounting principles wiVl nonideal property esliition techniques. Credit is allowed far oniy CHE 342 or 504. Prerequisite: CHE 21 1. Pre- or corequisite: MAT 272 or 294 ST: Calculusfor Engineers Ill. M CHE 352Traneport Laboratories. (3) spting Introduces engineering lab equipment, data coiledan, and analysis: strenathens abiliw to Qenerate written reports and oral Presentations: re ntd;ces teamwork & 11s slrenflens and enends tne ~nwrstand ng ot eanler lechncal contents m tnc c d n l c ~ l ~ r n integrated mureflab Fee Prerequ srte CHE 334 itsracy .no srolcal n q ~ y MA malnemar8cr CS c o m p ~ l eslalorflc~ l q~antatat.beapp sat onr HU nJrnannt vs an0 me anr I SB roca and ~ e n a oral * IC e n c e s ~SO nat~carcdencc-omcra~ core e o ~ ~ r IsSO r nal.ra scienc-uantitative I c cuiturai diversity-in the united States I G global I H niStoricai Isee "~eneraistudies: page 93. L 399 IRA A. FULTON SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING M CHE 432 Principles of Chemical Englneering Dealgn. (3) fall M L component ~ dost laton eng necrlng emnomlcs equ pment sang and casts plant operallon oconamlcs and sm~latlonan0 optom zal on techn o m s Prerea~lsllesCrlE 334 342 M CHE 433 Modern Separations. (3) spring Design of modern separation equipment in chemical engineering other than fractionation. Prerequisites:CHE 334, 342. M CHE 442 lntroductlon to Chemlcal Reactor k l g n . (3) spring Applies kinetics to chemical reactor design. Lecture, recitation.Credit is allowed for only CHE 442 or 505. Prerequisites: CHE 334.342. M CHE451 Chemical Engineering Labontory.(3) ~ ~ .-.. 69, Operaeon. control and design of expenmental and nddstrlal process equ pment "dependent research prqects Integrate0 lecl~reflab Fee Prerea~~S~leS CnE 334. 352.. MAE 384 M CHE 458 Semiconductor Material Processing. (3) selectedsemesteffi I n l r ~ d ~ cthe e s processingand characterizationof electronic materials for semiconductor applications. Prerequisites: CHE 334.342. M CHE 461 Process Dynamic Control. (3) fail Process dynamics, instrumentation,and feedback applied to automatic pracess control. Integrated lecfurdab. Fee. Prerequisites: MAE 384: MAT 274. General Studies: CS M CHE 462 Process Design. (3) spring Applies ecanomic principles to optimize equipment selection and design; development and design of p r e s s system. Prerequisites: CHE 432,433,442. General Studies: L M CHE 469 Air QualW . Engineering. . .(3) .. selectedsemesters Chemical and physicd pmcesses by which air pollutants are generated and contralled with an emphasis on urban air quality. Cross-listed as CEE 469. Credit is allowed for only CHE 469 or CEE 469. Prerequisite: CEE 361 or CHE 334. M CHE 474 Chemlcal Englneering Design tor the Environment. (3) fall Conflict of processing materials and preserving the natural resources. Teacnas students lo dndentana and va Le the environment and anempt to contra our mpact Prereq~ds~tes CeE 334 342 M CHE 475 Blochamical Englnewing. (3) selectedsemesters Applies chemical engineering methods, mass transfer, lhermcdynamics, and transpan phenomena to industrial biotechnolow .. Prerequisite: instructor apprwal. M CHE 476 Bloreadon Englneering. (3) selectedsemesters Principles of analysis and design of reactan far processing with cells an0 Olher blologlca.lf am ve matenals,appl8ce.l ons of reamon eng neor ng m blalechno ogy Pfereqb sne lnslructor approval M CHE 4 i 7 Blosaparstlon Processes. (3) selectedsemesters Principles of separation of biologically active chemicals; the application, scale-up, and design of separation processes in biotechnology. Prerequisite: instructor approval. M CHE 478 Industrial Water OualW Englneering. (3) tall Chemical treatment processing, quality criteria and control, system design, and water pollutants. Prerequisites: CHE 231; senior sfanding. M CHE 490 Chemical Englneering Projects. (1-5) fa#, spring, summer In0 v Oual profects in chemlcal engmeenng operabons an0 dasgn Prerequ s te mstructar approva M CHE 492 Honors Dlrecled Study. (1-61 selectedsemestes M CHE 493 Honorsmesis.(1-6) selectedsemesters M CHE 494 SpeclalToplcs. (1-4) fall and spring Topics may include the following: Aovanceo Process Contro (31 B otecnnologf Techn qdes (3) M CHE 496 Professlone1Semlnar. (1-3) fadand spring Professionaland ethical aspects with a discussion of responsibilities. Lecture, field trips. Prerequisite: instructor approval. M CHE 499 lndivlduallzsd lnstructlon. ( 1 3 ) selectedsemesteffi OmnlbYs Courses. For an explanation of courses olfered but not specific4ly listed in this catalog, see 'Omnibus Course: page 63. Gradustebvel Courses. For information about munumbered from 500 to 799, see the Graduate Catalog, or a m www as" edw aadcafalogs an the Web In some slluatlons undcrgraduale stLoenls mav be el 0 b e lo lahe lnese m J n e s tor more nlarmal on see . ~ i d u a t e ~ ~ e courses: vel page 62 -- MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING(MSE) M MSE 1 W lntmductlon to Materials Englneering. (3) fatt . Eng neorlng des gn pracess, concepts aoadl malenab, and me matenals eng neenng professan. ~ C L ng O leamnng, compLter mcdes, commdncallon, and socfetal mpan Fee Prereq~fs.tesn.qn school algebra and computing and physics courses (or their equivalents). General Studies: CS M MSE 111Challenges In Materials Englneering.(l) fall lntmduces current issues and concepts of materials sngineering, relationship between materials properties, application to engineering problems. M MSE 208 Panems in Nature. (4) fa# and spring Pmlect-anenled sclence coLrse ~ 0 t h compner tra.n,ng la deve op Cr.llCal th nh ng and technca shrlls for student ortentea K-12 xlence lessons Lectdre. lab Cross lhned as PHS 206 Crea Iis ello*sd for Only MSE 208 or PHS 208. Fee. Prerequsite: colleqelevel xlance co;rse or instructor approval. General Sfudiss. SO M MSE 211 lntrnductlon l o Mechanics of Materials. (3) --. ...= Topics include stress, strain, elasticity, wial loading, tonion, bending. yield criteria, fracture, general energy methods and Castigliana's Theorem. Prerequisites:PHY 121, 122. Pre- or mrequisite: MAT 272 (or 294 ST: Calculus for Engineerr Ill). M MSE 215 Materials Synthesis. (3) 68, ,-., lnlrcd~cescontemporary leehnq~esfor synthesr ng boln tradmonal and novel matenals and the corresponolng mnelaoon 10 synmesnzed matenas propemes Loct~re8aD Prereqsstes CHM 114 (or 116). MSE 250 M MSE 250 Strumre and Properties of Materials. (3) fall, spring, summer session 1 Basic concepts of material structure and its relation to properties. Application to engineering problems. Prerequisites: CHM 114 or 116. M MSE 308 Sensing the World. (4) tail and spdng Project-orientedscience course develops critical thinking and technical skill using Internet modules on the five senses. Integrated lecturellab. Prerequisite:callega-level science course or instructor approval. M MSE 315 Mathematical and Computer Methods in Mahrlals. (3) hfl Mathemaliil, computational, and statistical methods and computer programming used to model materials science phemmena and materials engineering applications.Prerequisites: preferawy MAT 275 (or 274): MSE 250.